JBoss Tools SVN: r14180 - trunk/drools/docs/reference.
by jbosstools-commits＠lists.jboss.org
Author: smukhina
Date: 2009-03-11 19:29:56 -0400 (Wed, 11 Mar 2009)
New Revision: 14180
Modified:
trunk/drools/docs/reference/pom.xml
Log:
https://jira.jboss.org/jira/browse/JBDS-640
profiles are added
Modified: trunk/drools/docs/reference/pom.xml
===================================================================
--- trunk/drools/docs/reference/pom.xml 2009-03-11 23:28:08 UTC (rev 14179)
+++ trunk/drools/docs/reference/pom.xml 2009-03-11 23:29:56 UTC (rev 14180)
@@ -10,6 +10,46 @@
<packaging>jdocbook</packaging>
<name>Drools_Tools_Reference_Guide</name>
+ <profiles>
+ <profile>
+ <id>release</id>
+ <properties>
+ <master>master_output.xml</master>
+ <xsl-single>classpath:/xslt/org/jboss/tools/xhtml-single-release.xsl</xsl-single>
+ <xsl-chunked>classpath:/xslt/org/jboss/tools/xhtml-release.xsl</xsl-chunked>
+ <xsl-pdf>classpath:/xslt/org/jboss/tools/pdf.xsl</xsl-pdf>
+ </properties>
+ </profile>
+ <profile>
+ <id>releaseTest</id>
+ <properties>
+ <master>master_output.xml</master>
+ <xsl-single>classpath:/xslt/org/jboss/tools/xhtml-single-release-nomarker.xsl</xsl-single>
+ <xsl-chunked>classpath:/xslt/org/jboss/tools/xhtml-release-nomarker.xsl</xsl-chunked>
+ <xsl-pdf>classpath:/xslt/org/jboss/tools/pdf.xsl</xsl-pdf>
+ </properties>
+ </profile>
+ <profile>
+ <id>releaseJBDS</id>
+ <properties>
+ <master>master_output.xml</master>
+ <xsl-single>classpath:/xslt/com/jboss/tools/xhtml-single-release.xsl</xsl-single>
+ <xsl-chunked>classpath:/xslt/com/jboss/tools/xhtml-release.xsl</xsl-chunked>
+ <xsl-pdf>classpath:/xslt/com/jboss/tools/pdf.xsl</xsl-pdf>
+ <cssdir>../../../documentation/jbosstools-jdocbook-style/src/main/com/css/</cssdir>
+ </properties>
+ </profile>
+ <profile>
+ <id>diffmk</id>
+ <properties>
+ <master>master_output.xml</master>
+ <xsl-single>classpath:/xslt/org/jboss/tools/xhtml-single-diff.xsl</xsl-single>
+ <xsl-chunked>classpath:/xslt/org/jboss/tools/xhtml-diff.xsl</xsl-chunked>
+ <xsl-pdf>classpath:/xslt/org/jboss/tools/pdf-diff.xsl</xsl-pdf>
+ </properties>
+ </profile>
+ </profiles>
+
<build>
<plugins>
<plugin>
@@ -98,10 +138,13 @@
</snapshotRepository>
</distributionManagement>
- <properties>
- <stylesdir>../../../documentation/jbosstools-docbook-xslt/src/main/resources/</stylesdir>
+ <properties>
+ <xsl-single>classpath:/xslt/org/jboss/tools/xhtml-single.xsl</xsl-single>
+ <xsl-chunked>classpath:/xslt/org/jboss/tools/xhtml.xsl</xsl-chunked>
+ <xsl-pdf>classpath:/xslt/org/jboss/tools/pdf.xsl</xsl-pdf>
<cssdir>../../../documentation/jbosstools-jdocbook-style/src/main/org/css/</cssdir>
+ <master>master.xml</master>
<translation>en-US</translation>
</properties>
-
+
</project>
15 years, 3 months
- 1
- 0
JBoss Tools SVN: r14179 - trunk/portlet/docs/reference.
by jbosstools-commits＠lists.jboss.org
Author: smukhina
Date: 2009-03-11 19:28:08 -0400 (Wed, 11 Mar 2009)
New Revision: 14179
Modified:
trunk/portlet/docs/reference/pom.xml
Log:
https://jira.jboss.org/jira/browse/JBDS-640
profiles are added
Modified: trunk/portlet/docs/reference/pom.xml
===================================================================
--- trunk/portlet/docs/reference/pom.xml 2009-03-11 21:58:46 UTC (rev 14178)
+++ trunk/portlet/docs/reference/pom.xml 2009-03-11 23:28:08 UTC (rev 14179)
@@ -10,14 +10,46 @@
<packaging>jdocbook</packaging>
<name>JBoss_Portal_Tools_Reference_Guide</name>
- <profiles>
- <profile>
- <id>diffmk</id>
- <properties>
- <master>master_output.xml</master>
- </properties>
- </profile>
- </profiles>
+ <profiles>
+ <profile>
+ <id>release</id>
+ <properties>
+ <master>master_output.xml</master>
+ <xsl-single>classpath:/xslt/org/jboss/tools/xhtml-single-release.xsl</xsl-single>
+ <xsl-chunked>classpath:/xslt/org/jboss/tools/xhtml-release.xsl</xsl-chunked>
+ <xsl-pdf>classpath:/xslt/org/jboss/tools/pdf.xsl</xsl-pdf>
+ </properties>
+ </profile>
+ <profile>
+ <id>releaseTest</id>
+ <properties>
+ <master>master_output.xml</master>
+ <xsl-single>classpath:/xslt/org/jboss/tools/xhtml-single-release-nomarker.xsl</xsl-single>
+ <xsl-chunked>classpath:/xslt/org/jboss/tools/xhtml-release-nomarker.xsl</xsl-chunked>
+ <xsl-pdf>classpath:/xslt/org/jboss/tools/pdf.xsl</xsl-pdf>
+ </properties>
+ </profile>
+ <profile>
+ <id>releaseJBDS</id>
+ <properties>
+ <master>master_output.xml</master>
+ <xsl-single>classpath:/xslt/com/jboss/tools/xhtml-single-release.xsl</xsl-single>
+ <xsl-chunked>classpath:/xslt/com/jboss/tools/xhtml-release.xsl</xsl-chunked>
+ <xsl-pdf>classpath:/xslt/com/jboss/tools/pdf.xsl</xsl-pdf>
+ <cssdir>../../../documentation/jbosstools-jdocbook-style/src/main/com/css/</cssdir>
+ </properties>
+ </profile>
+ <profile>
+ <id>diffmk</id>
+ <properties>
+ <master>master_output.xml</master>
+ <xsl-single>classpath:/xslt/org/jboss/tools/xhtml-single-diff.xsl</xsl-single>
+ <xsl-chunked>classpath:/xslt/org/jboss/tools/xhtml-diff.xsl</xsl-chunked>
+ <xsl-pdf>classpath:/xslt/org/jboss/tools/pdf-diff.xsl</xsl-pdf>
+ </properties>
+ </profile>
+ </profiles>
+
<build>
<plugins>
@@ -107,11 +139,15 @@
</snapshotRepository>
</distributionManagement>
+
<properties>
- <stylesdir>../../../documentation/jbosstools-docbook-xslt/src/main/resources</stylesdir>
- <cssdir>../../../documentation/jbosstools-jdocbook-style/src/main/org/css</cssdir>
- <master>master.xml</master>
+ <xsl-single>classpath:/xslt/org/jboss/tools/xhtml-single.xsl</xsl-single>
+ <xsl-chunked>classpath:/xslt/org/jboss/tools/xhtml.xsl</xsl-chunked>
+ <xsl-pdf>classpath:/xslt/org/jboss/tools/pdf.xsl</xsl-pdf>
+ <cssdir>../../../documentation/jbosstools-jdocbook-style/src/main/org/css/</cssdir>
+ <master>master.xml</master>
<translation>en-US</translation>
</properties>
+
</project>
15 years, 3 months
- 1
- 0
JBoss Tools SVN: r14178 - in branches/jbosstools-3.0.x: examples/plugins/org.jboss.tools.project.examples and 1 other directory.
by jbosstools-commits＠lists.jboss.org
Author: max.andersen(a)jboss.com
Date: 2009-03-11 17:58:46 -0400 (Wed, 11 Mar 2009)
New Revision: 14178
Modified:
branches/jbosstools-3.0.x/
branches/jbosstools-3.0.x/examples/plugins/org.jboss.tools.project.examples/plugin.xml
Log:
Merged revisions 14177 via svnmerge from
https://svn.jboss.org/repos/jbosstools/trunk
........
r14177 | max.andersen(a)jboss.com | 2009-03-11 22:51:37 +0100 (Wed, 11 Mar 2009) | 1 line
update project examples to stable location
........
Property changes on: branches/jbosstools-3.0.x
___________________________________________________________________
Name: svnmerge-integrated
- /trunk:1-13898,14088,14102,14104 /branches/ganymede:1-7797 /branches/ganymede/trunk:1-8005 /branches/jbosstools-2.1.x:1-7998,8009-8012,8078-8079
+ /trunk:1-13898,14088,14102,14104,14177 /branches/ganymede:1-7797 /branches/ganymede/trunk:1-8005 /branches/jbosstools-2.1.x:1-7998,8009-8012,8078-8079
Modified: branches/jbosstools-3.0.x/examples/plugins/org.jboss.tools.project.examples/plugin.xml
===================================================================
--- branches/jbosstools-3.0.x/examples/plugins/org.jboss.tools.project.examples/plugin.xml 2009-03-11 21:51:37 UTC (rev 14177)
+++ branches/jbosstools-3.0.x/examples/plugins/org.jboss.tools.project.examples/plugin.xml 2009-03-11 21:58:46 UTC (rev 14178)
@@ -43,7 +43,7 @@
</extension>
<extension
point="org.jboss.tools.project.examples.projectExamplesXml">
- <url>http://anonsvn.jboss.org/repos/jbosstools/workspace/examples/projectExamp...</url>
+ <url>http://download.jboss.org/jbosstools/examples/project-examples-3.0.xml</url>
</extension>
</plugin>
15 years, 3 months
- 1
- 0
JBoss Tools SVN: r14177 - trunk/examples/plugins/org.jboss.tools.project.examples.
by jbosstools-commits＠lists.jboss.org
Author: max.andersen(a)jboss.com
Date: 2009-03-11 17:51:37 -0400 (Wed, 11 Mar 2009)
New Revision: 14177
Modified:
trunk/examples/plugins/org.jboss.tools.project.examples/plugin.xml
Log:
update project examples to stable location
Modified: trunk/examples/plugins/org.jboss.tools.project.examples/plugin.xml
===================================================================
--- trunk/examples/plugins/org.jboss.tools.project.examples/plugin.xml 2009-03-11 16:35:27 UTC (rev 14176)
+++ trunk/examples/plugins/org.jboss.tools.project.examples/plugin.xml 2009-03-11 21:51:37 UTC (rev 14177)
@@ -43,7 +43,7 @@
</extension>
<extension
point="org.jboss.tools.project.examples.projectExamplesXml">
- <url>http://anonsvn.jboss.org/repos/jbosstools/workspace/examples/projectExamp...</url>
+ <url>http://download.jboss.org/jbosstools/examples/project-examples-3.0.xml</url>
</extension>
</plugin>
15 years, 3 months
- 1
- 0
JBoss Tools SVN: r14176 - branches/jbosstools-3.0.x/documentation/jbds-docs.
by jbosstools-commits＠lists.jboss.org
Author: smukhina
Date: 2009-03-11 12:35:27 -0400 (Wed, 11 Mar 2009)
New Revision: 14176
Modified:
branches/jbosstools-3.0.x/documentation/jbds-docs/all-guides.xml
branches/jbosstools-3.0.x/documentation/jbds-docs/pom.xml
Log:
https://jira.jboss.org/jira/browse/JBDS-640 - new guides are added to jbds docs build
Modified: branches/jbosstools-3.0.x/documentation/jbds-docs/all-guides.xml
===================================================================
--- branches/jbosstools-3.0.x/documentation/jbds-docs/all-guides.xml 2009-03-11 16:29:20 UTC (rev 14175)
+++ branches/jbosstools-3.0.x/documentation/jbds-docs/all-guides.xml 2009-03-11 16:35:27 UTC (rev 14176)
@@ -21,9 +21,10 @@
<directoryMode>0755</directoryMode>
</fileSet>
- <fileSet>
- <directory>../guides/Legacy-jsf-struts/target/docbook/publish/en-US</directory>
- <outputDirectory>/Legacy-jsf-struts</outputDirectory>
+
+ <fileSet>
+ <directory>../guides/Exadel-migration/target/docbook/publish/en-US</directory>
+ <outputDirectory>/Exadel-migration</outputDirectory>
<filtered>false</filtered>
<lineEnding>keep</lineEnding>
<includes>
@@ -35,6 +36,32 @@
<directoryMode>0755</directoryMode>
</fileSet>
<fileSet>
+ <directory>../guides/GettingStartedGuide/target/docbook/publish/en-US</directory>
+ <outputDirectory>/GettingStartedGuide</outputDirectory>
+ <filtered>false</filtered>
+ <lineEnding>keep</lineEnding>
+ <includes>
+ <include>**/*.*</include>
+ </includes>
+ <useStrictFiltering>false</useStrictFiltering>
+ <useDefaultExcludes>true</useDefaultExcludes>
+ <fileMode>0644</fileMode>
+ <directoryMode>0755</directoryMode>
+ </fileSet>
+ <!--fileSet>
+ <directory>../guides/GettingStartedGuide/en</directory>
+ <outputDirectory>/GettingStartedGuide</outputDirectory>
+ <filtered>false</filtered>
+ <includes>
+ <include>database.zip</include>
+ </includes>
+ <useStrictFiltering>false</useStrictFiltering>
+ <useDefaultExcludes>true</useDefaultExcludes>
+ <fileMode>0644</fileMode>
+ <directoryMode>0755</directoryMode>
+ </fileSet-->
+
+ <fileSet>
<directory>../../as/docs/reference/target/docbook/publish/en-US</directory>
<outputDirectory>/as</outputDirectory>
<filtered>false</filtered>
@@ -60,10 +87,9 @@
<fileMode>0644</fileMode>
<directoryMode>0755</directoryMode>
</fileSet>
-
<fileSet>
<directory>../../jbpm/docs/reference/target/docbook/publish/en-US</directory>
- <outputDirectory>/jbpm</outputDirectory>
+ <outputDirectory>/jboss_jbpm_ref_guide</outputDirectory>
<filtered>false</filtered>
<lineEnding>keep</lineEnding>
<includes>
@@ -75,6 +101,32 @@
<directoryMode>0755</directoryMode>
</fileSet>
<fileSet>
+ <directory>../../jbpm/docs/converter_ref/target/docbook/publish/en-US</directory>
+ <outputDirectory>/jboss_bpmn_convert_ref_guide</outputDirectory>
+ <filtered>false</filtered>
+ <lineEnding>keep</lineEnding>
+ <includes>
+ <include>**/*.*</include>
+ </includes>
+ <useStrictFiltering>false</useStrictFiltering>
+ <useDefaultExcludes>true</useDefaultExcludes>
+ <fileMode>0644</fileMode>
+ <directoryMode>0755</directoryMode>
+ </fileSet>
+ <fileSet>
+ <directory>../../jsf/docs/userguide/target/docbook/publish/en-US</directory>
+ <outputDirectory>/jsf</outputDirectory>
+ <filtered>false</filtered>
+ <lineEnding>keep</lineEnding>
+ <includes>
+ <include>**/*.*</include>
+ </includes>
+ <useStrictFiltering>false</useStrictFiltering>
+ <useDefaultExcludes>true</useDefaultExcludes>
+ <fileMode>0644</fileMode>
+ <directoryMode>0755</directoryMode>
+ </fileSet>
+ <fileSet>
<directory>../../seam/docs/reference/target/docbook/publish/en-US</directory>
<outputDirectory>/seam</outputDirectory>
<filtered>false</filtered>
@@ -87,8 +139,7 @@
<fileMode>0644</fileMode>
<directoryMode>0755</directoryMode>
</fileSet>
-
- <fileSet>
+ <fileSet>
<directory>../../jsf/docs/jsf_tools_ref_guide/target/docbook/publish/en-US</directory>
<outputDirectory>/jsf_tools_ref_guide</outputDirectory>
<filtered>false</filtered>
@@ -101,8 +152,7 @@
<fileMode>0644</fileMode>
<directoryMode>0755</directoryMode>
</fileSet>
-
-
+
<fileSet>
<directory>../../jsf/docs/jsf_tools_tutorial/target/docbook/publish/en-US</directory>
<outputDirectory>/jsf_tools_tutorial</outputDirectory>
@@ -116,7 +166,7 @@
<fileMode>0644</fileMode>
<directoryMode>0755</directoryMode>
</fileSet>
-
+
<fileSet>
<directory>../../struts/docs/struts_tools_tutorial/target/docbook/publish/en-US</directory>
<outputDirectory>/struts_tools_tutorial</outputDirectory>
@@ -130,7 +180,7 @@
<fileMode>0644</fileMode>
<directoryMode>0755</directoryMode>
</fileSet>
-
+
<fileSet>
<directory>../../struts/docs/struts_tools_ref_guide/target/docbook/publish/en-US</directory>
<outputDirectory>/struts_tools_ref_guide</outputDirectory>
@@ -144,7 +194,7 @@
<fileMode>0644</fileMode>
<directoryMode>0755</directoryMode>
</fileSet>
- <fileSet>
+ <fileSet>
<directory>../../esb/docs/esb_ref_guide/target/docbook/publish/en-US</directory>
<outputDirectory>/esb_ref_guide</outputDirectory>
<filtered>false</filtered>
@@ -157,10 +207,10 @@
<fileMode>0644</fileMode>
<directoryMode>0755</directoryMode>
</fileSet>
-
- <fileSet>
- <directory>../guides/Exadel-migration/target/docbook/publish/en-US</directory>
- <outputDirectory>/Exadel-migration</outputDirectory>
+
+ <fileSet>
+ <directory>../../ws/docs/reference/target/docbook/publish/en-US</directory>
+ <outputDirectory>/ws_ref_guide</outputDirectory>
<filtered>false</filtered>
<lineEnding>keep</lineEnding>
<includes>
@@ -171,9 +221,10 @@
<fileMode>0644</fileMode>
<directoryMode>0755</directoryMode>
</fileSet>
+
<fileSet>
- <directory>../guides/GettingStartedGuide/target/docbook/publish/en-US</directory>
- <outputDirectory>/GettingStartedGuide</outputDirectory>
+ <directory>../../portlet/docs/reference/target/docbook/publish/en-US</directory>
+ <outputDirectory>/jboss_portal_tools_ref_guide</outputDirectory>
<filtered>false</filtered>
<lineEnding>keep</lineEnding>
<includes>
@@ -184,9 +235,11 @@
<fileMode>0644</fileMode>
<directoryMode>0755</directoryMode>
</fileSet>
+
+
<fileSet>
- <directory>../../jsf/docs/userguide/target/docbook/publish/en-US</directory>
- <outputDirectory>/jsf</outputDirectory>
+ <directory>../../drools/docs/reference/target/docbook/publish/en-US</directory>
+ <outputDirectory>/drools_tools_ref_guide</outputDirectory>
<filtered>false</filtered>
<lineEnding>keep</lineEnding>
<includes>
@@ -197,6 +250,23 @@
<fileMode>0644</fileMode>
<directoryMode>0755</directoryMode>
</fileSet>
+
+
+
+ <fileSet>
+ <directory>../../jmx/docs/reference/target/docbook/publish/en-US</directory>
+ <outputDirectory>/jmx_ref_guide</outputDirectory>
+ <filtered>false</filtered>
+ <lineEnding>keep</lineEnding>
+ <includes>
+ <include>**/*.*</include>
+ </includes>
+ <useStrictFiltering>false</useStrictFiltering>
+ <useDefaultExcludes>true</useDefaultExcludes>
+ <fileMode>0644</fileMode>
+ <directoryMode>0755</directoryMode>
+ </fileSet>
+ </fileSets>
</fileSets>
Modified: branches/jbosstools-3.0.x/documentation/jbds-docs/pom.xml
===================================================================
--- branches/jbosstools-3.0.x/documentation/jbds-docs/pom.xml 2009-03-11 16:29:20 UTC (rev 14175)
+++ branches/jbosstools-3.0.x/documentation/jbds-docs/pom.xml 2009-03-11 16:35:27 UTC (rev 14176)
@@ -24,6 +24,11 @@
<module>../../struts/docs/struts_tools_ref_guide</module>
<module>../../struts/docs/struts_tools_tutorial</module>
<module>../../esb/docs/esb_ref_guide</module>
+ <module>../../ws/docs/reference</module>
+ <module>../../portlet/docs/reference</module>
+ <module>../../drools/docs/reference</module>
+ <module>../../jbpm/docs/converter_ref</module>
+ <module>../../jmx/docs/reference</module>
<module>index</module>
</modules>
15 years, 3 months
- 1
- 0
JBoss Tools SVN: r14175 - trunk/documentation/jbds-docs.
by jbosstools-commits＠lists.jboss.org
Author: smukhina
Date: 2009-03-11 12:29:20 -0400 (Wed, 11 Mar 2009)
New Revision: 14175
Modified:
trunk/documentation/jbds-docs/all-guides.xml
trunk/documentation/jbds-docs/pom.xml
Log:
https://jira.jboss.org/jira/browse/JBDS-640 - new guides are added to jbds docs build
Modified: trunk/documentation/jbds-docs/all-guides.xml
===================================================================
--- trunk/documentation/jbds-docs/all-guides.xml 2009-03-11 16:12:11 UTC (rev 14174)
+++ trunk/documentation/jbds-docs/all-guides.xml 2009-03-11 16:29:20 UTC (rev 14175)
@@ -21,9 +21,10 @@
<directoryMode>0755</directoryMode>
</fileSet>
- <fileSet>
- <directory>../guides/Legacy-jsf-struts/target/docbook/publish/en-US</directory>
- <outputDirectory>/Legacy-jsf-struts</outputDirectory>
+
+ <fileSet>
+ <directory>../guides/Exadel-migration/target/docbook/publish/en-US</directory>
+ <outputDirectory>/Exadel-migration</outputDirectory>
<filtered>false</filtered>
<lineEnding>keep</lineEnding>
<includes>
@@ -35,6 +36,32 @@
<directoryMode>0755</directoryMode>
</fileSet>
<fileSet>
+ <directory>../guides/GettingStartedGuide/target/docbook/publish/en-US</directory>
+ <outputDirectory>/GettingStartedGuide</outputDirectory>
+ <filtered>false</filtered>
+ <lineEnding>keep</lineEnding>
+ <includes>
+ <include>**/*.*</include>
+ </includes>
+ <useStrictFiltering>false</useStrictFiltering>
+ <useDefaultExcludes>true</useDefaultExcludes>
+ <fileMode>0644</fileMode>
+ <directoryMode>0755</directoryMode>
+ </fileSet>
+ <!--fileSet>
+ <directory>../guides/GettingStartedGuide/en</directory>
+ <outputDirectory>/GettingStartedGuide</outputDirectory>
+ <filtered>false</filtered>
+ <includes>
+ <include>database.zip</include>
+ </includes>
+ <useStrictFiltering>false</useStrictFiltering>
+ <useDefaultExcludes>true</useDefaultExcludes>
+ <fileMode>0644</fileMode>
+ <directoryMode>0755</directoryMode>
+ </fileSet-->
+
+ <fileSet>
<directory>../../as/docs/reference/target/docbook/publish/en-US</directory>
<outputDirectory>/as</outputDirectory>
<filtered>false</filtered>
@@ -60,10 +87,9 @@
<fileMode>0644</fileMode>
<directoryMode>0755</directoryMode>
</fileSet>
-
<fileSet>
<directory>../../jbpm/docs/reference/target/docbook/publish/en-US</directory>
- <outputDirectory>/jbpm</outputDirectory>
+ <outputDirectory>/jboss_jbpm_ref_guide</outputDirectory>
<filtered>false</filtered>
<lineEnding>keep</lineEnding>
<includes>
@@ -75,6 +101,32 @@
<directoryMode>0755</directoryMode>
</fileSet>
<fileSet>
+ <directory>../../jbpm/docs/converter_ref/target/docbook/publish/en-US</directory>
+ <outputDirectory>/jboss_bpmn_convert_ref_guide</outputDirectory>
+ <filtered>false</filtered>
+ <lineEnding>keep</lineEnding>
+ <includes>
+ <include>**/*.*</include>
+ </includes>
+ <useStrictFiltering>false</useStrictFiltering>
+ <useDefaultExcludes>true</useDefaultExcludes>
+ <fileMode>0644</fileMode>
+ <directoryMode>0755</directoryMode>
+ </fileSet>
+ <fileSet>
+ <directory>../../jsf/docs/userguide/target/docbook/publish/en-US</directory>
+ <outputDirectory>/jsf</outputDirectory>
+ <filtered>false</filtered>
+ <lineEnding>keep</lineEnding>
+ <includes>
+ <include>**/*.*</include>
+ </includes>
+ <useStrictFiltering>false</useStrictFiltering>
+ <useDefaultExcludes>true</useDefaultExcludes>
+ <fileMode>0644</fileMode>
+ <directoryMode>0755</directoryMode>
+ </fileSet>
+ <fileSet>
<directory>../../seam/docs/reference/target/docbook/publish/en-US</directory>
<outputDirectory>/seam</outputDirectory>
<filtered>false</filtered>
@@ -87,8 +139,7 @@
<fileMode>0644</fileMode>
<directoryMode>0755</directoryMode>
</fileSet>
-
- <fileSet>
+ <fileSet>
<directory>../../jsf/docs/jsf_tools_ref_guide/target/docbook/publish/en-US</directory>
<outputDirectory>/jsf_tools_ref_guide</outputDirectory>
<filtered>false</filtered>
@@ -101,8 +152,7 @@
<fileMode>0644</fileMode>
<directoryMode>0755</directoryMode>
</fileSet>
-
-
+
<fileSet>
<directory>../../jsf/docs/jsf_tools_tutorial/target/docbook/publish/en-US</directory>
<outputDirectory>/jsf_tools_tutorial</outputDirectory>
@@ -116,7 +166,7 @@
<fileMode>0644</fileMode>
<directoryMode>0755</directoryMode>
</fileSet>
-
+
<fileSet>
<directory>../../struts/docs/struts_tools_tutorial/target/docbook/publish/en-US</directory>
<outputDirectory>/struts_tools_tutorial</outputDirectory>
@@ -130,7 +180,7 @@
<fileMode>0644</fileMode>
<directoryMode>0755</directoryMode>
</fileSet>
-
+
<fileSet>
<directory>../../struts/docs/struts_tools_ref_guide/target/docbook/publish/en-US</directory>
<outputDirectory>/struts_tools_ref_guide</outputDirectory>
@@ -144,7 +194,7 @@
<fileMode>0644</fileMode>
<directoryMode>0755</directoryMode>
</fileSet>
- <fileSet>
+ <fileSet>
<directory>../../esb/docs/esb_ref_guide/target/docbook/publish/en-US</directory>
<outputDirectory>/esb_ref_guide</outputDirectory>
<filtered>false</filtered>
@@ -157,10 +207,10 @@
<fileMode>0644</fileMode>
<directoryMode>0755</directoryMode>
</fileSet>
-
- <fileSet>
- <directory>../guides/Exadel-migration/target/docbook/publish/en-US</directory>
- <outputDirectory>/Exadel-migration</outputDirectory>
+
+ <fileSet>
+ <directory>../../ws/docs/reference/target/docbook/publish/en-US</directory>
+ <outputDirectory>/ws_ref_guide</outputDirectory>
<filtered>false</filtered>
<lineEnding>keep</lineEnding>
<includes>
@@ -171,9 +221,10 @@
<fileMode>0644</fileMode>
<directoryMode>0755</directoryMode>
</fileSet>
+
<fileSet>
- <directory>../guides/GettingStartedGuide/target/docbook/publish/en-US</directory>
- <outputDirectory>/GettingStartedGuide</outputDirectory>
+ <directory>../../portlet/docs/reference/target/docbook/publish/en-US</directory>
+ <outputDirectory>/jboss_portal_tools_ref_guide</outputDirectory>
<filtered>false</filtered>
<lineEnding>keep</lineEnding>
<includes>
@@ -184,9 +235,11 @@
<fileMode>0644</fileMode>
<directoryMode>0755</directoryMode>
</fileSet>
+
+
<fileSet>
- <directory>../../jsf/docs/userguide/target/docbook/publish/en-US</directory>
- <outputDirectory>/jsf</outputDirectory>
+ <directory>../../drools/docs/reference/target/docbook/publish/en-US</directory>
+ <outputDirectory>/drools_tools_ref_guide</outputDirectory>
<filtered>false</filtered>
<lineEnding>keep</lineEnding>
<includes>
@@ -197,6 +250,23 @@
<fileMode>0644</fileMode>
<directoryMode>0755</directoryMode>
</fileSet>
+
+
+
+ <fileSet>
+ <directory>../../jmx/docs/reference/target/docbook/publish/en-US</directory>
+ <outputDirectory>/jmx_ref_guide</outputDirectory>
+ <filtered>false</filtered>
+ <lineEnding>keep</lineEnding>
+ <includes>
+ <include>**/*.*</include>
+ </includes>
+ <useStrictFiltering>false</useStrictFiltering>
+ <useDefaultExcludes>true</useDefaultExcludes>
+ <fileMode>0644</fileMode>
+ <directoryMode>0755</directoryMode>
+ </fileSet>
+ </fileSets>
</fileSets>
Modified: trunk/documentation/jbds-docs/pom.xml
===================================================================
--- trunk/documentation/jbds-docs/pom.xml 2009-03-11 16:12:11 UTC (rev 14174)
+++ trunk/documentation/jbds-docs/pom.xml 2009-03-11 16:29:20 UTC (rev 14175)
@@ -24,6 +24,11 @@
<module>../../struts/docs/struts_tools_ref_guide</module>
<module>../../struts/docs/struts_tools_tutorial</module>
<module>../../esb/docs/esb_ref_guide</module>
+ <module>../../ws/docs/reference</module>
+ <module>../../portlet/docs/reference</module>
+ <module>../../drools/docs/reference</module>
+ <module>../../jbpm/docs/converter_ref</module>
+ <module>../../jmx/docs/reference</module>
<module>index</module>
</modules>
15 years, 3 months
- 1
- 0
JBoss Tools SVN: r14174 - branches/jbosstools-3.0.x/drools/docs/reference/en.
by jbosstools-commits＠lists.jboss.org
Author: smukhina
Date: 2009-03-11 12:12:11 -0400 (Wed, 11 Mar 2009)
New Revision: 14174
Modified:
branches/jbosstools-3.0.x/drools/docs/reference/en/master.xml
Log:
https://jira.jboss.org/jira/browse/JBDS-655 error preventing file validation is corrected
Modified: branches/jbosstools-3.0.x/drools/docs/reference/en/master.xml
===================================================================
--- branches/jbosstools-3.0.x/drools/docs/reference/en/master.xml 2009-03-11 16:11:27 UTC (rev 14173)
+++ branches/jbosstools-3.0.x/drools/docs/reference/en/master.xml 2009-03-11 16:12:11 UTC (rev 14174)
@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
<!DOCTYPE book PUBLIC "-//OASIS//DTD DocBook XML V4.3//EN"
-"http://www.docbook.org/xsd/4.3/docbook.xsd"
+"http://www.docbook.org/xml/4.3/docbookx.dtd"
[<!ENTITY introduction SYSTEM "modules/introduction.xml">
<!ENTITY create_new_project SYSTEM "modules/create_new_project.xml">
15 years, 3 months
- 1
- 0
JBoss Tools SVN: r14173 - trunk/drools/docs/reference/en.
by jbosstools-commits＠lists.jboss.org
Author: smukhina
Date: 2009-03-11 12:11:27 -0400 (Wed, 11 Mar 2009)
New Revision: 14173
Modified:
trunk/drools/docs/reference/en/master.xml
Log:
https://jira.jboss.org/jira/browse/JBDS-655 error preventing file validation is corrected
Modified: trunk/drools/docs/reference/en/master.xml
===================================================================
--- trunk/drools/docs/reference/en/master.xml 2009-03-11 16:09:28 UTC (rev 14172)
+++ trunk/drools/docs/reference/en/master.xml 2009-03-11 16:11:27 UTC (rev 14173)
@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
<!DOCTYPE book PUBLIC "-//OASIS//DTD DocBook XML V4.3//EN"
-"http://www.docbook.org/xsd/4.3/docbook.xsd"
+"http://www.docbook.org/xml/4.3/docbookx.dtd"
[<!ENTITY introduction SYSTEM "modules/introduction.xml">
<!ENTITY create_new_project SYSTEM "modules/create_new_project.xml">
15 years, 3 months
- 1
- 0
JBoss Tools SVN: r14172 - branches/jbosstools-3.0.x/smooks/docs/reference/en.
by jbosstools-commits＠lists.jboss.org
Author: smukhina
Date: 2009-03-11 12:09:28 -0400 (Wed, 11 Mar 2009)
New Revision: 14172
Modified:
branches/jbosstools-3.0.x/smooks/docs/reference/en/master_output.xml
Log:
https://jira.jboss.org/jira/browse/JBDS-655 updated master_output files for all release smooks guide of 3.3.0 are added
Modified: branches/jbosstools-3.0.x/smooks/docs/reference/en/master_output.xml
===================================================================
--- branches/jbosstools-3.0.x/smooks/docs/reference/en/master_output.xml 2009-03-11 16:04:53 UTC (rev 14171)
+++ branches/jbosstools-3.0.x/smooks/docs/reference/en/master_output.xml 2009-03-11 16:09:28 UTC (rev 14172)
@@ -8,895 +8,898 @@
<!ENTITY smooksformeditor_graphicaltab SYSTEM "modules/smooksformeditor_graphicalpage.xml">
<!ENTITY smooksformeditor_configurationtab SYSTEM "modules/smooksformeditor_configurationpage.xml">
<!ENTITY smooksformeditor_sourcetab SYSTEM "modules/smooksformeditor_sourcepage.xml">
-]><book xmlns:diffmk="http://diffmk.sf.net/ns/diff">
-
- <bookinfo>
-
- <title>Smooks Dev Tools Reference Guide</title>
- <author>
- <firstname>Xue(Dart)</firstname>
- <surname>Peng</surname>
- </author>
-
- <pubdate>November 2008</pubdate>
- <copyright>
- <year><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="changed">2009</diffmk:wrapper></year>
- <holder><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="changed">JBoss, a division of Red Hat</diffmk:wrapper></holder>
- </copyright>
- <releaseinfo><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="changed">
- Version: 1.0.0.GA
- </diffmk:wrapper></releaseinfo>
-
- <abstract>
- <title></title>
- <para>
- <ulink url="http://download.jboss.org/jbosstools/nightly-docs/en/smooks/pdf/Smooks_Re...">PDF version</ulink>
- </para>
- </abstract>
-
-
- </bookinfo>
- <toc></toc>
-
-<chapter id="introduction" xml:base="file:///home/ochikvina/WORK/for_compare/trunk/smooks/docs/reference/en/modules/introduction.xml">
- <?dbhtml filename="introduction.html"?>
- <chapterinfo>
- <keywordset>
- <keyword>JBoss Tools</keyword>
- <keyword>Smooks</keyword>
- <keyword>JBDS</keyword>
- </keywordset>
- </chapterinfo>
- <title>Introduction</title>
- <section>
- <title>What is Smooks?</title>
-
- <para><property moreinfo="none">Smooks</property> is a Java Framework/Engine for processing XML and non XML
- data (CSV, EDI, Java, JSON etc).</para>
- <para></para>
- <para>
- <orderedlist continuation="restarts" inheritnum="inherit" numeration="upperroman">
- <listitem>
- <para><emphasis role="bold">Transformation</emphasis>: Perform a wide range of
- Data Transforms. Supports many different Source and Result types
- -XML/CSV/EDI/Java/JSON to XML/CSV/EDI/Java/JSON.</para>
- </listitem>
- <listitem>
- <para><emphasis role="bold">Java Binding</emphasis>: Bind into a Java Object
- Model from any data source (CSV, EDI, XML, Java, JSON etc). </para>
- </listitem>
-
- <listitem>
- <para><emphasis role="bold">Huge Message Processing</emphasis>: Process huge
- messages (GBs) - Split, Transform and Route message fragments to JMS, File,
- Database etc destinations. Route multiple message formats to multiple
- destinations in a single pass over a message. </para>
- </listitem>
-
- <listitem>
- <para><emphasis role="bold">Message Enrichment</emphasis>: Enrich a message with
- data from a Database, or other Datasources. </para>
- </listitem>
-
- <listitem>
- <para><emphasis role="bold">Combine</emphasis>: Combine the above features in
- different ways e.g. add Message Enrichment as part of a Splitting and
- Routing process. </para>
- </listitem>
- </orderedlist>
- </para>
- <figure float="0">
- <title>Smooks</title>
- <mediaobject>
- <imageobject>
- <imagedata fileref="images/introduction/introduction1.png" scale="90"></imagedata>
- </imageobject>
- </mediaobject>
- </figure>
- <para> For More informations about <property moreinfo="none">Smooks</property>, please visit <ulink url="http://www.smooks.org">Smooks official site</ulink>.</para>
- </section>
- <section>
- <title>What is Smooks dev tools?</title>
-
- <para>Smooks dev tools is a set of graphical tools for editing Smooks configuration file
- base on Eclipse.</para>
- <figure float="0">
- <title>Smooks form editor</title>
- <mediaobject>
- <imageobject>
- <imagedata fileref="images/introduction/introduction2.png" scale="90"></imagedata>
- </imageobject>
- </mediaobject>
- </figure>
- </section>
- <section>
- <title>How to install Smooks dev tools?</title>
-
- <para> The Smooks dev tools was included by the <property moreinfo="none">JBoss Tools</property> since 3.0.0
- Beta1 version. You can download the <property moreinfo="none">JBoss Tools</property> from <ulink url="http://www.jboss.org/tools/download/index.html">here</ulink>.</para>
- <para> Smooks dev tools (<property moreinfo="none">JBoss Tools</property>) run with the latest Eclipse and
- other required plug-ins (GEF, EMF, etc.).</para>
- <para> You should download the latest IDE for Java EE developers from this <ulink url="http://www.eclipse.org/downloads/">site</ulink>. It contains many plug-ins (
- GEF, EMF, etc. ) required by Smooks dev tools. </para>
- </section>
-</chapter>
-
-
-<chapter id="quickstart" role="updated" xml:base="file:///home/ochikvina/WORK/for_compare/trunk/smooks/docs/reference/en/modules/quick_start.xml" xreflabel="Quick Start">
- <?dbhtml filename="quick_start.html"?>
- <chapterinfo>
- <keywordset>
- <keyword>JBoss Tools</keyword>
- <keyword>Smooks</keyword>
- <keyword>JBDS</keyword>
- <keyword>java</keyword>
- </keywordset>
- </chapterinfo>
- <title>Quick Start</title>
- <para> This "Quick Start" will show how to use the <property moreinfo="none">Smooks tools</property> to create/edit the Smooks
- configuration file for Java2Java data transformation.</para>
- <para> This chapter should give you a brief understanding of the <property moreinfo="none">Smooks dev tools</property>.</para>
- <section>
- <title>Download Smooks Java-to-Java Example</title>
- <para> Visit <ulink url="http://www.smooks.org/documentation/documentation-smooks-1-1-x/examples/e...">here</ulink> to download the "java-to-java" example project. </para>
- <tip>
- <title>Tip:</title>
-
- <para> The example project is base on Maven, you suggest you to create a new eclipse
- Java project and copy the example code and .jar files from the example project paste
- them into the eclipse Java project. </para>
- </tip>
- </section>
- <section>
- <title>Smooks Configuration File Wizard</title>
- <para>Select the Smooks Java-to-Java example project what you created and right-click,
- select the menu <emphasis><property moreinfo="none">New > Other</property>,</emphasis> then find
- <emphasis><property moreinfo="none">Smooks > Smooks Configuration File</property>.</emphasis>
- Click the <emphasis>
- <property moreinfo="none">Next</property>
- </emphasis> button. </para>
- <figure float="0">
- <title>Selecting Smooks Configuration File Wizard</title>
- <mediaobject>
- <imageobject>
- <imagedata fileref="images/quick_start/quick_start1.png" scale="90"></imagedata>
- </imageobject>
- </mediaobject>
- </figure>
- <para>The first wizard page is a file path creation page. Select the <emphasis>
- <property moreinfo="none">src</property>
- </emphasis> folder to be the files container, and input the name
- <emphasis><property moreinfo="none">newConfig.smooks</property>.</emphasis> Click
- <emphasis><property moreinfo="none">Next</property>.</emphasis></para>
- <figure float="0">
- <title>Choosing the configuration file container and the file name</title>
- <mediaobject>
- <imageobject>
- <imagedata fileref="images/quick_start/quick_start2.png" scale="90"></imagedata>
- </imageobject>
- </mediaobject>
- </figure>
- <para>The second wizard page is a transform data type choose page.</para>
- <para> As the quick start introduces how to create/edit the Java-to-Java Smooks
- configuration file, let's select the<emphasis>
- <property moreinfo="none">Java-to-Java</property>
- </emphasis> type as the source/target transform data type. </para>
-
- <figure float="0">
- <title>Selecting Data Type</title>
- <mediaobject>
- <imageobject>
- <imagedata fileref="images/quick_start/quick_start3.png" scale="90"></imagedata>
- </imageobject>
- </mediaobject>
- </figure>
-
- <para>On the next page you are prompted to choose the source data for transformation.
- Let's select the <property moreinfo="none">Order</property> class from the example project as
- the source JavaBean class.</para>
-
- <figure float="0">
- <title>Selecting the Source Data</title>
- <mediaobject>
- <imageobject>
- <imagedata fileref="images/quick_start/quick_start4.png" scale="90"></imagedata>
- </imageobject>
- </mediaobject>
- </figure>
-
- <para>Then the wizard page asks you to choose the target data for transformation. We select
- the <property moreinfo="none">ListOrder</property> class as the target JavaBean class.</para>
- <figure float="0">
- <title>Selecting the Target Data</title>
- <mediaobject>
- <imageobject>
- <imagedata fileref="images/quick_start/quick_start5.png" scale="90"></imagedata>
- </imageobject>
- </mediaobject>
- </figure>
-
- <para></para>
-
- <tip>
- <title>Tip:</title>
- <para>You can omit two these steps and just press
- <emphasis><property moreinfo="none">Finish</property>.</emphasis> This will open the empty
- Smooks Configuration file. It's possible to <link linkend="graphicaleditor_datalink">select source/target data</link> afterwards
- in the Smooks Graph editor.</para>
- </tip>
- </section>
- <section id="quickstart_formeditor">
- <title>Smooks Editor</title>
-
- <para>When all the wizard steps are passed, a new Smooks Configuration file is created and
- the <property moreinfo="none">Smooks Editor</property> will be opened automatically:</para>
- <figure float="0">
- <title>Smooks Editor</title>
- <mediaobject>
- <imageobject>
- <imagedata fileref="images/quick_start/quick_start6.png" scale="90"></imagedata>
- </imageobject>
- </mediaobject>
- </figure>
-
- <para> This editor contains several parts: <table>
- <title>The Smooks Editor Parts</title>
- <tgroup cols="2">
-
- <colspec align="left" colnum="1" colwidth="1*"></colspec>
- <colspec colnum="2" colwidth="5*"></colspec>
-
- <thead>
- <row>
- <entry>Editor feature</entry>
- <entry>Functionality</entry>
- </row>
- </thead>
-
- <tbody>
-
- <row>
- <entry>
- <para>Problems area</para>
- </entry>
- <entry>
- <para>If there are any errors when you are editing the file, the
- Problems area will display them</para>
- </entry>
- </row>
-
- <row>
- <entry>
- <para>Source data tree</para>
- </entry>
- <entry>
- <para>The tree will display the structure of transformed source
- data</para>
- </entry>
- </row>
-
- <row>
- <entry>
- <para>Target data tree</para>
- </entry>
- <entry>
- <para>The tree will display the structure of transformed target
- data</para>
- </entry>
- </row>
-
- <row>
- <entry>
- <para>Mapping graphical area</para>
- </entry>
- <entry>
- <para>Show the data mapping connection lines</para>
- </entry>
- </row>
-
- <row>
- <entry>
- <para>Source/Target data selection links</para>
- </entry>
- <entry>
- <para>Click the link, and <link linkend="graphicaleditor_datalink">Data Selection wizard</link> will be opened helping you to
- choose the source/target data</para>
- </entry>
- </row>
- </tbody>
- </tgroup>
- </table>
- </para>
- </section>
-
- <section id="graphicaleditor_datalink">
- <title>Choosing the Source/Target Data</title>
-
- <para>To choose the transform data you should make use of the data selection links:</para>
-
- <itemizedlist>
- <listitem>
- <para><emphasis>
- <property moreinfo="none">Source Select</property>
- </emphasis> for selecting source data</para>
- </listitem>
-
- <listitem>
- <para><emphasis>
- <property moreinfo="none">Target Select</property>
- </emphasis> for selecting target data</para>
- </listitem>
- </itemizedlist>
-
- <para>After clicking the link the <property moreinfo="none">Data Type Selection wizard</property> will be
- opened, and there are two data types on the list: Java and XML.</para>
- <note>
- <title>Note</title>
- <para> There will be more and more data types on the list as the development went on.
- </para>
- </note>
-
- <figure float="0">
- <title>Data Type Wizard</title>
- <mediaobject>
- <imageobject>
- <imagedata fileref="images/quick_start/quick_start7.png" scale="90"></imagedata>
- </imageobject>
- </mediaobject>
- </figure>
-
- <para>Select the <emphasis>
- <property moreinfo="none">Java</property>
- </emphasis> data type and click <emphasis><property moreinfo="none">Next</property>,</emphasis> you will
- see the JavaBean class selection page:</para>
-
- <figure float="0">
- <title>JavaBean Data Selection</title>
- <mediaobject>
- <imageobject>
- <imagedata fileref="images/quick_start/quick_start8.png" scale="90"></imagedata>
- </imageobject>
- </mediaobject>
- </figure>
-
- <para>When you select all the necessary java classes, click <emphasis>
- <property moreinfo="none">Finish</property>
- </emphasis> and the structure of the java class will be displayed on the source/target
- data tree.</para>
- <figure float="0">
- <title>Displaying the Structure of the Transformed Data</title>
- <mediaobject>
- <imageobject>
- <imagedata fileref="images/quick_start/quick_start9.png" scale="90"></imagedata>
- </imageobject>
- </mediaobject>
- </figure>
- </section>
-
- <section id="quickstart_mapping">
- <title>Mapping</title>
-
- <para> As you see, the source/target data tree displays the structure of the java class. </para>
- <para>How to map it?</para>
-
- <para>First, you should know what to transform:</para>
-
- <orderedlist continuation="restarts" inheritnum="inherit" numeration="loweralpha">
- <listitem>
- <para>Bind the <emphasis>
- <property moreinfo="none">"customerName"</property>
- </emphasis> property of the <property moreinfo="none">Order#header</property> to the <emphasis>
- <property moreinfo="none">"customerName"</property>
- </emphasis> property of <property moreinfo="none">LineOrder</property>.</para>
- </listitem>
- <listitem>
- <para>Bind the <emphasis>
- <property moreinfo="none">"customerNumber"</property>
- </emphasis> property of the <property moreinfo="none">Order#header</property> to the <emphasis>
- <property moreinfo="none">"customerId"</property>
- </emphasis> property of <property moreinfo="none">LineOrder</property>.</para>
- </listitem>
- <listitem>
- <para>Bind the <emphasis>
- <property moreinfo="none">"price"</property>
- </emphasis> property of the <property moreinfo="none">OrderItem</property> to the <emphasis>
- <property moreinfo="none">"unitPrice"</property>
- </emphasis> property of <property moreinfo="none">LineItem</property>.</para>
- </listitem>
- <listitem>
- <para>Bind the <emphasis>
- <property moreinfo="none">"productId"</property>
- </emphasis> property of the <property moreinfo="none">OrderItem</property> to the <emphasis>
- <property moreinfo="none">"productCode"</property>
- </emphasis> property of <property moreinfo="none">LineItem</property>.</para>
- </listitem>
- <listitem>
- <para>Bind the <emphasis>
- <property moreinfo="none">"quantity"</property>
- </emphasis> property of the <property moreinfo="none">OrderItem</property> to the <emphasis>
- <property moreinfo="none">"unitQuantity"</property>
- </emphasis> property of <property moreinfo="none">LineItem</property>.</para>
- </listitem>
- </orderedlist>
-
- <para> Make sense?</para>
- <para> OK, let's select the <emphasis>
- <property moreinfo="none">"customerName"</property>
- </emphasis> item of the <emphasis>
- <property moreinfo="none">"header"</property>
- </emphasis> item on the source data tree and start to drag it. When the drag item
- crosses the Mapping graphical area, you will see a connection line. Drop the item onto
- the <emphasis>
- <property moreinfo="none">"customerName"</property>
- </emphasis> of the <property moreinfo="none">LineOrder</property> on the target data
- view.</para>
- <para> Now a dialog is opened asking you to connect the root node:</para>
-
- <figure float="0">
- <title>Dialog Asking You to Connect to the Root Nodes</title>
- <mediaobject>
- <imageobject>
- <imagedata fileref="images/quick_start/quick_start10.png" scale="90"></imagedata>
- </imageobject>
- </mediaobject>
- </figure>
- <para> Please, click <emphasis>
- <property moreinfo="none">Yes</property>
- </emphasis> to connect the root node. If you don't do that, this dialog will be
- opened again when you connect other nodes.</para>
- <note>
- <title>Note:</title>
- <para>Please, remember that: The root nodes of the source data and target data *MUST* be
- connected.</para>
- <para>This rule is not only for Java-to-Java, but the same is also relevant for
- XML-to-Java </para>
- </note>
- <para> Now let's do the same operation with the <emphasis>
- <property moreinfo="none">"customerNumber"</property>,</emphasis> that is what you
- should see:</para>
- <figure float="0">
- <title>Correctly Mapping Editor</title>
- <mediaobject>
- <imageobject>
- <imagedata fileref="images/quick_start/quick_start11.png" scale="90"></imagedata>
- </imageobject>
- </mediaobject>
- </figure>
- <para>Next, you are going to bind the properties of the <property moreinfo="none">OrderItem</property> to
- the properties of the <property moreinfo="none">LineItem</property>.</para>
- <para>Select the <emphasis>
- <property moreinfo="none">"price"</property>
- </emphasis> and drag it onto the <emphasis>
- <property moreinfo="none">"unitPrice"</property>
- </emphasis> of the other side tree viewer. The Problems area will show an
- error:</para>
- <figure float="0">
- <title>Connection Error 1</title>
- <mediaobject>
- <imageobject>
- <imagedata fileref="images/quick_start/quick_start12.png" scale="90"></imagedata>
- </imageobject>
- </mediaobject>
- </figure>
- <para>How to deal with the error?</para>
- <para>Please click the <emphasis>
- <property moreinfo="none">Fix it</property></emphasis> link, a menu is popped-up with several
- resolve methods on it.</para>
- <figure float="0">
- <title>Fixing the Connection Error</title>
- <mediaobject>
- <imageobject>
- <imagedata fileref="images/quick_start/quick_start13.png" scale="90"></imagedata>
- </imageobject>
- </mediaobject>
- </figure>
- <para> Select the first resolve method: <emphasis>
- 'Connect the "OrderItem" to the
- "LineItem" '.</emphasis> As the result the <emphasis>
- <property moreinfo="none">"OrderItem"</property></emphasis> is connected with
- the <emphasis>
- <property moreinfo="none">"LineItem"</property>.</emphasis></para>
- <para>But the notify message area still shows some other errors:</para>
- <figure float="0">
- <title>Connection Error 2</title>
- <mediaobject>
- <imageobject>
- <imagedata fileref="images/quick_start/quick_start14.png" scale="90"></imagedata>
- </imageobject>
- </mediaobject>
- </figure>
- <para>OK, let's deal with the fire error. Click the <emphasis>
- <property moreinfo="none">Fix it</property></emphasis> link and
- select the first resolve method. The <emphasis>
- <property moreinfo="none">"orderItems"</property></emphasis> is connected with
- the <emphasis>
- <property moreinfo="none">"lineItems"</property>.</emphasis></para>
-
- <tip>
- <title>Tip:</title>
- <para> Why does the error occur?</para>
- <para> You will find that, if you only connect the property node without connecting the
- parent node of the property, the "connection error" occurs.</para>
- <para>The connection of the "price-to-unitPrice" is the
- "Binding Connection", but it needs an "Instance Creation
- Connection" - the connection of the
- "OrderItem-to-LineItem".</para>
- </tip>
- <para> After that, connect <emphasis>
- <property moreinfo="none">"quantity"</property></emphasis> to the <emphasis>
- <property moreinfo="none">"unitQuantity"</property></emphasis> and <emphasis>
- <property moreinfo="none">"productId"</property></emphasis> to the
- <emphasis>
- <property moreinfo="none">"productCode"</property>:</emphasis></para>
- <figure float="0">
- <title>Complete Mapping</title>
- <mediaobject>
- <imageobject>
- <imagedata fileref="images/quick_start/quick_start15.png" scale="90"></imagedata>
- </imageobject>
- </mediaobject>
- </figure>
- <para>Now, you should save the file and the <property moreinfo="none">Smooks tools</property> will generate the correct
- configuration file content.</para>
- <para>OK, let run the test class: <property moreinfo="none">example.Main</property>. (Please, make sure that the Smooks engine
- loads the correct configuration file).</para>
- <para>Success!</para>
- </section>
-</chapter>
-
-
-<chapter id="smooksformeditor_graphicaltab" role="updated" xml:base="file:///home/ochikvina/WORK/for_compare/trunk/smooks/docs/reference/en/modules/smooksformeditor_graphicalpage.xml" xreflabel="Smooks Graphical Editor Page">
- <?dbhtml filename="smooks_form_editor_graphicaltab.html"?>
- <chapterinfo>
- <keywordset>
- <keyword>JBoss Tools</keyword>
- <keyword>Smooks</keyword>
- <keyword>JBDS</keyword>
- </keywordset>
- </chapterinfo>
- <title>Smooks Graphical Editor Page</title>
-
- <para>Smooks Graphical Editor page is one tab of the <property moreinfo="none">Smooks Editor</property>.</para>
- <figure float="0">
- <title>Graphical Editor</title>
- <mediaobject>
- <imageobject>
- <imagedata fileref="images/graph_editor/graph_editor1.png" scale="90"></imagedata>
- </imageobject>
- </mediaobject>
- </figure>
-
- <para> This <property moreinfo="none">Graphical editor</property> allows you to perform drug/drop operations
- with the nodes of transform data to map the source data to target data. </para>
- <para> When you save the changes in the Graphical editor the correct Smooks Configuration file
- content will be generated. </para>
- <section>
-
- <title>Introducing the areas of graphical editor</title>
- <para>Information on the topic could be found in the <link linkend="quickstart_formeditor">Quick Start/Smooks Editor</link> section.</para>
- </section>
- <section>
-
- <title>Load Source/Target Data</title>
- <para> Click the links under the data view, the <property moreinfo="none">Data Type Selection wizard</property> page will be
- shown.</para>
- <figure float="0">
- <title>Data Type Selection Wizard Page</title>
- <mediaobject>
- <imageobject>
-
- <imagedata fileref="images/graph_editor/graph_editor2.png" scale="90"></imagedata>
-
- </imageobject>
- </mediaobject>
- </figure>
-
- <para> There are sets of transform data type on the wizard page, select one type and click
- <emphasis><property moreinfo="none">Next</property>,</emphasis> the data source selection wizard
- page will be shown.</para>
-
- <tip>
- <title>Note:</title>
- <para>For different data type, the Data source selection wizard are different too.
- </para>
- </tip>
- <figure float="0">
- <title>Java Data Source Selection Wizard Page</title>
- <mediaobject>
- <imageobject>
-
- <imagedata fileref="images/graph_editor/graph_editor3.png" scale="90"></imagedata>
-
- </imageobject>
- </mediaobject>
- </figure>
-
- <figure float="0">
- <title>XML File Path Selection Wizard Page</title>
- <mediaobject>
- <imageobject>
-
- <imagedata fileref="images/graph_editor/graph_editor4.png" scale="90"></imagedata>
-
- </imageobject>
- </mediaobject>
- </figure>
-
- <para> When you finish the data selection (file path selection), click
- <emphasis><property moreinfo="none">Finish</property>,</emphasis> the data view will display the
- selected data structure.</para>
- </section>
- <section>
-
- <title>Using Graphical Editor for Mapping</title>
- <para>To get information on the topic please, read the <link linkend="quickstart_mapping">Quick Start/Mapping</link> section. </para>
- </section>
- <section>
-
- <title>Error Messages</title>
- <para>When you do any mapping operations, the <property moreinfo="none">Smooks tools</property> validate the
- file content with "Mapping Logic". If there are any errors of the configuration file
- content, error messages are shown in the <link linkend="quickstart_formeditor">Problems
- area</link>.</para>
- <para> Please, read the <link linkend="quickstart_mapping">Quick Start/Mapping</link> section to
- find how to fix the errors.</para>
- </section>
- <section id="graphicalpage_propertiesview">
- <title>Properties View</title>
-
- <para> You can edit the properties of the connection lines with the <property moreinfo="none">Properties
- view</property>.</para>
- <para>Navigate to <emphasis><property moreinfo="none">Window > Show View > Other >
- Properties</property>,</emphasis> to open the <property moreinfo="none">Properties
- view</property>.</para>
- <para> When you select on the connection lines, the <property moreinfo="none">Properties view</property>
- will show a set of section GUI for editing the properties of the connection line.</para>
- <tip>
-
- <title>Tip:</title>
- <para>This GUI on the <property moreinfo="none">Properties view</property> is displayed when the Smooks
- Graphical editor is active, if not, the <property moreinfo="none">Properties view</property>
- displays empty GUI.</para>
- <para>If the source data type of the selected connection line is
- "XML", the <property moreinfo="none">Properties view</property> shows an XML
- Properties section GUI.</para>
- <para>But if the source data type of the selected connection line is
- "Java", the XML Properties section GUI isn't
- displayed.</para>
- <para>It means that if the source/target data type of the selected connection line is
- different, the <property moreinfo="none">Properties view</property> shows different GUI.</para>
- </tip>
- <figure float="0">
- <title>JavaBean Properties Section</title>
- <mediaobject>
- <imageobject>
-
- <imagedata fileref="images/graph_editor/graph_editor5.png" scale="90"></imagedata>
-
- </imageobject>
- </mediaobject>
- </figure>
- <figure float="0">
- <title>XML Properties Section</title>
- <mediaobject>
- <imageobject>
- <imagedata fileref="images/graph_editor/graph_editor6.png" scale="90"></imagedata>
- </imageobject>
- </mediaobject>
- </figure>
- <figure float="0">
- <title>Mapping Properties Section</title>
- <mediaobject>
- <imageobject>
- <imagedata fileref="images/graph_editor/graph_editor7.png" scale="90"></imagedata>
- </imageobject>
- </mediaobject>
- </figure>
- </section>
-</chapter>
-
-
-<chapter id="smooksformeditor_configurationtab" xml:base="file:///home/ochikvina/WORK/for_compare/trunk/smooks/docs/reference/en/modules/smooksformeditor_configurationpage.xml" xreflabel="Smooks Configuration Editor Page">
- <?dbhtml filename="smooks_form_editor_configurationtab.html"?>
- <chapterinfo>
- <keywordset>
- <keyword>JBoss Tools</keyword>
- <keyword>Smooks</keyword>
- <keyword>JBDS</keyword>
- </keywordset>
- </chapterinfo>
- <title>Smooks Configuration Editor Page</title>
- <para> Smooks Configuration Editor Page is one tab of the <property moreinfo="none">Smooks Editor</property>. </para>
- <figure float="0">
- <title>Graphical Editor</title>
- <mediaobject>
- <imageobject>
- <imagedata fileref="images/config_page/config_page1.png" scale="90"></imagedata>
- </imageobject>
- </mediaobject>
- </figure>
-
- <para> You can add/edit/remove the <link linkend="configurationpage_datedecoder">Date
- Decoder</link> on the Сonfiguration page of the <property moreinfo="none">Smooks Editor</property>. </para>
- <para> The configuration also edit the <link linkend="configurationpage_parsetype">Smooks parse
- type</link> and manage the <link linkend="configurationpage_importfile">Import
- Files</link>.</para>
-
- <section id="configurationpage_parsetype">
-
- <title>Smooks Parse Type</title>
- <para>Open the <emphasis>
- <property moreinfo="none">Other Configurations</property>
- </emphasis> section, we will see there is a set of radio buttons:</para>
-
- <figure float="0">
- <title>Smooks Parse Types</title>
- <mediaobject>
- <imageobject>
- <imagedata fileref="images/config_page/config_page2.png" scale="90"></imagedata>
- </imageobject>
- </mediaobject>
- </figure>
- <para> Select the radio button to change the Smooks parse type. </para>
- </section>
- <section id="configurationpage_importfile">
-
- <title>Import File</title>
- <para> Open the <emphasis>
- <property moreinfo="none">Other Configurations</property>
- </emphasis> section, there is an <emphasis>
- <property moreinfo="none">Import Files</property>
- </emphasis> list under the Smooks parse type buttons.</para>
-
- <figure float="0">
- <title>Import File</title>
- <mediaobject>
- <imageobject>
- <imagedata fileref="images/config_page/config_page2.png" scale="90"></imagedata>
- </imageobject>
- </mediaobject>
- </figure>
-
- <para>There are three buttons on the right side of the <emphasis>
- <property moreinfo="none">File Import</property>
- </emphasis> list. You can click those to add/edit/remove the import files.</para>
-
- <tip>
-
- <title>Tip:</title>
- <para> If the import file dosen't exist, the image of the import file will change to
- "Error Image". If you double-click the import file in the Import File list, the file
- will be open with a new default editor. </para>
-
- </tip>
- </section>
- <section id="configurationpage_datedecoder">
- <title>Date Decoder Detail Page</title>
-
- <para>Date Decoder is a resourceConfig element in the Smooks configuration file. It
- describes how to transform the "Date" type.</para>
- <para> Click the <emphasis>
- <property moreinfo="none">New</property>
- </emphasis> button to open the <property moreinfo="none">New Resource Type wizard</property>
- dialog.</para>
- <figure float="0">
- <title>Resource Type Selection Wizard</title>
- <mediaobject>
- <imageobject>
- <imagedata fileref="images/config_page/config_page4.png" scale="90"></imagedata>
- </imageobject>
- </mediaobject>
- </figure>
-
- <para>There are several resource type on the list. Select the <emphasis>
- <property moreinfo="none">Date Decoder</property>
- </emphasis> and click the <emphasis>
- <property moreinfo="none">Finish</property>
- </emphasis> button, a new <emphasis>
- <property moreinfo="none">Date Decoder</property>
- </emphasis> item was added and shown on the resource type list.</para>
- <para> There are several parameters in the <emphasis>
- <property moreinfo="none">Date Decoder</property>
- </emphasis> resourceConfig element:</para>
-
- <para>
-
- <itemizedlist>
- <listitem>
- <para>locale-language</para>
-
- </listitem>
-
- <listitem>
- <para>format</para>
- </listitem>
-
- <listitem>
- <para>locale-country</para>
-
- </listitem>
- </itemizedlist>
- </para>
-
- <para> You can modify the parameters of the <emphasis>
- <property moreinfo="none">Date Decoder</property></emphasis> item with the left detail page.</para>
-
- <figure float="0">
- <title>Date Decoder Detail Page</title>
- <mediaobject>
- <imageobject>
- <imagedata fileref="images/config_page/config_page5.png" scale="90"></imagedata>
- </imageobject>
- </mediaobject>
- </figure>
-
- <para> When you defined a new <emphasis>
- <property moreinfo="none">Date Decoder</property></emphasis>, they can use the <link linkend="graphicalpage_propertiesview">JavaBean Properties</link> GUI to set the
- them to be the "Java type".</para>
-
- <!--
- <para> The XML fragment generated by Smooks tools for the "Date
- Decoder": </para> <para> <programlisting> <![CDATA[<resource-config
- selector="decoder:DateLong">
- <resource>org.milyn.javabean.decoders.DateDecoder</resource> <param
- name="locale-language">en</param> <param name="format">yyy-MM-dd
- HH:mm:ss</param> <param name="locale-country">IE</param>
- </resource-config>]]> </programlisting> </para>
- -->
- </section>
- <!--
- <section id="configurationpage_documenttype"> <title>Document Type
- Detail Page</title> <para> </para> </section> <section
- id="configurationpage_unhandleresourceconfig"> <title>Unhandle
- ResourceConfig</title> </section>
- -->
-</chapter>
-
-
-<chapter id="smooksformeditor_sourcetab" xml:base="file:///home/ochikvina/WORK/for_compare/trunk/smooks/docs/reference/en/modules/smooksformeditor_sourcepage.xml" xreflabel="Smooks Source Editor Page">
- <?dbhtml filename="smooks_form_editor_sourcetab.html"?>
- <chapterinfo>
- <keywordset>
- <keyword>JBoss Tools</keyword>
- <keyword>Smooks</keyword>
- <keyword>JBDS</keyword>
- </keywordset>
- </chapterinfo>
- <title>Smooks Source Editor Page</title>
- <section>
- <title>XML Source Editor</title>
- <para>You can use this editor to edit the Smooks Configuration file directly. </para>
- <figure float="0">
- <title>Graphical Editor</title>
- <mediaobject>
- <imageobject>
- <imagedata fileref="images/source_editor/source_editor1.png" scale="90"></imagedata>
- </imageobject>
- </mediaobject>
- </figure>
- </section>
- <section>
- <title>Error Messages GUI</title>
- <para>If the <property moreinfo="none">Smooks tools</property> can't understand the configuration
- file or the configuration file is illegal (XML structure isn't right for Smooks
- Configuration file, etc.), the error will be underlined.</para>
- <figure float="0">
- <title>Graphical Editor</title>
- <mediaobject>
- <imageobject>
- <imagedata fileref="images/source_editor/source_editor2.png" scale="90"></imagedata>
- </imageobject>
- </mediaobject>
- </figure>
- <!--note>
- <title>Tip:</title>
- <para> When the error message panel is displayed, other editors ( Graphical Editor,
- Configuration Editor ) are disabled. </para>
- <para> You can't edit the configuration file with other editors until file becomes
- valid. </para>
- </note-->
-
- </section>
-</chapter>
-
-</book>
+]><book xmlns:diffmk="http://diffmk.sf.net/ns/diff">
+
+ <bookinfo>
+
+ <title>Smooks Dev Tools Reference Guide</title>
+ <author>
+ <firstname>Xue(Dart)</firstname>
+ <surname>Peng</surname>
+ </author>
+
+ <pubdate>November 2008</pubdate>
+ <copyright>
+ <year>2008</year>
+ <holder>JBoss, a division of Red Hat Inc.</holder>
+ </copyright>
+ <releaseinfo><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="changed">
+ Version: 1.0.0.CR1
+ </diffmk:wrapper></releaseinfo>
+
+ <abstract>
+ <title></title>
+ <para>
+ <ulink url="http://download.jboss.org/jbosstools/nightly-docs/en/smooks/pdf/Smooks_Re...">PDF version</ulink>
+ </para>
+ </abstract>
+
+
+ </bookinfo>
+ <toc></toc>
+
+<chapter id="introduction" xml:base="file:///home/ochikvina/WORK/for_compare/trunk/smooks/docs/reference/en/modules/introduction.xml">
+ <?dbhtml filename="introduction.html"?>
+ <chapterinfo>
+ <keywordset>
+ <keyword>JBoss Tools</keyword>
+ <keyword>Smooks</keyword>
+ <keyword>JBDS</keyword>
+ </keywordset>
+ </chapterinfo>
+ <title>Introduction</title>
+ <section diffmk:change="added">
+ <title>What is Smooks?</title>
+
+ <para><property diffmk:change="added" moreinfo="none"><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added">Smooks</diffmk:wrapper></property><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added"> is a Java Framework/Engine for processing XML and non XML
+ data (CSV, EDI, Java, JSON etc).</diffmk:wrapper></para>
+ <para></para>
+ <para>
+ <orderedlist continuation="restarts" inheritnum="inherit" numeration="upperroman">
+ <listitem>
+ <para><emphasis diffmk:change="added" role="bold"><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added">Transformation</diffmk:wrapper></emphasis><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added">: Perform a wide range of
+ Data Transforms. Supports many different Source and Result types
+ -XML/CSV/EDI/Java/JSON to XML/CSV/EDI/Java/JSON.</diffmk:wrapper></para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para><emphasis diffmk:change="added" role="bold"><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added">Java Binding</diffmk:wrapper></emphasis><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added">: Bind into a Java Object
+ Model from any data source (CSV, EDI, XML, Java, JSON etc). </diffmk:wrapper></para>
+ </listitem>
+
+ <listitem>
+ <para><emphasis diffmk:change="added" role="bold"><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added">Huge Message Processing</diffmk:wrapper></emphasis><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added">: Process huge
+ messages (GBs) - Split, Transform and Route message fragments to JMS, File,
+ Database etc destinations. Route multiple message formats to multiple
+ destinations in a single pass over a message. </diffmk:wrapper></para>
+ </listitem>
+
+ <listitem>
+ <para><emphasis diffmk:change="added" role="bold"><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added">Message Enrichment</diffmk:wrapper></emphasis><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added">: Enrich a message with
+ data from a Database, or other Datasources. </diffmk:wrapper></para>
+ </listitem>
+
+ <listitem>
+ <para><emphasis diffmk:change="added" role="bold"><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added">Combine</diffmk:wrapper></emphasis><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added">: Combine the above features in
+ different ways e.g. add Message Enrichment as part of a Splitting and
+ Routing process. </diffmk:wrapper></para>
+ </listitem>
+ </orderedlist>
+ </para>
+ <figure float="0">
+ <title>Smooks</title>
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata fileref="images/introduction/introduction1.png" scale="90"></imagedata>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+ </figure>
+ <para><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added"> For More informations about </diffmk:wrapper><property diffmk:change="added" moreinfo="none"><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added">Smooks</diffmk:wrapper></property><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added">, please visit </diffmk:wrapper><ulink url="http://www.smooks.org">Smooks official site</ulink><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="changed">.</diffmk:wrapper></para>
+ </section>
+ <section diffmk:change="added">
+ <title>What is Smooks dev tools?</title>
+
+ <para><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="changed">Smooks dev tools is a set of graphical tools for editing Smooks configuration file
+ base on Eclipse.</diffmk:wrapper></para>
+ <figure float="0">
+ <title>Smooks form editor</title>
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata fileref="images/introduction/introduction2.png" scale="90"></imagedata>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+ </figure>
+ </section>
+ <section diffmk:change="added">
+ <title>How to install Smooks dev tools?</title>
+
+ <para><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added"> The Smooks dev tools was included by the </diffmk:wrapper><property diffmk:change="added" moreinfo="none"><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added">JBoss Tools</diffmk:wrapper></property><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added"> since 3.0.0
+ Beta1 version. You can download the </diffmk:wrapper><property diffmk:change="added" moreinfo="none"><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added">JBoss Tools</diffmk:wrapper></property><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added"> from </diffmk:wrapper><ulink url="http://www.jboss.org/tools/download/index.html"><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="changed">here</diffmk:wrapper></ulink><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="changed">.</diffmk:wrapper></para>
+ <para><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added"> Smooks dev tools (</diffmk:wrapper><property diffmk:change="added" moreinfo="none"><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added">JBoss Tools</diffmk:wrapper></property><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added">) run with the latest Eclipse and
+ other required plug-ins (GEF, EMF, etc.).</diffmk:wrapper></para>
+ <para><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="changed"> You should download the latest IDE for Java EE developers from this </diffmk:wrapper><ulink url="http://www.eclipse.org/downloads/"><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="changed">site</diffmk:wrapper></ulink><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="changed">. It contains many plug-ins (
+ GEF, EMF, etc. ) required by Smooks dev tools. </diffmk:wrapper></para>
+ </section>
+</chapter>
+
+
+<chapter id="quickstart" role="updated" xml:base="file:///home/ochikvina/WORK/for_compare/trunk/smooks/docs/reference/en/modules/quick_start.xml" xreflabel="Quick Start">
+ <?dbhtml filename="quick_start.html"?>
+ <chapterinfo>
+ <keywordset>
+ <keyword>JBoss Tools</keyword>
+ <keyword>Smooks</keyword>
+ <keyword>JBDS</keyword>
+ <keyword>java</keyword>
+ </keywordset>
+ </chapterinfo>
+ <title>Quick Start</title>
+ <para><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added"> This "Quick Start" will show how to use the </diffmk:wrapper><property diffmk:change="added" moreinfo="none"><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added">Smooks tools</diffmk:wrapper></property><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added"> to create/edit the Smooks
+ configuration file for Java2Java data transformation.</diffmk:wrapper></para>
+ <para><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added"> This chapter should give you a brief understanding of the </diffmk:wrapper><property diffmk:change="added" moreinfo="none"><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added">Smooks dev tools</diffmk:wrapper></property><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added">.</diffmk:wrapper></para>
+ <section>
+ <title><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="changed">Download Smooks Java-to-Java Example</diffmk:wrapper></title>
+ <para><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="changed"> Visit </diffmk:wrapper><ulink url="http://www.smooks.org/documentation/documentation-smooks-1-1-x/examples/e...">here</ulink><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="changed"> to download the "java-to-java" example project. </diffmk:wrapper></para>
+ <tip>
+ <title>Tip:</title>
+
+ <para><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="changed"> The example project is base on Maven, you suggest you to create a new eclipse
+ Java project and copy the example code and .jar files from the example project paste
+ them into the eclipse Java project. </diffmk:wrapper></para>
+ </tip>
+ </section>
+ <section>
+ <title><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="changed">Smooks Configuration File Wizard</diffmk:wrapper></title>
+ <para><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added">Select the Smooks Java-to-Java example project what you created and right-click,
+ select the menu </diffmk:wrapper><emphasis diffmk:change="added"><property diffmk:change="added" moreinfo="none"><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added">New > Other</diffmk:wrapper></property><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added">,</diffmk:wrapper></emphasis><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added"> then find
+ </diffmk:wrapper><emphasis diffmk:change="added"><property diffmk:change="added" moreinfo="none"><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added">Smooks > Smooks Configuration File</diffmk:wrapper></property><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added">.</diffmk:wrapper></emphasis><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added">
+ Click the </diffmk:wrapper><emphasis diffmk:change="added">
+ <property diffmk:change="added" moreinfo="none"><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added">Next</diffmk:wrapper></property>
+ </emphasis><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added"> button. </diffmk:wrapper></para>
+ <figure float="0">
+ <title><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="changed">Selecting Smooks Configuration File Wizard</diffmk:wrapper></title>
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata fileref="images/quick_start/quick_start1.png" scale="90"></imagedata>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+ </figure>
+ <para><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added">The first wizard page is a file path creation page. Select the </diffmk:wrapper><emphasis diffmk:change="added">
+ <property diffmk:change="added" moreinfo="none"><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added">src</diffmk:wrapper></property>
+ </emphasis><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added"> folder to be the files container, and input the name
+ </diffmk:wrapper><emphasis diffmk:change="added"><property diffmk:change="added" moreinfo="none"><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added">newConfig.smooks</diffmk:wrapper></property><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added">.</diffmk:wrapper></emphasis><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added"> Click
+ </diffmk:wrapper><emphasis diffmk:change="added"><property diffmk:change="added" moreinfo="none"><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added">Next</diffmk:wrapper></property><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added">.</diffmk:wrapper></emphasis></para>
+ <figure float="0">
+ <title><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="changed">Choosing the configuration file container and the file name</diffmk:wrapper></title>
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata fileref="images/quick_start/quick_start2.png" scale="90"></imagedata>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+ </figure>
+ <para>The second wizard page is a transform data type choose page.</para>
+ <para diffmk:change="added"><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added"> As the quick start introduces how to create/edit the Java-to-Java Smooks
+ configuration file, let's select the</diffmk:wrapper><emphasis diffmk:change="added">
+ <property diffmk:change="added" moreinfo="none"><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added">Java-to-Java</diffmk:wrapper></property>
+ </emphasis><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added"> type as the source/target transform data type. </diffmk:wrapper></para>
+
+ <figure diffmk:change="added" float="0">
+ <title><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="changed">Selecting Data Type</diffmk:wrapper></title>
+ <mediaobject diffmk:change="added">
+ <imageobject diffmk:change="added">
+ <imagedata diffmk:change="added" fileref="images/quick_start/quick_start3.png" scale="90"></imagedata>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+ </figure>
+
+ <para><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added">On the next page you are prompted to choose the source data for transformation.
+ Let's select the </diffmk:wrapper><property diffmk:change="added" moreinfo="none"><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added">Order</diffmk:wrapper></property><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added"> class from the example project as
+ the source JavaBean class.</diffmk:wrapper></para>
+
+ <figure diffmk:change="added" float="0">
+ <title diffmk:change="added"><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added">Selecting the Source Data</diffmk:wrapper></title>
+ <mediaobject diffmk:change="added">
+ <imageobject diffmk:change="added">
+ <imagedata diffmk:change="added" fileref="images/quick_start/quick_start4.png" scale="90"></imagedata>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+ </figure>
+
+ <para diffmk:change="added"><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added">Then the wizard page asks you to choose the target data for transformation. We select
+ the </diffmk:wrapper><property diffmk:change="added" moreinfo="none"><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added">ListOrder</diffmk:wrapper></property><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added"> class as the target JavaBean class.</diffmk:wrapper></para>
+ <figure float="0">
+ <title><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="changed">Selecting the Target Data</diffmk:wrapper></title>
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata fileref="images/quick_start/quick_start5.png" scale="90"></imagedata>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+ </figure>
+
+ <para diffmk:change="added"></para>
+
+ <tip diffmk:change="added">
+ <title diffmk:change="added"><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added">Tip:</diffmk:wrapper></title>
+ <para diffmk:change="added"><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added">You can omit two these steps and just press
+ </diffmk:wrapper><emphasis diffmk:change="added"><property diffmk:change="added" moreinfo="none"><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added">Finish</diffmk:wrapper></property><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added">.</diffmk:wrapper></emphasis><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added"> This will open the empty
+ Smooks Configuration file. It's possible to </diffmk:wrapper><link diffmk:change="added" linkend="graphicaleditor_datalink"><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added">select source/target data</diffmk:wrapper></link><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added"> afterwards
+ in the Smooks Graph editor.</diffmk:wrapper></para>
+ </tip>
+ </section>
+ <section id="quickstart_formeditor">
+ <title><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="changed">Smooks Editor</diffmk:wrapper></title>
+
+ <para><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added">When all the wizard steps are passed, a new Smooks Configuration file is created and
+ the </diffmk:wrapper><property diffmk:change="added" moreinfo="none"><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added">Smooks Editor</diffmk:wrapper></property><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added"> will be opened automatically:</diffmk:wrapper></para>
+ <figure float="0">
+ <title><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="changed">Smooks Editor</diffmk:wrapper></title>
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata fileref="images/quick_start/quick_start6.png" scale="90"></imagedata>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+ </figure>
+
+ <para><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added"> This editor contains several parts: </diffmk:wrapper><table diffmk:change="added">
+ <title diffmk:change="added"><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added">The Smooks Editor Parts</diffmk:wrapper></title>
+ <tgroup cols="2" diffmk:change="added">
+
+ <colspec align="left" colnum="1" colwidth="1*" diffmk:change="added"></colspec>
+ <colspec colnum="2" colwidth="5*" diffmk:change="added"></colspec>
+
+ <thead diffmk:change="added">
+ <row diffmk:change="added">
+ <entry diffmk:change="added"><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added">Editor feature</diffmk:wrapper></entry>
+ <entry diffmk:change="added"><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added">Functionality</diffmk:wrapper></entry>
+ </row>
+ </thead>
+
+ <tbody diffmk:change="added">
+
+ <row diffmk:change="added">
+ <entry diffmk:change="added">
+ <para diffmk:change="added"><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added">Problems area</diffmk:wrapper></para>
+ </entry>
+ <entry diffmk:change="added">
+ <para diffmk:change="added"><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added">If there are any errors when you are editing the file, the
+ Problems area will display them</diffmk:wrapper></para>
+ </entry>
+ </row>
+
+ <row diffmk:change="added">
+ <entry diffmk:change="added">
+ <para diffmk:change="added"><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added">Source data tree</diffmk:wrapper></para>
+ </entry>
+ <entry diffmk:change="added">
+ <para diffmk:change="added"><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added">The tree will display the structure of transformed source
+ data</diffmk:wrapper></para>
+ </entry>
+ </row>
+
+ <row diffmk:change="added">
+ <entry diffmk:change="added">
+ <para diffmk:change="added"><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added">Target data tree</diffmk:wrapper></para>
+ </entry>
+ <entry diffmk:change="added">
+ <para diffmk:change="added"><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added">The tree will display the structure of transformed target
+ data</diffmk:wrapper></para>
+ </entry>
+ </row>
+
+ <row diffmk:change="added">
+ <entry diffmk:change="added">
+ <para diffmk:change="added"><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added">Mapping graphical area</diffmk:wrapper></para>
+ </entry>
+ <entry diffmk:change="added">
+ <para diffmk:change="added"><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added">Show the data mapping connection lines</diffmk:wrapper></para>
+ </entry>
+ </row>
+
+ <row diffmk:change="added">
+ <entry diffmk:change="added">
+ <para diffmk:change="added"><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added">Source/Target data selection links</diffmk:wrapper></para>
+ </entry>
+ <entry diffmk:change="added">
+ <para><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="changed">Click the link, and </diffmk:wrapper><link linkend="graphicaleditor_datalink"><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="changed">Data Selection wizard</diffmk:wrapper></link><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="changed"> will be opened helping you to
+ choose the source/target data</diffmk:wrapper></para>
+ </entry>
+ </row>
+ </tbody>
+ </tgroup>
+ </table>
+ </para>
+ </section>
+
+ <section id="graphicaleditor_datalink">
+ <title><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="changed">Choosing the Source/Target Data</diffmk:wrapper></title>
+
+ <para diffmk:change="added"><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added">To choose the transform data you should make use of the data selection links:</diffmk:wrapper></para>
+
+ <itemizedlist diffmk:change="added">
+ <listitem diffmk:change="added">
+ <para diffmk:change="added"><emphasis diffmk:change="added">
+ <property diffmk:change="added" moreinfo="none"><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added">Source Select</diffmk:wrapper></property>
+ </emphasis><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added"> for selecting source data</diffmk:wrapper></para>
+ </listitem>
+
+ <listitem diffmk:change="added">
+ <para diffmk:change="added"><emphasis diffmk:change="added">
+ <property diffmk:change="added" moreinfo="none"><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added">Target Select</diffmk:wrapper></property>
+ </emphasis><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added"> for selecting target data</diffmk:wrapper></para>
+ </listitem>
+ </itemizedlist>
+
+ <para><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added">After clicking the link the </diffmk:wrapper><property diffmk:change="added" moreinfo="none"><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added">Data Type Selection wizard</diffmk:wrapper></property><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added"> will be
+ opened, and there are two data types on the list: Java and XML.</diffmk:wrapper></para>
+ <note diffmk:change="added">
+ <title>Note</title>
+ <para><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="changed"> There will be more and more data types on the list as the development went on.
+ </diffmk:wrapper></para>
+ </note>
+
+ <figure float="0">
+ <title><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="changed">Data Type Wizard</diffmk:wrapper></title>
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata fileref="images/quick_start/quick_start7.png" scale="90"></imagedata>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+ </figure>
+
+ <para><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added">Select the </diffmk:wrapper><emphasis diffmk:change="added">
+ <property diffmk:change="added" moreinfo="none"><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added">Java</diffmk:wrapper></property>
+ </emphasis><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added"> data type and click </diffmk:wrapper><emphasis diffmk:change="added"><property diffmk:change="added" moreinfo="none"><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added">Next</diffmk:wrapper></property><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added">,</diffmk:wrapper></emphasis><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added"> you will
+ see the JavaBean class selection page:</diffmk:wrapper></para>
+
+ <figure float="0">
+ <title><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="changed">JavaBean Data Selection</diffmk:wrapper></title>
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata fileref="images/quick_start/quick_start8.png" scale="90"></imagedata>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+ </figure>
+
+ <para><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added">When you select all the necessary java classes, click </diffmk:wrapper><emphasis diffmk:change="added">
+ <property diffmk:change="added" moreinfo="none"><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added">Finish</diffmk:wrapper></property>
+ </emphasis><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added"> and the structure of the java class will be displayed on the source/target
+ data tree.</diffmk:wrapper></para>
+ <figure float="0">
+ <title><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="changed">Displaying the Structure of the Transformed Data</diffmk:wrapper></title>
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata fileref="images/quick_start/quick_start9.png" scale="90"></imagedata>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+ </figure>
+ </section>
+
+ <section id="quickstart_mapping">
+ <title>Mapping</title>
+
+ <para><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="changed"> As you see, the source/target data tree displays the structure of the java class. </diffmk:wrapper></para>
+ <para>How to map it?</para>
+
+ <para><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added">First, you should know what to transform:</diffmk:wrapper></para>
+
+ <orderedlist continuation="restarts" inheritnum="inherit" numeration="loweralpha">
+ <listitem>
+ <para><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added">Bind the </diffmk:wrapper><emphasis diffmk:change="added">
+ <property diffmk:change="added" moreinfo="none"><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added">"customerName"</diffmk:wrapper></property>
+ </emphasis><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added"> property of the </diffmk:wrapper><property diffmk:change="added" moreinfo="none"><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added">Order#header</diffmk:wrapper></property><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added"> to the </diffmk:wrapper><emphasis diffmk:change="added">
+ <property diffmk:change="added" moreinfo="none"><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added">"customerName"</diffmk:wrapper></property>
+ </emphasis><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added"> property of </diffmk:wrapper><property diffmk:change="added" moreinfo="none"><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added">LineOrder</diffmk:wrapper></property><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added">.</diffmk:wrapper></para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added">Bind the </diffmk:wrapper><emphasis diffmk:change="added">
+ <property diffmk:change="added" moreinfo="none"><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added">"customerNumber"</diffmk:wrapper></property>
+ </emphasis><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added"> property of the </diffmk:wrapper><property diffmk:change="added" moreinfo="none"><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added">Order#header</diffmk:wrapper></property><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added"> to the </diffmk:wrapper><emphasis diffmk:change="added">
+ <property diffmk:change="added" moreinfo="none"><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added">"customerId"</diffmk:wrapper></property>
+ </emphasis><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added"> property of </diffmk:wrapper><property diffmk:change="added" moreinfo="none"><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added">LineOrder</diffmk:wrapper></property><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added">.</diffmk:wrapper></para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added">Bind the </diffmk:wrapper><emphasis diffmk:change="added">
+ <property diffmk:change="added" moreinfo="none"><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added">"price"</diffmk:wrapper></property>
+ </emphasis><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added"> property of the </diffmk:wrapper><property diffmk:change="added" moreinfo="none"><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added">OrderItem</diffmk:wrapper></property><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added"> to the </diffmk:wrapper><emphasis diffmk:change="added">
+ <property diffmk:change="added" moreinfo="none"><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added">"unitPrice"</diffmk:wrapper></property>
+ </emphasis><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added"> property of </diffmk:wrapper><property diffmk:change="added" moreinfo="none"><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added">LineItem</diffmk:wrapper></property><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added">.</diffmk:wrapper></para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added">Bind the </diffmk:wrapper><emphasis diffmk:change="added">
+ <property diffmk:change="added" moreinfo="none"><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added">"productId"</diffmk:wrapper></property>
+ </emphasis><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added"> property of the </diffmk:wrapper><property diffmk:change="added" moreinfo="none"><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added">OrderItem</diffmk:wrapper></property><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added"> to the </diffmk:wrapper><emphasis diffmk:change="added">
+ <property diffmk:change="added" moreinfo="none"><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added">"productCode"</diffmk:wrapper></property>
+ </emphasis><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added"> property of </diffmk:wrapper><property diffmk:change="added" moreinfo="none"><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added">LineItem</diffmk:wrapper></property><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added">.</diffmk:wrapper></para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added">Bind the </diffmk:wrapper><emphasis diffmk:change="added">
+ <property diffmk:change="added" moreinfo="none"><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added">"quantity"</diffmk:wrapper></property>
+ </emphasis><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added"> property of the </diffmk:wrapper><property diffmk:change="added" moreinfo="none"><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added">OrderItem</diffmk:wrapper></property><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added"> to the </diffmk:wrapper><emphasis diffmk:change="added">
+ <property diffmk:change="added" moreinfo="none"><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added">"unitQuantity"</diffmk:wrapper></property>
+ </emphasis><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added"> property of </diffmk:wrapper><property diffmk:change="added" moreinfo="none"><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added">LineItem</diffmk:wrapper></property><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added">.</diffmk:wrapper></para>
+ </listitem>
+ </orderedlist>
+
+ <para><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="changed"> Make sense?</diffmk:wrapper></para>
+ <para><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added"> OK, let's select the </diffmk:wrapper><emphasis diffmk:change="added">
+ <property diffmk:change="added" moreinfo="none"><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added">"customerName"</diffmk:wrapper></property>
+ </emphasis><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added"> item of the </diffmk:wrapper><emphasis diffmk:change="added">
+ <property diffmk:change="added" moreinfo="none"><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added">"header"</diffmk:wrapper></property>
+ </emphasis><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added"> item on the source data tree and start to drag it. When the drag item
+ crosses the Mapping graphical area, you will see a connection line. Drop the item onto
+ the </diffmk:wrapper><emphasis diffmk:change="added">
+ <property diffmk:change="added" moreinfo="none"><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added">"customerName"</diffmk:wrapper></property>
+ </emphasis><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added"> of the </diffmk:wrapper><property diffmk:change="added" moreinfo="none"><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added">LineOrder</diffmk:wrapper></property><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added"> on the target data
+ view.</diffmk:wrapper></para>
+ <para><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="changed"> Now a dialog is opened asking you to connect the root node:</diffmk:wrapper></para>
+
+ <figure float="0">
+ <title>Dialog Asking You to Connect to the Root Nodes</title>
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata fileref="images/quick_start/quick_start10.png" scale="90"></imagedata>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+ </figure>
+ <para><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added"> Please, click </diffmk:wrapper><emphasis diffmk:change="added">
+ <property diffmk:change="added" moreinfo="none"><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added">Yes</diffmk:wrapper></property>
+ </emphasis><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added"> to connect the root node. If you don't do that, this dialog will be
+ opened again when you connect other nodes.</diffmk:wrapper></para>
+ <note diffmk:change="added">
+ <title><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="changed">Note:</diffmk:wrapper></title>
+ <para><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="changed">Please, remember that: The root nodes of the source data and target data *MUST* be
+ connected.</diffmk:wrapper></para>
+ <para><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="changed">This rule is not only for Java-to-Java, but the same is also relevant for
+ XML-to-Java </diffmk:wrapper></para>
+ </note>
+ <para><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added"> Now let's do the same operation with the </diffmk:wrapper><emphasis diffmk:change="added">
+ <property diffmk:change="added" moreinfo="none"><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added">"customerNumber"</diffmk:wrapper></property><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added">,</diffmk:wrapper></emphasis><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added"> that is what you
+ should see:</diffmk:wrapper></para>
+ <figure float="0">
+ <title>Correctly Mapping Editor</title>
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata fileref="images/quick_start/quick_start11.png" scale="90"></imagedata>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+ </figure>
+ <para><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added">Next, you are going to bind the properties of the </diffmk:wrapper><property diffmk:change="added" moreinfo="none"><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added">OrderItem</diffmk:wrapper></property><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added"> to
+ the properties of the </diffmk:wrapper><property diffmk:change="added" moreinfo="none"><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added">LineItem</diffmk:wrapper></property><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added">.</diffmk:wrapper></para>
+ <para><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added">Select the </diffmk:wrapper><emphasis diffmk:change="added">
+ <property diffmk:change="added" moreinfo="none"><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added">"price"</diffmk:wrapper></property>
+ </emphasis><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added"> and drag it onto the </diffmk:wrapper><emphasis diffmk:change="added">
+ <property diffmk:change="added" moreinfo="none"><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added">"unitPrice"</diffmk:wrapper></property>
+ </emphasis><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added"> of the other side tree viewer. The Problems area will show an
+ error:</diffmk:wrapper></para>
+ <figure float="0">
+ <title>Connection Error 1</title>
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata fileref="images/quick_start/quick_start12.png" scale="90"></imagedata>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+ </figure>
+ <para><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="changed">How to deal with the error?</diffmk:wrapper></para>
+ <para><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added">Please click the </diffmk:wrapper><emphasis diffmk:change="added">
+ <property diffmk:change="added" moreinfo="none"><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added">Fix it</diffmk:wrapper></property></emphasis><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added"> link, a menu is popped-up with several
+ resolve methods on it.</diffmk:wrapper></para>
+ <figure diffmk:change="added" float="0">
+ <title diffmk:change="added"><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added">Fixing the Connection Error</diffmk:wrapper></title>
+ <mediaobject diffmk:change="added">
+ <imageobject diffmk:change="added">
+ <imagedata diffmk:change="added" fileref="images/quick_start/quick_start13.png" scale="90"></imagedata>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+ </figure>
+ <para><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added"> Select the first resolve method: </diffmk:wrapper><emphasis diffmk:change="added"><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added">
+ 'Connect the "OrderItem" to the
+ "LineItem" '.</diffmk:wrapper></emphasis><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added"> As the result the </diffmk:wrapper><emphasis diffmk:change="added">
+ <property diffmk:change="added" moreinfo="none"><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added">"OrderItem"</diffmk:wrapper></property></emphasis><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added"> is connected with
+ the </diffmk:wrapper><emphasis diffmk:change="added">
+ <property diffmk:change="added" moreinfo="none"><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added">"LineItem"</diffmk:wrapper></property><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added">.</diffmk:wrapper></emphasis></para>
+ <para><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="changed">But the notify message area still shows some other errors:</diffmk:wrapper></para>
+ <figure float="0">
+ <title>Connection Error 2</title>
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata fileref="images/quick_start/quick_start14.png" scale="90"></imagedata>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+ </figure>
+ <para><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added">OK, let's deal with the fire error. Click the </diffmk:wrapper><emphasis diffmk:change="added">
+ <property diffmk:change="added" moreinfo="none"><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added">Fix it</diffmk:wrapper></property></emphasis><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added"> link and
+ select the first resolve method. The </diffmk:wrapper><emphasis diffmk:change="added">
+ <property diffmk:change="added" moreinfo="none"><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added">"orderItems"</diffmk:wrapper></property></emphasis><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added"> is connected with
+ the </diffmk:wrapper><emphasis diffmk:change="added">
+ <property diffmk:change="added" moreinfo="none"><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added">"lineItems"</diffmk:wrapper></property><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added">.</diffmk:wrapper></emphasis></para>
+
+ <tip>
+ <title><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="changed">Tip:</diffmk:wrapper></title>
+ <para><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="changed"> Why does the error occur?</diffmk:wrapper></para>
+ <para><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="changed"> You will find that, if you only connect the property node without connecting the
+ parent node of the property, the "connection error" occurs.</diffmk:wrapper></para>
+ <para><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="changed">The connection of the "price-to-unitPrice" is the
+ "Binding Connection", but it needs an "Instance Creation
+ Connection" - the connection of the
+ "OrderItem-to-LineItem".</diffmk:wrapper></para>
+ </tip>
+ <para><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added"> After that, connect </diffmk:wrapper><emphasis diffmk:change="added">
+ <property diffmk:change="added" moreinfo="none"><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added">"quantity"</diffmk:wrapper></property></emphasis><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added"> to the </diffmk:wrapper><emphasis diffmk:change="added">
+ <property diffmk:change="added" moreinfo="none"><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added">"unitQuantity"</diffmk:wrapper></property></emphasis><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added"> and </diffmk:wrapper><emphasis diffmk:change="added">
+ <property diffmk:change="added" moreinfo="none"><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added">"productId"</diffmk:wrapper></property></emphasis><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added"> to the
+ </diffmk:wrapper><emphasis diffmk:change="added">
+ <property diffmk:change="added" moreinfo="none"><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added">"productCode"</diffmk:wrapper></property><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added">:</diffmk:wrapper></emphasis></para>
+ <figure float="0">
+ <title><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="changed">Complete Mapping</diffmk:wrapper></title>
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata fileref="images/quick_start/quick_start15.png" scale="90"></imagedata>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+ </figure>
+ <para><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added">Now, you should save the file and the </diffmk:wrapper><property diffmk:change="added" moreinfo="none"><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added">Smooks tools</diffmk:wrapper></property><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added"> will generate the correct
+ configuration file content.</diffmk:wrapper></para>
+ <para><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added">OK, let run the test class: </diffmk:wrapper><property diffmk:change="added" moreinfo="none"><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added">example.Main</diffmk:wrapper></property><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added">. (Please, make sure that the Smooks engine
+ loads the correct configuration file).</diffmk:wrapper></para>
+ <para><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="changed">Success!</diffmk:wrapper></para>
+ </section>
+</chapter>
+
+
+<chapter id="smooksformeditor_graphicaltab" role="updated" xml:base="file:///home/ochikvina/WORK/for_compare/trunk/smooks/docs/reference/en/modules/smooksformeditor_graphicalpage.xml" xreflabel="Smooks Graphical Editor Page">
+ <?dbhtml filename="smooks_form_editor_graphicaltab.html"?>
+ <chapterinfo>
+ <keywordset>
+ <keyword>JBoss Tools</keyword>
+ <keyword>Smooks</keyword>
+ <keyword>JBDS</keyword>
+ </keywordset>
+ </chapterinfo>
+ <title>Smooks Graphical Editor Page</title>
+
+ <para><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added">Smooks Graphical Editor page is one tab of the </diffmk:wrapper><property diffmk:change="added" moreinfo="none"><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added">Smooks Editor</diffmk:wrapper></property><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added">.</diffmk:wrapper></para>
+ <figure float="0">
+ <title>Graphical Editor</title>
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata fileref="images/graph_editor/graph_editor1.png" scale="90"></imagedata>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+ </figure>
+
+ <para><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added"> This </diffmk:wrapper><property diffmk:change="added" moreinfo="none"><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added">Graphical editor</diffmk:wrapper></property><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added"> allows you to perform drug/drop operations
+ with the nodes of transform data to map the source data to target data. </diffmk:wrapper></para>
+ <para><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="changed"> When you save the changes in the Graphical editor the correct Smooks Configuration file
+ content will be generated. </diffmk:wrapper></para>
+ <section>
+
+ <title><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="changed">Introducing the areas of graphical editor</diffmk:wrapper></title>
+ <para><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="changed">Information on the topic could be found in the </diffmk:wrapper><link linkend="quickstart_formeditor"><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="changed">Quick Start/Smooks Editor</diffmk:wrapper></link><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="changed"> section.</diffmk:wrapper></para>
+ </section>
+ <section>
+
+ <title><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="changed">Load Source/Target Data</diffmk:wrapper></title>
+ <para><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added"> Click the links under the data view, the </diffmk:wrapper><property diffmk:change="added" moreinfo="none"><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added">Data Type Selection wizard</diffmk:wrapper></property><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added"> page will be
+ shown.</diffmk:wrapper></para>
+ <figure float="0">
+ <title><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="changed">Data Type Selection Wizard Page</diffmk:wrapper></title>
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+
+ <imagedata fileref="images/graph_editor/graph_editor2.png" scale="90"/>
+
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+ </figure>
+
+ <para><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added"> There are sets of transform data type on the wizard page, select one type and click
+ </diffmk:wrapper><emphasis diffmk:change="added"><property moreinfo="none">Next</property><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added">,</diffmk:wrapper></emphasis><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added"> the data source selection wizard
+ page will be shown.</diffmk:wrapper></para>
+
+ <tip>
+ <title><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="changed">Note:</diffmk:wrapper></title>
+ <para><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="changed">For different data type, the Data source selection wizard are different too.
+ </diffmk:wrapper></para>
+ </tip>
+ <figure float="0">
+ <title><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="changed">Java Data Source Selection Wizard Page</diffmk:wrapper></title>
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+
+ <imagedata fileref="images/graph_editor/graph_editor3.png" scale="90"/>
+
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+ </figure>
+
+ <figure float="0">
+ <title><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="changed">XML File Path Selection Wizard Page</diffmk:wrapper></title>
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+
+ <imagedata fileref="images/graph_editor/graph_editor4.png" scale="90"/>
+
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+ </figure>
+
+ <para><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added"> When you finish the data selection (file path selection), click
+ </diffmk:wrapper><emphasis diffmk:change="added"><property moreinfo="none">Finish</property><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added">,</diffmk:wrapper></emphasis><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added"> the data view will display the
+ selected data structure.</diffmk:wrapper></para>
+ </section>
+ <section>
+
+ <title><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="changed">Using Graphical Editor for Mapping</diffmk:wrapper></title>
+ <para><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="changed">To get information on the topic please, read the </diffmk:wrapper><link linkend="quickstart_mapping"><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="changed">Quick Start/Mapping</diffmk:wrapper></link><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="changed"> section. </diffmk:wrapper></para>
+ </section>
+ <section>
+
+ <title><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="changed">Error Messages</diffmk:wrapper></title>
+ <para><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added">When you do any mapping operations, the </diffmk:wrapper><property diffmk:change="added" moreinfo="none"><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added">Smooks tools</diffmk:wrapper></property><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added"> validate the
+ file content with "Mapping Logic". If there are any errors of the configuration file
+ content, error messages are shown in the </diffmk:wrapper><link linkend="quickstart_formeditor"><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="changed">Problems
+ area</diffmk:wrapper></link><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="changed">.</diffmk:wrapper></para>
+ <para><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="changed"> Please, read the </diffmk:wrapper><link linkend="quickstart_mapping"><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="changed">Quick Start/Mapping</diffmk:wrapper></link><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="changed"> section to
+ find how to fix the errors.</diffmk:wrapper></para>
+ </section>
+ <section id="graphicalpage_propertiesview">
+ <title><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="changed">Properties View</diffmk:wrapper></title>
+
+ <para><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added"> You can edit the properties of the connection lines with the </diffmk:wrapper><property diffmk:change="added" moreinfo="none"><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added">Properties
+ view</diffmk:wrapper></property><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added">.</diffmk:wrapper></para>
+ <para><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added">Navigate to </diffmk:wrapper><emphasis diffmk:change="added"><property diffmk:change="added" moreinfo="none"><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added">Window > Show View > Other >
+ Properties</diffmk:wrapper></property><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added">,</diffmk:wrapper></emphasis><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added"> to open the </diffmk:wrapper><property diffmk:change="added" moreinfo="none"><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added">Properties
+ view</diffmk:wrapper></property><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added">.</diffmk:wrapper></para>
+ <para><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added"> When you select on the connection lines, the </diffmk:wrapper><property diffmk:change="added" moreinfo="none"><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added">Properties view</diffmk:wrapper></property><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added">
+ will show a set of section GUI for editing the properties of the connection line.</diffmk:wrapper></para>
+ <tip>
+
+ <title><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="changed">Tip:</diffmk:wrapper></title>
+ <para><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added">This GUI on the </diffmk:wrapper><property diffmk:change="added" moreinfo="none"><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added">Properties view</diffmk:wrapper></property><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added"> is displayed when the Smooks
+ Graphical editor is active, if not, the </diffmk:wrapper><property diffmk:change="added" moreinfo="none"><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added">Properties view</diffmk:wrapper></property><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added">
+ displays empty GUI.</diffmk:wrapper></para>
+ <para><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added">If the source data type of the selected connection line is
+ "XML", the </diffmk:wrapper><property diffmk:change="added" moreinfo="none"><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added">Properties view</diffmk:wrapper></property><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added"> shows an XML
+ Properties section GUI.</diffmk:wrapper></para>
+ <para><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="changed">But if the source data type of the selected connection line is
+ "Java", the XML Properties section GUI isn't
+ displayed.</diffmk:wrapper></para>
+ <para><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added">It means that if the source/target data type of the selected connection line is
+ different, the </diffmk:wrapper><property diffmk:change="added" moreinfo="none"><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added">Properties view</diffmk:wrapper></property><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added"> shows different GUI.</diffmk:wrapper></para>
+ </tip>
+ <figure float="0">
+ <title>JavaBean Properties Section</title>
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+
+ <imagedata fileref="images/graph_editor/graph_editor5.png" scale="90"/>
+
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+ </figure>
+ <figure float="0">
+ <title><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="changed">XML Properties Section</diffmk:wrapper></title>
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata fileref="images/graph_editor/graph_editor6.png" scale="90"></imagedata>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+ </figure>
+ <figure float="0">
+ <title><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="changed">Mapping Properties Section</diffmk:wrapper></title>
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata fileref="images/graph_editor/graph_editor7.png" scale="90"></imagedata>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+ </figure>
+ </section>
+
+
+
+</chapter>
+<chapter id="smooksformeditor_configurationtab" xml:base="file:///home/ochikvina/WORK/for_compare/trunk/smooks/docs/reference/en/modules/smooksformeditor_configurationpage.xml" xreflabel="Smooks Configuration Editor Page">
+ <?dbhtml filename="smooks_form_editor_configurationtab.html"?>
+ <chapterinfo>
+ <keywordset>
+ <keyword>JBoss Tools</keyword>
+ <keyword>Smooks</keyword>
+ <keyword>JBDS</keyword>
+ </keywordset>
+ </chapterinfo>
+ <title>Smooks Configuration Editor Page</title>
+ <para><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added"> Smooks Configuration Editor Page is one tab of the </diffmk:wrapper><property diffmk:change="added" moreinfo="none"><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added">Smooks Editor</diffmk:wrapper></property><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added">. </diffmk:wrapper></para>
+ <figure float="0">
+ <title>Graphical Editor</title>
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata fileref="images/config_page/config_page1.png" scale="90"></imagedata>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+ </figure>
+
+ <para><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="changed"> You can add/edit/remove the </diffmk:wrapper><link linkend="configurationpage_datedecoder"><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="changed">Date
+ Decoder</diffmk:wrapper></link><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added"> on the Сonfiguration page of the </diffmk:wrapper><property diffmk:change="added" moreinfo="none"><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added">Smooks Editor</diffmk:wrapper></property><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added">. </diffmk:wrapper></para>
+ <para><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="changed"> The configuration also edit the </diffmk:wrapper><link linkend="configurationpage_parsetype"><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="changed">Smooks parse
+ type</diffmk:wrapper></link><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="changed"> and manage the </diffmk:wrapper><link linkend="configurationpage_importfile"><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="changed">Import
+ Files</diffmk:wrapper></link><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="changed">.</diffmk:wrapper></para>
+
+ <section id="configurationpage_parsetype">
+
+ <title><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="changed">Smooks Parse Type</diffmk:wrapper></title>
+ <para><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added">Open the </diffmk:wrapper><emphasis diffmk:change="added">
+ <property diffmk:change="added" moreinfo="none"><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added">Other Configurations</diffmk:wrapper></property>
+ </emphasis><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added"> section, we will see there is a set of radio buttons:</diffmk:wrapper></para>
+
+ <figure float="0">
+ <title><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="changed">Smooks Parse Types</diffmk:wrapper></title>
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata fileref="images/config_page/config_page2.png" scale="90"></imagedata>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+ </figure>
+ <para><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="changed"> Select the radio button to change the Smooks parse type. </diffmk:wrapper></para>
+ </section>
+ <section id="configurationpage_importfile">
+
+ <title><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="changed">Import File</diffmk:wrapper></title>
+ <para><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added"> Open the </diffmk:wrapper><emphasis diffmk:change="added">
+ <property diffmk:change="added" moreinfo="none"><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added">Other Configurations</diffmk:wrapper></property>
+ </emphasis><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added"> section, there is an </diffmk:wrapper><emphasis diffmk:change="added">
+ <property diffmk:change="added" moreinfo="none"><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added">Import Files</diffmk:wrapper></property>
+ </emphasis><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added"> list under the Smooks parse type buttons.</diffmk:wrapper></para>
+
+ <figure float="0">
+ <title>Import File</title>
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata fileref="images/config_page/config_page2.png" scale="90"></imagedata>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+ </figure>
+
+ <para><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added">There are three buttons on the right side of the </diffmk:wrapper><emphasis diffmk:change="added">
+ <property diffmk:change="added" moreinfo="none"><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added">File Import</diffmk:wrapper></property>
+ </emphasis><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added"> list. You can click those to add/edit/remove the import files.</diffmk:wrapper></para>
+
+ <tip>
+
+ <title><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="changed">Tip:</diffmk:wrapper></title>
+ <para><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="changed"> If the import file dosen't exist, the image of the import file will change to
+ "Error Image". If you double-click the import file in the Import File list, the file
+ will be open with a new default editor. </diffmk:wrapper></para>
+
+ </tip>
+ </section>
+ <section id="configurationpage_datedecoder">
+ <title>Date Decoder Detail Page</title>
+
+ <para><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="changed">Date Decoder is a resourceConfig element in the Smooks configuration file. It
+ describes how to transform the "Date" type.</diffmk:wrapper></para>
+ <para><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added"> Click the </diffmk:wrapper><emphasis diffmk:change="added">
+ <property diffmk:change="added" moreinfo="none"><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added">New</diffmk:wrapper></property>
+ </emphasis><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added"> button to open the </diffmk:wrapper><property diffmk:change="added" moreinfo="none"><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added">New Resource Type wizard</diffmk:wrapper></property><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added">
+ dialog.</diffmk:wrapper></para>
+ <figure float="0">
+ <title>Resource Type Selection Wizard</title>
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata fileref="images/config_page/config_page4.png" scale="90"></imagedata>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+ </figure>
+
+ <para><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added">There are several resource type on the list. Select the </diffmk:wrapper><emphasis diffmk:change="added">
+ <property diffmk:change="added" moreinfo="none"><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added">Date Decoder</diffmk:wrapper></property>
+ </emphasis><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added"> and click the </diffmk:wrapper><emphasis diffmk:change="added">
+ <property diffmk:change="added" moreinfo="none"><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added">Finish</diffmk:wrapper></property>
+ </emphasis><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added"> button, a new </diffmk:wrapper><emphasis diffmk:change="added">
+ <property diffmk:change="added" moreinfo="none"><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added">Date Decoder</diffmk:wrapper></property>
+ </emphasis><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added"> item was added and shown on the resource type list.</diffmk:wrapper></para>
+ <para><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added"> There are several parameters in the </diffmk:wrapper><emphasis diffmk:change="added">
+ <property diffmk:change="added" moreinfo="none"><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added">Date Decoder</diffmk:wrapper></property>
+ </emphasis><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added"> resourceConfig element:</diffmk:wrapper></para>
+
+ <para>
+
+ <itemizedlist diffmk:change="added">
+ <listitem>
+ <para>locale-language</para>
+
+ </listitem>
+
+ <listitem>
+ <para>format</para>
+ </listitem>
+
+ <listitem>
+ <para>locale-country</para>
+
+ </listitem>
+ </itemizedlist>
+ </para>
+
+ <para><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added"> You can modify the parameters of the </diffmk:wrapper><emphasis diffmk:change="added">
+ <property diffmk:change="added" moreinfo="none"><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added">Date Decoder</diffmk:wrapper></property></emphasis><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added"> item with the left detail page.</diffmk:wrapper></para>
+
+ <figure float="0">
+ <title>Date Decoder Detail Page</title>
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata fileref="images/config_page/config_page5.png" scale="90"></imagedata>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+ </figure>
+
+ <para><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added"> When you defined a new </diffmk:wrapper><emphasis diffmk:change="added">
+ <property diffmk:change="added" moreinfo="none"><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added">Date Decoder</diffmk:wrapper></property></emphasis><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added">, they can use the </diffmk:wrapper><link linkend="graphicalpage_propertiesview"><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="changed">JavaBean Properties</diffmk:wrapper></link><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="changed"> GUI to set the
+ them to be the "Java type".</diffmk:wrapper></para>
+
+ <!--
+ <para> The XML fragment generated by Smooks tools for the "Date
+ Decoder": </para> <para> <programlisting> <![CDATA[<resource-config
+ selector="decoder:DateLong">
+ <resource>org.milyn.javabean.decoders.DateDecoder</resource> <param
+ name="locale-language">en</param> <param name="format">yyy-MM-dd
+ HH:mm:ss</param> <param name="locale-country">IE</param>
+ </resource-config>]]> </programlisting> </para>
+ -->
+ </section>
+ <!--
+ <section id="configurationpage_documenttype"> <title>Document Type
+ Detail Page</title> <para> </para> </section> <section
+ id="configurationpage_unhandleresourceconfig"> <title>Unhandle
+ ResourceConfig</title> </section>
+ -->
+
+
+
+</chapter>
+<chapter id="smooksformeditor_sourcetab" xml:base="file:///home/ochikvina/WORK/for_compare/trunk/smooks/docs/reference/en/modules/smooksformeditor_sourcepage.xml" xreflabel="Smooks Source Editor Page">
+ <?dbhtml filename="smooks_form_editor_sourcetab.html"?>
+ <chapterinfo>
+ <keywordset>
+ <keyword>JBoss Tools</keyword>
+ <keyword>Smooks</keyword>
+ <keyword>JBDS</keyword>
+ </keywordset>
+ </chapterinfo>
+ <title>Smooks Source Editor Page</title>
+ <section>
+ <title>XML Source Editor</title>
+ <para><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="changed">You can use this editor to edit the Smooks Configuration file directly. </diffmk:wrapper></para>
+ <figure float="0">
+ <title>Graphical Editor</title>
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata fileref="images/source_editor/source_editor1.png" scale="90"></imagedata>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+ </figure>
+ </section>
+ <section>
+ <title>Error Messages GUI</title>
+ <para><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added">If the </diffmk:wrapper><property diffmk:change="added" moreinfo="none"><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added">Smooks tools</diffmk:wrapper></property><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added"> can't understand the configuration
+ file or the configuration file is illegal (XML structure isn't right for Smooks
+ Configuration file, etc.), the error will be underlined.</diffmk:wrapper></para>
+ <figure float="0">
+ <title>Graphical Editor</title>
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata fileref="images/source_editor/source_editor2.png" scale="90"></imagedata>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+ </figure>
+ <!--note>
+ <title>Tip:</title>
+ <para> When the error message panel is displayed, other editors ( Graphical Editor,
+ Configuration Editor ) are disabled. </para>
+ <para> You can't edit the configuration file with other editors until file becomes
+ valid. </para>
+ </note-->
+
+ </section>
+
+
+</chapter>
+</book>
15 years, 3 months
- 1
- 0
JBoss Tools SVN: r14171 - in trunk: documentation/guides/Exadel-migration/en and 11 other directories.
by jbosstools-commits＠lists.jboss.org
Author: smukhina
Date: 2009-03-11 12:04:53 -0400 (Wed, 11 Mar 2009)
New Revision: 14171
Modified:
trunk/as/docs/reference/en/master_output.xml
trunk/documentation/guides/Exadel-migration/en/master_output.xml
trunk/documentation/guides/GettingStartedGuide/en/master_output.xml
trunk/esb/docs/esb_ref_guide/en/master_output.xml
trunk/hibernatetools/docs/reference/en/master_output.xml
trunk/jbpm/docs/reference/en/master_output.xml
trunk/jsf/docs/jsf_tools_ref_guide/en/master_output.xml
trunk/jsf/docs/jsf_tools_tutorial/en/master_output.xml
trunk/jsf/docs/userguide/en/master_output.xml
trunk/seam/docs/reference/en/master_output.xml
trunk/struts/docs/struts_tools_ref_guide/en/master_output.xml
trunk/struts/docs/struts_tools_tutorial/en/master_output.xml
trunk/ws/docs/reference/en/master_output.xml
Log:
https://jira.jboss.org/jira/browse/JBDS-655 updated master_output files for all release guides are added
Modified: trunk/as/docs/reference/en/master_output.xml
===================================================================
--- trunk/as/docs/reference/en/master_output.xml 2009-03-11 14:34:56 UTC (rev 14170)
+++ trunk/as/docs/reference/en/master_output.xml 2009-03-11 16:04:53 UTC (rev 14171)
@@ -22,2039 +22,2035 @@
<!ENTITY strutstutoriallink "../../struts_tools_tutorial/html_single/index.html">
-]><book xmlns:diffmk="http://diffmk.sf.net/ns/diff">
-
- <bookinfo>
- <title>JBoss Server Manager Reference Guide</title>
-
- <author><firstname>Anatoly</firstname><surname>Fedosik</surname></author>
- <author><firstname>Olga</firstname><surname>Chikvina</surname></author>
- <author><firstname>Rob</firstname><surname>Stryker</surname><email>rob.stryker(a)jboss.com</email></author>
- <author><firstname>Svetlana</firstname><surname>Mukhina</surname><email>smukhina(a)exadel.com</email></author>
-
- <pubdate>April 2008</pubdate>
- <copyright>
- <year>2007</year>
- <year>2009</year>
- <holder>JBoss, a division of Red Hat</holder>
- </copyright>
- <releaseinfo>
- Version: 2.0.0.GA
- </releaseinfo>
-<abstract>
- <title></title>
- <para>
- <ulink url="http://download.jboss.org/jbosstools/nightly-docs/en/as/pdf/AS_Reference_...">PDF version</ulink>
- </para>
-</abstract>
-
- </bookinfo>
-
-
- <toc></toc>
-
-<chapter id="quick_start" xml:base="file:///home/ochikvina/WORK/for_compare/trunk/as/docs/reference/en/modules/quick_start.xml">
- <title>Quick Start with JBoss Server</title>
-
- <para>This chapter covers the basics of working with the <property moreinfo="none">JBoss Server</property>. If you
- already have installed JBoss server and runtime you can quickly learn how to configure, start,
- stop the server, to know deployment and archiving processes. How to install runtimes and servers
- read in the <link linkend="runtimes_servers">Runtimes and Servers in the JBoss AS plugin</link>
- chapter.</para>
-
- <para>To start working with JBoss AS, select a <property moreinfo="none">JBoss AS Perspective</property> via
- <emphasis><property moreinfo="none">Window > Open Perspective > Other > JBoss
- AS</property>.</emphasis></para>
-
- <section id="starting">
- <title>Starting JBoss Server</title>
-
- <para>Starting <property moreinfo="none">JBoss Server</property> is quite simple. You can control the server
- behaviour with the help of a special toolbar in the <property moreinfo="none">JBoss Server View</property>
- where you could <emphasis>
- <property moreinfo="none">start</property>
- </emphasis> it in a regular or debug mode, <emphasis>
- <property moreinfo="none">stop</property>
- </emphasis> it or <emphasis>
- <property moreinfo="none">restart</property>
- </emphasis> it, <emphasis>
- <property moreinfo="none">publish</property>
- </emphasis> to the server, <emphasis>
- <property moreinfo="none">clean</property>
- </emphasis> the server.</para>
-
- <figure float="0">
- <title>JBoss Server Toolbar</title>
- <mediaobject>
- <imageobject>
- <imagedata fileref="images/quick_start/quick_start_1.png"></imagedata>
- </imageobject>
- </mediaobject>
- </figure>
-
- <para>To launch the server click the green-with-white-arrow icon on the <property moreinfo="none">JBoss Server
- View </property>or right click server name in this view and select <emphasis>
- <property moreinfo="none">Start</property>. </emphasis> If this view is not open, select
- <emphasis><property moreinfo="none">Window > Show View > Other > Server >
- JBoss Server View</property>.</emphasis></para>
-
- <figure float="0">
- <title>Start JBoss Server</title>
- <mediaobject>
- <imageobject>
- <imagedata fileref="images/quick_start/quick_start_2.png"></imagedata>
- </imageobject>
- </mediaobject>
- </figure>
-
- </section>
-
- <section id="stopping">
- <title>Stopping JBoss Server</title>
-
- <para>To stop the server, click the <emphasis>
- <property moreinfo="none">Stop</property>
- </emphasis> icon in the <property moreinfo="none">JBoss Server View</property> or right click the server name
- and press <emphasis><property moreinfo="none">Stop</property>.</emphasis></para>
-
- <figure float="0">
- <title>Stop JBoss Server</title>
- <mediaobject>
- <imageobject>
- <imagedata fileref="images/quick_start/quick_start_3.png"></imagedata>
- </imageobject>
- </mediaobject>
- </figure>
-
- <para>When the server is stopped you will see <emphasis>
- <property moreinfo="none">Stopped</property>
- </emphasis> state next to its name in the square brackets.</para>
- <para>Learn more about the <property moreinfo="none">JBoss Server View</property>
- <link linkend="JBossServerView">here</link>.</para>
- </section>
-
- <section id="archiving">
-
- <title>Project Archiving</title>
-
- <para><property moreinfo="none">JBoss Tools</property> comes with our own archives tool. The Project Archives
- plugin consists primarily of a view to set up each packaging configuration <emphasis>(
- <property moreinfo="none">Window > Show View > Other > JBoss Tools > Project archives</property>).
- </emphasis></para>
- <para>Right clicking in the <property moreinfo="none">Project archives view</property> you can create War,
- EJB War, EAR or JAR archive.</para>
-
- <figure float="0">
- <title>Archive Creating</title>
- <mediaobject>
- <imageobject>
- <imagedata fileref="images/quick_start/quick_start_7.png"></imagedata>
- </imageobject>
- </mediaobject>
- </figure>
-
- <para>Using the context menu on the item you can initiate a <emphasis><property moreinfo="none">full build</property></emphasis> on
- archive, <emphasis><property moreinfo="none">edit</property>,</emphasis> <emphasis><property moreinfo="none">delete</property></emphasis> or
- <emphasis><property moreinfo="none">publish</property></emphasis> it.</para>
-
- <figure float="0">
- <title>Context Menu on the Item</title>
- <mediaobject>
- <imageobject>
- <imagedata fileref="images/quick_start/quick_start_8.png"></imagedata>
- </imageobject>
- </mediaobject>
- </figure>
-
- <para>Learn more about the <property moreinfo="none">Project Archives View</property>
- <link linkend="Project_archivesView">here</link>.</para>
-
- </section>
- <section id="deployment">
- <title>Deploying an Application to a Server</title>
-
- <para>There are two times to deploy your application:</para>
- <itemizedlist>
- <listitem>
- <para>While creating it</para>
- </listitem>
- <listitem>
- <para>After it already exists</para>
- </listitem>
- </itemizedlist>
-
- <para>When you create a new project (Seam, JSF or Struts) with the New Project or Import Project
- wizards, the one of wizards steps has a <emphasis>
- <property moreinfo="none">Target Runtime</property>
- </emphasis> and <emphasis>
- <property moreinfo="none">Target Server</property>
- </emphasis> sections. You can deploy the application through the appropriate selection in
- these sections.</para>
-
- <figure float="0">
- <title>Runtime and Server Sections in the New Project Wizard</title>
- <mediaobject>
- <imageobject>
- <imagedata fileref="images/quick_start/quick_start_4a.png"></imagedata>
- </imageobject>
- </mediaobject>
- </figure>
-
- <figure float="0">
- <title>Runtime and Server Sections in the Import Project Wizard</title>
- <mediaobject>
- <imageobject>
- <imagedata fileref="images/quick_start/quick_start_4b.png"></imagedata>
- </imageobject>
- </mediaobject>
- </figure>
-
- <para>You can deploy an existing application to a server by right-clicking the target defined
- server in the <property moreinfo="none">JBoss Servers View</property> and then selecting <emphasis><property moreinfo="none">Add and
- Remove Projects</property></emphasis> from the context menu.</para>
-
- <figure float="0">
- <title>Add and Remove Projects From the Context Menu.</title>
- <mediaobject>
- <imageobject>
- <imagedata fileref="images/quick_start/quick_start_5.png"></imagedata>
- </imageobject>
- </mediaobject>
- </figure>
-
- <para>If this application is not assigned to a server, it will be in the left-hand available
- projects list. Clicking on the <property moreinfo="none">Add ></property> button will add it to the right-hand
- configured projects list and deploy the application to this server.</para>
-
- <figure float="0">
- <title>Modifying The Projects that are Configured on the Server</title>
- <mediaobject>
- <imageobject>
- <imagedata fileref="images/quick_start/quick_start_6.png"></imagedata>
- </imageobject>
- </mediaobject>
- </figure>
-
- <para>Here, we have just performed the basic steps you should know to quick start with JBoss
- server. In fact, there are more functionalities which you can make use of. Further we will
- talk about them in detail.</para>
- </section>
-
-
- <section>
- <title>Other relevant resources on the topic</title>
-
- <para>All JBoss Developer Studio/JBoss Tools documentation you can find <ulink url="http://docs.jboss.org/tools/2.1.0.GA">here</ulink>.</para>
- <para>The latest documentation builds are available <ulink url="http://download.jboss.org/jbosstools/nightly-docs/">here</ulink>.</para>
-
- </section>
-
-</chapter>
-
-
-<chapter id="runtimes_servers" xml:base="file:///home/ochikvina/WORK/for_compare/trunk/as/docs/reference/en/modules/runtimes_servers.xml" xreflabel="runtimes_servers">
- <?dbhtml filename="runtimes_servers.html"?>
- <chapterinfo>
- <keywordset>
- <keyword>JBoss Developer Studio</keyword>
- <keyword>Eclipse</keyword>
- <keyword>Deploy</keyword>
- <keyword>Deployment</keyword>
- <keyword>JBoss</keyword>
- </keywordset>
- </chapterinfo>
- <title>Runtimes and Servers in the JBoss AS plugin</title>
-
- <para>In this chapter we will discuss how to install runtimes and servers.</para>
-
- <para>First of all it's necessary to mention that the JBoss AS plugin makes use of WTP.
- This includes starting and stopping servers in run or debug mode. It also includes targeting WTP
- projects, such as Dynamic Web Projects, to certain server runtimes in order to ensure that the
- proper jars from a specific server are added to the project's classpath
- properly.</para>
- <para>In order to get started creating, running, and debugging J2EE applications, we should create
- our <property moreinfo="none">runtime</property> and <property moreinfo="none">server</property> instances.</para>
-
- <section>
- <title>Runtimes</title>
- <para>In <property moreinfo="none">JBoss Tools</property>, the main purpose of Server Runtimes is to point to a
- server installation somewhere on disk. In our case, this will be a JBoss installation, and it
- can then be used for two primary purposes:</para>
- <itemizedlist>
- <listitem>
- <para>it provides classpath additions to WTP projects that require them.</para>
- </listitem>
- <listitem>
- <para>for <property moreinfo="none">JBoss server</property> at least, it provides information necessary for
- the starting and stopping of the server, it tells which jars to run and which
- configuration to use.</para>
- </listitem>
- </itemizedlist>
-
- <section id="InstNewRuntime">
- <title>Installing a New Runtime</title>
- <para>You can install runtimes into eclipse from the <emphasis>
- <property moreinfo="none">Window > Preferences </property>
- </emphasis> menu, and then select <emphasis>
- <property moreinfo="none">Server > Runtime Environments</property>
- </emphasis> from the categories available on the left.</para>
- <figure float="0">
- <title>Installed Runtimes</title>
- <mediaobject>
- <imageobject>
- <imagedata fileref="images/runtimes_servers/runtimes_servers_1.png"></imagedata>
- </imageobject>
- </mediaobject>
- </figure>
- <para>From this preference page you can see all declared runtimes and their types as well.
- Here, it's possible to edit or remove existing runtimes as well as add a new
- one.</para>
-
- <para>To create a JBoss runtime click <emphasis>
- <property moreinfo="none">Add</property>
- </emphasis> button and choose a necessary type of runtime from the <emphasis>
- <property moreinfo="none">JBoss Community</property>
- </emphasis> category.</para>
-
- <figure float="0">
- <title>Adding a Runtime</title>
- <mediaobject>
- <imageobject>
- <imagedata fileref="images/runtimes_servers/runtimes_servers_2.png"></imagedata>
- </imageobject>
- </mediaobject>
- </figure>
-
- <note>
- <title>Note:</title>
-
- <para>Now there is a separation between .org servers (the <emphasis>
- <property moreinfo="none">JBoss Community</property>
- </emphasis> category) and product server that comes with JBoss EAP in JBDS ( the <emphasis>
- <property moreinfo="none">JBoss Enterprise Middleware</property>
- </emphasis> category).</para>
- </note>
-
- <para>As you can see, <property moreinfo="none">JBoss Tools</property> provide its own adapters such as JBoss
- 3.2, 4.0, 4.2 and 5.0 as well. The last one comes with its own new feature, that is a safer
- incremental deployment, which prevents partial deployments to be picked up by the server. It
- means that scanning for auto-deployment is suspended while files are being copied to the
- deployment location and resumed when the copy is completed.</para>
-
- <note>
- <title>Note:</title>
- <para>Currently we recommend you to use a fully supported JBoss 4.2 server adapter.</para>
- </note>
-
- <para>You'll also note a Deploy-Only Runtime type. This type provides no classpath
- for WTP projects. It is used solely by its server type for the purpose of setting up a
- deploy directory for users who don't wish to make use of starting, stopping, or
- debugging their projects inside eclipse.</para>
-
- <figure float="0" id="add_runtime_figure">
- <title>Adding a JBoss 4.2 Runtime</title>
- <mediaobject>
- <imageobject>
- <imagedata fileref="images/runtimes_servers/runtimes_servers_3.png"></imagedata>
- </imageobject>
- </mediaobject>
- </figure>
-
- <para>The following table describes all the available options of the currant wizard
- page.</para>
- <table>
- <title>Server Runtime Wizard Parameters</title>
- <tgroup cols="2">
- <colspec align="left" colnum="1" colwidth="1*"></colspec>
- <colspec colnum="2" colwidth="3*"></colspec>
-
- <thead>
- <row>
- <entry align="center">
- <para>Name</para>
- </entry>
-
- <entry align="center">
- <para>Description</para>
- </entry>
- </row>
- </thead>
-
- <tbody>
- <row>
- <entry>
- <para>Name</para>
- </entry>
- <entry>
- <para>The name of a new Runtime for a chosen server. We suggest that you
- don't leave a default value. It's better to give descriptive
- names that will help to distinguish one runtime from another.</para>
- </entry>
- </row>
-
- <row>
- <entry>
- <para>Home directory</para>
- </entry>
- <entry>
- <para>The path to a directory where the runtime is installed.</para>
- </entry>
- </row>
-
- <row>
- <entry>
- <para>jRE</para>
- </entry>
- <entry>
- <para>The proper Java Runtime Environment. Because of the open-source nature of
- JBoss, a user is likely to want to modify and repackage some of the
- configuration-specific jboss jars and create their own configuration. Thus, rather
- than forcing you to copy his entire JBoss installation, the structure of the
- wizard allows to create only a new configuration instead.</para>
- </entry>
- </row>
-
- <row>
- <entry>
- <para>Configuration</para>
- </entry>
- <entry>
- <para>The list of configurations (all, default, minimal) that is updated as soon as
- you browse to a valid runtime installation folder. After the runtime is created
- the configuration becomes an unchanging property of that runtime. To compile
- against a different configuration's jars, you will need to create a new runtime
- from that configuration.</para>
- </entry>
- </row>
-
- </tbody>
- </tgroup>
- </table>
-
- <para>As a result of having each runtime represent a specific configuration rather than the
- server installation as a whole, it is very likely you'll create several different
- runtimes to test each of your configurations. It becomes important to ensure your runtimes,
- and later your servers, are given descriptive names that help you remember which is
- which.</para>
-
- <para>Press <emphasis>
- <property moreinfo="none">Finish</property>
- </emphasis> to see your new runtime in the list.</para>
- </section>
-
- </section>
-
- <section>
- <title>Servers</title>
- <para>WTP servers are eclipse-representations of a backing server installation. They are used to
- start or stop servers, deploy to servers, or debug code that will run on the server. They keep
- track of the modules (jars, wars, etc) you deploy to the server and also allow you to undeploy
- those modules (see <link linkend="run_on_server_wizard">Deploying with Run On Server
- Wizard</link> section). </para>
- <para>Servers can be started or stopped with different <link linkend="com_line_arg">command-line
- arguments</link>. They are often backed by a runtime object representing that server's
- location.</para>
-
- <section>
- <title>Creating a New Server</title>
-
- <para>There are many ways to get to the new server wizard. One way is to use the old standard <emphasis>
- <property moreinfo="none">File > New > Other... </property>
- </emphasis> and then <emphasis>
- <property moreinfo="none">Server</property>
- </emphasis>. This should show the wizard like below.</para>
- <figure float="0">
- <title>Adding a JBoss Server</title>
- <mediaobject>
- <imageobject>
- <imagedata fileref="images/runtimes_servers/runtimes_servers_4.png"></imagedata>
- </imageobject>
- </mediaobject>
- </figure>
- <para>A server object is that keeps track of things like command line arguments when starting
- or stopping, and runtimes keep track of the location of the installation. Thus, each server
- instance must be backed by an appropriate runtime. </para>
-
- <para>From the list of already declared runtimes in the combo box below the view it's
- possible to select which runtime you want your server to be backed by. If there is no
- runtime that matches your needs just press the <emphasis>
- <property moreinfo="none">Add...</property>
- </emphasis> link nearby to bring up the wizard for creating a new runtime (see the <link linkend="add_runtime_figure">previous section</link>). To configure the already installed
- runtimes you should go to server preferences that you can easily do by pressing the <emphasis>
- <property moreinfo="none">Configure runtime environments...</property></emphasis> link.</para>
-
- <para>If the server you want to create doesn't have any installed runtime yet, the combo box
- and the links are absent.</para>
-
- <figure float="0">
- <title>Installed Server Runtime Environments</title>
- <mediaobject>
- <imageobject>
- <imagedata fileref="images/runtimes_servers/runtimes_servers_6.png"></imagedata>
- </imageobject>
- </mediaobject>
- </figure>
-
- <para>In this case the next page in the wizard which has the same form as in <link linkend="add_runtime_figure">the previous section</link> will ask you to create the
- associated runtime.</para>
- <para>Either way, after targeting your server to a runtime, the final screen in this wizard is
- largely confirmational, giving you a chance to verify that you've selected the
- appropriate runtime. It also allows to name the server appropriately. </para>
-
- <figure float="0">
- <title>Installed Server Runtime Environments</title>
- <mediaobject>
- <imageobject>
- <imagedata fileref="images/runtimes_servers/runtimes_servers_7.png"></imagedata>
- </imageobject>
- </mediaobject>
- </figure>
-
- <para>Press <emphasis>
- <property moreinfo="none">Finish</property>
- </emphasis> to complete the process of the server creation.</para>
- <para>Now that we've created our runtimes and servers, we can dwell on all services
- and tools that JBoss Server Manager provides.</para>
- </section>
-
- </section>
-
-</chapter>
-
-
-<chapter id="perspective" xml:base="file:///home/ochikvina/WORK/for_compare/trunk/as/docs/reference/en/modules/perspective.xml" xreflabel="perspective">
- <?dbhtml filename="perspective.html"?>
- <chapterinfo>
- <keywordset>
- <keyword>JBoss Developer Studio</keyword>
- <keyword>Eclipse</keyword>
- <keyword>Deploy</keyword>
- <keyword>Deployment</keyword>
- <keyword>JBoss</keyword>
- </keywordset>
- </chapterinfo>
-
- <title>JBoss AS Perspective</title>
-
- <para>This chapter tells how to manage installed <property moreinfo="none">JBoss Server</property> via
- <property moreinfo="none">JBoss AS perspective</property>.</para>
-
- <para>The <property moreinfo="none">JBoss AS perspective</property> is similar to the <property moreinfo="none">Java
- perspective</property>, but it contains a few additional views. Two of the additional
- views are standard views, specifically the <property moreinfo="none">Console view</property> and the
- <property moreinfo="none">Properties view</property>. The other two views that are added are the
- <property moreinfo="none">Project archives view</property> and the <property moreinfo="none">JBoss Server
- View</property>.</para>
-
- <section id="JBossServerView" >
- <?dbhtml filename="JBossServerView.html"?>
- <title>The JBoss Server View</title>
-
- <para>The <property moreinfo="none">JBoss Server View</property> is built on Common Navigator Framework
- allowing extensions and is using label decorators what makes the UI enough compact
- without loosing the vital information.</para>
-
- <para>Let's have a look at the <property moreinfo="none">JBoss Server View</property> and inspect
- in detail all parts it consists of. </para>
- <figure float="0">
- <title>The JBoss Server View</title>
- <mediaobject>
- <imageobject>
- <imagedata fileref="images/perspective/perspective_1.png"></imagedata>
- </imageobject>
- </mediaobject>
- </figure>
-
- <section id="jbossserver_view_toolbar">
- <title>JBoss Server View Toolbar</title>
- <para>In the right top corner of the <property moreinfo="none">JBoss Server View</property> there is a
- special toolbar which provides a quick access to starting a server (in debug mode,
- run mode, or profile mode), restarting a server, stopping a server, publishing to a
- server and a possibility to clean a server.</para>
-
- <figure float="0">
- <title>The JBoss Server View Toolbar</title>
- <mediaobject>
- <imageobject>
- <imagedata fileref="images/perspective/perspective_2.png"></imagedata>
- </imageobject>
- </mediaobject>
- </figure>
-
- <para>In order to debug your applications or EJB's that are deployed to the server, you
- must start the server in debug mode. By starting the server in debug mode, eclipse
- will allow you to set breakpoints on code in your workspace and step through the
- code.</para>
-
- <para><emphasis>
- <property moreinfo="none">Start the server in profiling mode</property>
- </emphasis> button allows to enable profiling actions for your application. For more
- details on how to start using TPTP profiling with <property moreinfo="none">JBoss Tools</property>
- refer to <link linkend="tptp_support">TPTP Support</link> chapter.</para>
-
- <para><emphasis>
- <property moreinfo="none">Publish to the server</property>
- </emphasis> button will republish any modules where it has determined the workspace
- is out of sync with the server. It will attempt to do an incremental publish if it
- turns out that the module in question is capable of doing one.</para>
-
-
- <para>Press <emphasis>
- <property moreinfo="none">Clean</property>
- </emphasis> if you need to clean projects published on the server, i.e. remove
- invalid resources from the server.</para>
- </section>
-
- <section id="jbossserver_view_structure">
- <title>JBoss Server View Structure</title>
- <para>The <property moreinfo="none">JBoss Server View</property> displays all declared servers as well
- as their current states (that is whether they are started or stopped) and statuses
- in the square brackets next to a server name.</para>
-
- <figure float="0">
- <title>The JBoss Server View</title>
- <mediaobject>
- <imageobject>
- <imagedata fileref="images/perspective/perspective_1.png"></imagedata>
- </imageobject>
- </mediaobject>
- </figure>
-
- <para>The following table lists possible server statuses.</para>
-
- <table>
- <title>Server Publish Status</title>
- <tgroup cols="2">
- <colspec align="left" colnum="1" colwidth="1*"></colspec>
- <colspec colnum="2" colwidth="3*"></colspec>
-
-
- <thead>
- <row>
- <entry align="center">Status</entry>
-
- <entry align="center">Description</entry>
- </row>
- </thead>
-
- <tbody>
- <row>
- <entry align="center">
- <para>Republish</para>
- </entry>
-
- <entry align="center">
- <para>The status which allows you to see if changes are
- awaiting</para>
- </entry>
- </row>
- <row>
- <entry align="center">
- <para>Publishing...</para>
- </entry>
-
- <entry align="center">
- <para>The status which shows if changes are being updated</para>
- </entry>
- </row>
- <row>
- <entry align="center">
- <para>Synchronized</para>
- </entry>
-
- <entry align="center">
- <para>The status which allows you to see if changes are
- in-sync</para>
- </entry>
- </row>
- </tbody>
- </tgroup>
- </table>
-
- <para>You can control a server behavior as well as adjust some server preferences with
- the help of the context menu commands.</para>
-
- <figure float="0">
- <title>Context Menu Commands</title>
- <mediaobject>
- <imageobject>
- <imagedata fileref="images/perspective/perspective_8.png"></imagedata>
- </imageobject>
- </mediaobject>
- </figure>
-
- <para>All available context menu commands are described in the following table.</para>
- <table>
- <title>Server Properties through the Context Menu</title>
- <tgroup cols="2">
- <colspec align="left" colnum="1" colwidth="1*"></colspec>
- <colspec colnum="2" colwidth="3*"></colspec>
-
- <thead>
- <row>
- <entry align="center">
- <para>Name</para>
- </entry>
-
- <entry align="center">
- <para>Description</para>
- </entry>
- </row>
- </thead>
-
- <tbody>
- <row>
- <entry>
- <para>New Server</para>
- </entry>
- <entry>
- <para>The option allows to define a new server</para>
- </entry>
- </row>
-
- <row>
- <entry>
- <para>Open</para>
- </entry>
- <entry>
- <para>The option opens the Server editor</para>
- </entry>
- </row>
-
- <row>
- <entry>
- <para>Show in</para>
- </entry>
- <entry>
- <para>This option gives an easy access to the next views: Console,
- Debug view, Server Log or MBean Explorer</para>
- </entry>
- </row>
-
- <row>
- <entry>
- <para>Delete</para>
- </entry>
- <entry>
- <para>Standard option that allows to delete the chosen server</para>
- </entry>
- </row>
-
- <row>
- <entry>
- <para>Start</para>
- </entry>
- <entry>
- <para>The action for stating a server in a run mode</para>
- </entry>
- </row>
-
- <row>
- <entry>
- <para>Debug</para>
- </entry>
- <entry>
- <para>The action for stating a server in a debug mode</para>
- </entry>
- </row>
-
- <row>
- <entry>
- <para>Stop</para>
- </entry>
- <entry>
- <para>The action for stopping a declared server</para>
- </entry>
- </row>
-
- <row>
- <entry>
- <para>Publish</para>
- </entry>
- <entry>
- <para>The action for synching the publish information between the
- server and workspace</para>
- </entry>
- </row>
-
- <row>
- <entry>
- <para>Clean</para>
- </entry>
- <entry>
- <para>The option for complete redeploying the resources</para>
- </entry>
- </row>
-
- <row>
- <entry>
- <para>Explore</para>
- </entry>
- <entry>
- <para>This action uses the native OS file explorer to browse the
- deploy destination. Note: The option is also available for
- deployed resources/projects (see the figure below).</para>
- </entry>
- </row>
-
- <row>
- <entry>
- <para>Add and Remove Projects</para>
- </entry>
- <entry>
- <para>The option allows to publish a new project to the server (if
- its type is supported)</para>
- </entry>
- </row>
-
- <row>
- <entry>
- <para>Monitoring</para>
- </entry>
- <entry>
- <para>Possibility to add ports to be monitored on the current
- server</para>
- </entry>
- </row>
-
- <row>
- <entry>
- <para>Properties</para>
- </entry>
- <entry>
- <para>Opens the window to adjust the current server
- preferences</para>
- </entry>
- </row>
-
- </tbody>
- </tgroup>
- </table>
-
- <para>Under the server element in the <property moreinfo="none">JBoss Server View</property>, you can
- see currently deployed to the server modules and some server extensions which
- provide the additional information on the server.</para>
-
- <para>The context menu for any module allows you to remove it from the server, force a
- full or incremental republish upon it.</para>
-
- <figure float="0">
- <title>Modules Action</title>
- <mediaobject>
- <imageobject>
- <imagedata fileref="images/perspective/perspective_11.png"></imagedata>
- </imageobject>
- </mediaobject>
- </figure>
-
- <section id="filesets">
- <title>Filesets</title>
-
- <para>The <emphasis>
- <property moreinfo="none">Filesets</property>
- </emphasis> category in the <property moreinfo="none">JBoss Server View</property> is intended
- for files filtering.</para>
-
- <para>To add a new file filter, right-click the <emphasis>
- <property moreinfo="none">Filesets</property>
- </emphasis> category and select <emphasis>
- <property moreinfo="none">Create File Filter</property>.</emphasis>The <property moreinfo="none">New File
- Filter wizard</property> should appear.</para>
-
- <figure float="0">
- <title>Creating a New File Filter</title>
- <mediaobject>
- <imageobject>
- <imagedata fileref="images/perspective/filesets1.png"></imagedata>
- </imageobject>
- </mediaobject>
- </figure>
-
- <para>The wizard asks you to enter the filter name and add includes and excludes
- patterns. The preview box underneath gives a list of files matched to the
- defined patterns.</para>
-
- <figure float="0">
- <title>New File Filter Wizard</title>
- <mediaobject>
- <imageobject>
- <imagedata fileref="images/perspective/filesets2.png"></imagedata>
- </imageobject>
- </mediaobject>
- </figure>
-
- <para>After the filter is created, you can observe it by expanding the <emphasis>
- <property moreinfo="none">Filesets</property>
- </emphasis> category in the <property moreinfo="none">JBoss Server View</property>.</para>
-
- <para>It's possible now to edit files directly from the <emphasis>
- <property moreinfo="none">Filesets</property>
- </emphasis> category. Double clicking on a file from <emphasis>
- <property moreinfo="none">Filesets</property>
- </emphasis> opens up the editor automatically or you can use the <emphasis>
- <property moreinfo="none">Edit File</property>
- </emphasis> context menu command.</para>
-
- <figure float="0">
- <title>Direct Editing from the Filesets</title>
- <mediaobject>
- <imageobject>
- <imagedata fileref="images/perspective/filesets3.png"></imagedata>
- </imageobject>
- </mediaobject>
- </figure>
-
- <para>To delete a file filter (or just a file) from the <emphasis>
- <property moreinfo="none">Filesets</property>,</emphasis> right-click a file filter (or the
- unnecessary file) and select the <emphasis>
- <property moreinfo="none">Delete File Filter</property>
- </emphasis>
- <emphasis>(<property moreinfo="none">Delete File</property>)</emphasis> command.</para>
-
- <figure float="0">
- <title>Deleting the File from the Filesets</title>
- <mediaobject>
- <imageobject>
- <imagedata fileref="images/perspective/filesets4.png"></imagedata>
- </imageobject>
- </mediaobject>
- </figure>
- </section>
-
- <section id="xml_configuration">
- <title>XML Configuration</title>
- <para>The <emphasis>
- <property moreinfo="none">XML Configuration</property>
- </emphasis> category allows you to quickly browse to descriptor files in your
- server's deploy directory and check or change the values. Basically, <emphasis>
- <property moreinfo="none">XML Configuration</property>
- </emphasis> includes XML XPaths where a xpath is a path used to access some
- specific part of an xml document. </para>
-
- <note>
- <title>Note:</title>
- <para>You are assumed to be familiar with XPath. If not, we highly suggested
- that you look through an appropriate manual or tutorial on the topic.</para>
- </note>
-
- <para>The <emphasis>
- <property moreinfo="none">XML Configuration</property>
- </emphasis> category itself contains only a list of categories. <emphasis>
- <property moreinfo="none">Ports</property>
- </emphasis> are provided by default and is filled with many of the most commonly
- used ports in the <property moreinfo="none">JBoss Server</property>.</para>
-
- <figure float="0">
- <title>XML Configuration</title>
- <mediaobject>
- <imageobject>
- <imagedata fileref="images/perspective/perspective_14.png"></imagedata>
- </imageobject>
- </mediaobject>
- </figure>
-
-
- <!--para>In the <property>Properties
- view</property> you can see an identifier and nested files underneath in which
- that xpath can be found as well as its current value. The details of the xpath are
- hidden as all you need to see is only which file you're referring to and
- what its current value is.</para-->
-
- <para>By right-clicking on <emphasis>
- <property moreinfo="none">XML Configuration</property>, </emphasis> you can create a new
- category. Besides, context menu for <emphasis>
- <property moreinfo="none">XML Configuration</property>
- </emphasis> category makes possible to disable it. You can disable any category
- in the bottom part of the <emphasis>
- <property moreinfo="none">JBoss Server View</property>.</emphasis> Look for them in the <emphasis>
- <property moreinfo="none">Inactive Categories</property>
- </emphasis> afterwards to re-enable.</para>
-
- <figure float="0">
- <title>Adding New Category</title>
- <mediaobject>
- <imageobject>
- <imagedata fileref="images/perspective/perspective_15.png"></imagedata>
- </imageobject>
- </mediaobject>
- </figure>
-
- <para>By right-clicking on <emphasis>
- <property moreinfo="none">Ports</property>
- </emphasis> or any other category in <emphasis>
- <property moreinfo="none">XML Configuration</property>
- </emphasis>, you can create a new xpath.</para>
-
- <figure float="0">
- <title>Adding New XPath</title>
- <mediaobject>
- <imageobject>
- <imagedata fileref="images/perspective/perspective_16.png"></imagedata>
- </imageobject>
- </mediaobject>
- </figure>
-
- <para>After that, the dialog shown below will appear.</para>
-
- <figure float="0">
- <title>Adding New XPath</title>
- <mediaobject>
- <imageobject>
- <imagedata fileref="images/perspective/perspective_17.png"></imagedata>
- </imageobject>
- </mediaobject>
- </figure>
-
- <para>The goal here is to get an end result where the XPath matches up with a
- necessary property. With that in mind, let's look how it works. If the
- property you want to reach is the value of the <emphasis>name</emphasis>
- attribute in the element <emphasis><mbean></emphasis>, then your <emphasis>
- <property moreinfo="none">XPath Patten</property>
- </emphasis>should end with <emphasis>mbean</emphasis> and your <emphasis>
- <property moreinfo="none">Attribute Name</property>
- </emphasis> should be <emphasis>name</emphasis> like on the next figure.</para>
-
- <programlisting format="linespecific" role="XML"><![CDATA[...
-<server>
-...
- <mbean code="org.jboss.ejb.EJBDeployer"
- name="jboss.ejb:service=EJBDeployer" xmbean-dd="">
-
- <!-- Inline XMBean Descriptor BEGIN -->
- <xmbean>
- <description>
- The EJBDeployer responsible for ejb jar deployment</description>
- ...
- </xmbean>
- </mbean>
-</server>
-]]></programlisting>
-
- <figure float="0">
- <title>XPath Preview</title>
- <mediaobject>
- <imageobject>
- <imagedata fileref="images/perspective/perspective_18.png"></imagedata>
- </imageobject>
- </mediaobject>
- </figure>
-
- <tip>
- <title>Tip:</title>
- <para>Notice, when you type the fields autocomplete to help you locate exactly
- what xpath you're looking for.</para>
- </tip>
-
- <para>Then, on the other hand, if your desired field is the text of an element
- <emphasis><description></emphasis>, your <emphasis>
- <property moreinfo="none">XPath Patten</property>
- </emphasis> should end with <emphasis>description</emphasis> and <emphasis>
- <property moreinfo="none">Attribute Name</property>
- </emphasis> field should be left blank. When finished, click <emphasis>
- <property moreinfo="none">Preview</property>
- </emphasis> to see how many matches you have for that particular XPath.</para>
-
- <figure float="0">
- <title>XPath Preview</title>
- <mediaobject>
- <imageobject>
- <imagedata fileref="images/perspective/perspective_19.png"></imagedata>
- </imageobject>
- </mediaobject>
- </figure>
-
- </section>
- </section>
-
- <section id="dragndrop_to_jboss_server_view">
- <title>Drag-n-Drop to JBoss Server View</title>
-
- <para>Starting from 2.0.0.CR2 version of <property moreinfo="none">JBoss AS Tools</property> the
- <property moreinfo="none">JBoss Server View</property> supports drag-n-drop of deployable and
- runnable projects/resources.</para>
-
- <figure float="0">
- <title>Dragging to the JBoss Server View</title>
- <mediaobject>
- <imageobject>
- <imagedata fileref="images/perspective/dnd_toJBossServerView.png"></imagedata>
- </imageobject>
- </mediaobject>
- </figure>
-
- <para>With drag-n-drop the following actions can be performed:</para>
-
- <itemizedlist>
- <listitem>
- <para>dragging a project to a server will deploy it to the server and run it by
- showing the main page in a browser</para>
- </listitem>
-
- <listitem>
- <para>dragging an <emphasis>
- <property moreinfo="none">.xhtml</property>
- </emphasis> file from <emphasis>
- <property moreinfo="none">WebContent</property>
- </emphasis> will do the same and show the corresponding page in a
- browser</para>
- </listitem>
-
- <listitem>
- <para>dragging a deployable resource (i.e. a datasource (<emphasis>
- <property moreinfo="none">-ds.xml</property></emphasis>) file that has
- been made deployable) will simply deploy that resource directly to the
- server</para>
- </listitem>
- </itemizedlist>
-
- <para>In short, the feature does the same thing as if you used the <emphasis>
- <property moreinfo="none">Run On Server</property>
- </emphasis> option or <emphasis>
- <property moreinfo="none">Add and Remove Projects</property>
- </emphasis> option in the context menu of the server.</para>
- </section>
-
- <section id="server_log">
- <title>Server Log View</title>
-
- <para>You can monitor the current server behavior with the help of the <property moreinfo="none">Server
- Log</property>. To open a server in the <property moreinfo="none">Server Log view</property> you
- should right-click on the server and follow to <emphasis>
- <property moreinfo="none">Open in > Server Log</property>.</emphasis></para>
-
- <para>The <emphasis>
- <property moreinfo="none">Server Log</property>
- </emphasis> shows relevant information to your server's startup, shutdown,
- and publish processes. This allows you to keep an eye on what's going on
- (such as automatic incremental deployment if you have it enabled).</para>
-
- <figure float="0">
- <title>Event Log Actions</title>
- <mediaobject>
- <imageobject>
- <imagedata fileref="images/perspective/perspective_12.png"></imagedata>
- </imageobject>
- </mediaobject>
- </figure>
-
- <para>The <property moreinfo="none">Server Log</property> toolbar contains several icons that perform
- the following actions:</para>
-
- <table>
- <title>Server Log Toolbar Icons</title>
- <tgroup cols="2">
- <colspec align="left" colnum="1" colwidth="1*"></colspec>
- <colspec colnum="2" colwidth="3*"></colspec>
-
- <thead>
- <row>
- <entry align="center">
- <para>Name</para>
- </entry>
-
- <entry align="center">
- <para>Description</para>
- </entry>
- </row>
- </thead>
-
- <tbody>
- <row>
- <entry>
- <para>Export Log</para>
- </entry>
- <entry>
- <para>Possibility to export the log into a text file</para>
- </entry>
- </row>
-
- <row>
- <entry>
- <para>Clear Log Viewer</para>
- </entry>
- <entry>
- <para>The option clears the current server log</para>
- </entry>
- </row>
-
- <row>
- <entry>
- <para>Delete Log</para>
- </entry>
- <entry>
- <para>Click to delete the server log</para>
- </entry>
- </row>
-
- <row>
- <entry>
- <para>Open Log</para>
- </entry>
- <entry>
- <para>Click to open the server log text file</para>
- </entry>
- </row>
-
- <row>
- <entry>
- <para>Restore Log</para>
- </entry>
- <entry>
- <para>Click to restore the server log</para>
- </entry>
- </row>
-
- </tbody>
- </tgroup>
- </table>
-
- </section>
-
- <section id="server_editor">
- <title>Server Editor</title>
- <para>By double-clicking on any server, an editor window will appear allowing you to
- edit parts of that server.</para>
-
- <figure float="0">
- <title>Preferences Page for the Chosen Server</title>
- <mediaobject>
- <imageobject>
- <imagedata fileref="images/perspective/perspective_4.png"></imagedata>
- </imageobject>
- </mediaobject>
- </figure>
-
- <tip>
- <title>Tip:</title>
- <para>On the figure you can see that a username/password is available in the UI when
- configuring the server. If you get an SecurityException when trying to launch
- the server, it is most likely because your server is protected and hence you
- need to fill the username/password fields with appropriate values.</para>
- </tip>
-
- <para>It should be pointed out that our server adapter by default tries to automatically
- detect the ports it needs for integrating with a <property moreinfo="none">JBoss Server</property>.
- Sometimes it can though be relevant to override this automatic detection if you are
- using some custom configuration. For this purposes the <emphasis>
- <property moreinfo="none">Server Ports</property>
- </emphasis> section in the <property moreinfo="none">Server editor</property> is provided where the
- port settings are configurable. Click the <emphasis>
- <property moreinfo="none">Configure...</property>
- </emphasis> link to bring up the wizard for adjusting the settings for the
- ports.</para>
-
- <figure float="0">
- <title>Server Ports Preferences</title>
- <mediaobject>
- <imageobject>
- <imagedata fileref="images/perspective/perspective_5.png"></imagedata>
- </imageobject>
- </mediaobject>
- </figure>
-
- <para>Press <emphasis>
- <property moreinfo="none">Edit XPath</property>
- </emphasis> button for the chosen port to configure its XPath's values.</para>
-
- <figure float="0">
- <title>XPath Pattern for a Server Port</title>
- <mediaobject>
- <imageobject>
- <imagedata fileref="images/perspective/perspective_6.png"></imagedata>
- </imageobject>
- </mediaobject>
- </figure>
-
- <para>The settings related to <emphasis>
- <property moreinfo="none">Publishing</property>
- </emphasis>, <emphasis>
- <property moreinfo="none">Timeouts</property>
- </emphasis> or <emphasis>
- <property moreinfo="none">Server Polling</property>
- </emphasis> can be also adjusted in the <property moreinfo="none">Server editor</property>.</para>
-
- <para id="com_line_arg"><property moreinfo="none">Server editor</property> makes it also possible to
- modify the server's launch configuration. It's just after clicking <emphasis>
- <property moreinfo="none">Open launch configuration</property>
- </emphasis> link. In the open window there are the tabs for setting command line
- arguments and other things that are relevant to launching the server.</para>
-
- <figure float="0">
- <title>Launch Configuration Properties</title>
- <mediaobject>
- <imageobject>
- <imagedata fileref="images/perspective/perspective_7.png"></imagedata>
- </imageobject>
- </mediaobject>
- </figure>
-
- <para>Look up <ulink url="http://docs.jboss.org/jbossas/guides/installguide/r1/en/html/start-stop.html">here</ulink> to find parameters which can be specified for <property moreinfo="none">JBoss
- Server</property>.</para>
- </section>
-
- <section>
- <title>Relevant Resources Links</title>
- <para>Find more about XPath in the <ulink url="http://www.w3.org/TR/xpath20/">XPath
- Documentation</ulink>.</para>
- </section>
- </section>
-
- <section id="Project_archivesView" >
- <title>Project Archives View</title>
- <para>Every application, whether Plain Old Java, J2EE, or some other language altogether,
- needs to be packaged in some way. In Java-related projects, many people use ANT. </para>
- <note>
- <title>Note:</title>
- <para>Those who use ANT will appreciate how the Project Archives Ant task is now
- improved: it supports variables and gives more informative error/logging messages
- when something goes wrong.</para>
- </note>
-
- <para>But <property moreinfo="none">JBoss Tools</property> come with our own Archives tool with a bit easier
- and less-verbose XML and a handy user interface. The Project Archives plugin consists
- primarily of a view, that is <property moreinfo="none">Project Archives view</property>, to set up each
- packaging configuration.</para>
- <para>So far, let's look through all functionality that the <property moreinfo="none">Project
- Archives view</property> provides.</para>
-
- <section id="archives_overview">
- <title>Overview</title>
-
- <para>The packaging configuration for each project is stored in the project's root
- folder, and is in a file named <emphasis>
- <property moreinfo="none">.packages</property>
- </emphasis>, which has a fairly simple XML structure. Modifying the file by hand is
- neither required nor recommended, and using the UI is the official way of modifying
- your packaging structure.</para>
-
- <figure float="0">
- <title>Archives View</title>
- <mediaobject>
- <imageobject>
- <imagedata fileref="images/perspective/perspective_21.png"></imagedata>
- </imageobject>
- </mediaobject>
- </figure>
-
- <para>A project's configuration contains archives. As you can see on the image
- above a project can contain more than one archive. Internal archives and filesets
- can be directly inside of an archive, or in some sub-folder of that archive.</para>
-
- <para>In the upper right corner of the view you can see an icon which, when clicked,
- will build the selected top-level archive. Additionally, you can select <emphasis>
- <property moreinfo="none">Project > Build Packages</property>
- </emphasis> when a project is selected in the <property moreinfo="none">Packages View</property> to
- build all declared packages in that project's <emphasis>
- <property moreinfo="none">.packages</property>
- </emphasis> file. This will execute a full build on all declared archives.</para>
- </section>
-
- <section id="Creating_Archive">
- <title>Creating an Archive</title>
-
- <para>When you open the <property moreinfo="none">Project archives view</property> for the first time,
- it asks you to select the project for what you want to create an archive.</para>
-
- <figure float="0">
- <title>Archives View</title>
- <mediaobject>
- <imageobject>
- <imagedata fileref="images/perspective/perspective_21a.png"></imagedata>
- </imageobject>
- </mediaobject>
- </figure>
-
- <para>When creating a new archive for selected project, you have some different options
- at your disposal. You need right-click inside the view and select <emphasis>
- <property moreinfo="none">New Archive</property>
- </emphasis> to see your archive type options.</para>
-
- <figure float="0">
- <title>Create an Archive</title>
- <mediaobject>
- <imageobject>
- <imagedata fileref="images/perspective/perspective_22.png"></imagedata>
- </imageobject>
- </mediaobject>
- </figure>
-
- <note>
- <title>Note:</title>
- <para>If you see only JAR from the list of available archive types, you should
- verify whether AS Tools plugins/features are in place. EAR, EJB JAR and WAR
- options are contributed by the AS Tools independently from webtools and the
- virtual project model. Thus, without them only JAR will show up.</para>
- </note>
-
- <para><property moreinfo="none">JAR</property> is the standard archive type, and does very little
- configuration, leaving most of the work up to you. You can customize the name, add
- folders, filesets, and inner jars to it.</para>
-
- <para>The other types, for the most part, simply start off with a default setting,
- usually the jar with some specific children based on an expected structure of the
- project. For example, if the project is a Dynamic Web Project, and you create a
- <property moreinfo="none">WAR</property> archive, the archive will be created with a few
- filesets relevant to the known structure of the project.</para>
-
- <para>Here is the first page of all New archive wizards. It is the same for any archive
- type and the only page in the <property moreinfo="none">New Jar wizard</property>.</para>
- <figure float="0">
- <title>New WAR Wizard</title>
- <mediaobject>
- <imageobject>
- <imagedata fileref="images/perspective/perspective_23.png"></imagedata>
- </imageobject>
- </mediaobject>
- </figure>
-
- <para>The page is pretty simple. First it asks to set the name of your new archive and a
- destination.</para>
-
- <para>The destination of an archive can be anywhere on the file system, anywhere in the
- workspace, inside some other archive, or inside a folder declared inside an archive.
- Select the necessary checkbox (either <emphasis>
- <property moreinfo="none">workspace</property>
- </emphasis> or <emphasis>
- <property moreinfo="none"> file system</property>
- </emphasis>) for marking the destination as related to either workspace or file
- system. You can browse to workspace or filesystem destinations by clicking on their
- respective buttons. To select a destination inside some other archive, you'll need
- to press the <emphasis>
- <property moreinfo="none">Workspace</property>
- </emphasis> button. At the bottom of the list, you'll see archives that
- have been declared in the workspace.</para>
-
- <figure float="0">
- <title>Selecting the destination in the workspace</title>
- <mediaobject>
- <imageobject>
- <imagedata fileref="images/perspective/perspective_23a.png"></imagedata>
- </imageobject>
- </mediaobject>
- </figure>
-
- <para>Also in the wizard for creating a new archive you can choose whether an archive to
- be compressed or exploded into a folder (without compression). You need just select
- proper chechbox in the <emphasis>
- <property moreinfo="none">Archive type</property>
- </emphasis> section.</para>
- <para>If a build or incremental update fails Project Archives will show an error
- dialog:</para>
- <figure float="0">
- <title>Selecting the destination in the workspace</title>
- <mediaobject>
- <imageobject>
- <imagedata fileref="images/perspective/projectarchives_error.png"></imagedata>
- </imageobject>
- </mediaobject>
- </figure>
- <para>Click in <emphasis>
- <property moreinfo="none">Details</property>
- </emphasis> to see detailed information about what caused the error.</para>
-
- <para>In the <property moreinfo="none">Package Explorer</property> you can observe the created
- archive.</para>
- <figure float="0">
- <title>The Archive in the Package Explorer</title>
- <mediaobject>
- <imageobject>
- <imagedata fileref="images/perspective/perspective_23b.png"></imagedata>
- </imageobject>
- </mediaobject>
- </figure>
-
- <para>If you use the exploded type of archiving, instead of a single file archive the
- result put into a folder is displayed in the <property moreinfo="none">Package
- Explorer</property>.</para>
- <figure float="0">
- <title>The Exploded Archive in the Package Explorer</title>
- <mediaobject>
- <imageobject>
- <imagedata fileref="images/perspective/perspective_23c.png"></imagedata>
- </imageobject>
- </mediaobject>
- </figure>
-
- <section id="CreatingaFolder">
- <title>Creating a Folder</title>
- <para>Creating a folder is much easier. You simply right-click on an archive or
- folder you want your new folder to be a child under. The only piece of required
- information is naming the file.</para>
- </section>
- <section id="CreatingaFileSet">
- <title>Creating a FileSet</title>
- <para>To create a new fileset, you click on an available target location such as an
- archive, a nested archive, or a folder within an archive, and select <emphasis>
- <property moreinfo="none">New Fileset</property>. </emphasis></para>
- <para>The <property moreinfo="none">New Fileset wizard</property> requires a destination (where the
- files will go), and a root directory (or where the files are coming from). The
- source can be anywhere in the workspace or from the filesystem at large.</para>
-
- <figure float="0">
- <title>Adding a New FileSet</title>
- <mediaobject>
- <imageobject>
- <imagedata fileref="images/perspective/perspective_24.png"></imagedata>
- </imageobject>
- </mediaobject>
- </figure>
-
- <para>Below that, the fileset requires only an includes pattern and an excludes
- pattern. As you type in either of these fields, the preview viewer should update
- itself with which files are matched.</para>
-
- <para>You can create a Fileset with flattenning or without it. Look at the
- difference on the figure below.</para>
-
- <figure float="0">
- <title>The FileSet with flattenning and without it</title>
- <mediaobject>
- <imageobject>
- <imagedata fileref="images/perspective/perspective_24a.png"></imagedata>
- </imageobject>
- </mediaobject>
- </figure>
-
- </section>
- </section>
-
- <section id="View_Actions">
- <title>Archive Actions</title>
- <figure float="0">
- <title>Context Menu on the Item</title>
- <mediaobject>
- <imageobject>
- <imagedata fileref="images/perspective/perspective_25.png"></imagedata>
- </imageobject>
- </mediaobject>
- </figure>
- <para>The context menu on the items in the view is extendable, but there are several
- that come standard.</para>
-
- <table>
- <title>Context Menu on the Item</title>
- <tgroup cols="2">
- <colspec align="left" colnum="1" colwidth="1*"></colspec>
- <colspec colnum="2" colwidth="3*"></colspec>
-
-
- <thead>
- <row>
- <entry align="center">
- <para>Name</para>
- </entry>
-
- <entry align="center">
- <para>Description</para>
- </entry>
- </row>
- </thead>
-
- <tbody>
-
- <row>
- <entry>
- <para>Build Archive (Full)</para>
- </entry>
-
- <entry>
- <para>The action enabled only on top-level archives, which initiates
- a full build on that archive</para>
- </entry>
- </row>
-
- <row>
- <entry>
- <para>Edit Archive</para>
- </entry>
-
- <entry>
- <para>Standard action that brings up the wizard associated with that
- particular node type and allows the details to be changed</para>
- </entry>
- </row>
-
- <row>
- <entry>
- <para>Delete Archive</para>
- </entry>
-
- <entry>
- <para>Deleting node is standard action with deletion not needing an
- explanation</para>
- </entry>
- </row>
-
- <row>
- <entry>
- <para>Publish To Server</para>
- </entry>
-
- <entry>
- <para>The action means the ability to publish to a declared
- server</para>
- </entry>
- </row>
-
- <row>
- <entry>
- <para>Edit publish settings</para>
- </entry>
-
- <entry>
- <para>Gives possibility to edit an archive publish settings</para>
- </entry>
- </row>
-
- </tbody>
- </tgroup>
- </table>
- </section>
-
- <section id="PublishToServer">
- <title>Publishing to Server</title>
- <para>Finally, you'll need to publish your application to a server. Here, we
- show you how to do it with the help of <emphasis>
- <property moreinfo="none">Archives View</property>. </emphasis></para>
-
- <figure float="0">
- <title>Context Menu on the Item</title>
- <mediaobject>
- <imageobject>
- <imagedata fileref="images/perspective/perspective_26.png"></imagedata>
- </imageobject>
- </mediaobject>
- </figure>
- <para>The dialog above appears after selecting <emphasis>
- <property moreinfo="none">Publish To Server</property>. </emphasis> To simply publish once, you
- just select the server(s) that you want, and finish. If you want the <emphasis>
- <property moreinfo="none">Publish to Server</property>
- </emphasis> action on that particular Archive to publish always to that set of
- servers, then check the appropriate checkbox. And finally, to enable automatic
- publishing upon build events, check the last checkbox.</para>
- <para>The automatic publishing feature is nice if, for example, your package's
- destination (where it is built) is a temporary folder and you want the archive
- published to several servers. If you only really want your archive published to one
- server, it might be easier to have the archive's destination folder be the deploy
- folder of the server.</para>
- </section>
- <section id="rel_res_links_archiving">
- <title>Relevant Resources Links</title>
- <para>Refer to <ulink url="http://ant.apache.org/manual/index.html">Ant manual</ulink>
- to find more on how to build your applications with help of Ant.</para>
-
- <para>We also recommend you to watch the <ulink url="http://docs.jboss.org/tools/movies/demos/archiving/archiving.htm">movie</ulink> which demonstrates a powerful archiving functionality in
- <property moreinfo="none">JBoss Tools</property>.</para>
-
- <para>At this point, you are guessed to be familiar with <property moreinfo="none">JBoss AS
- perspective</property> and your next step now is to explore how to work with
- different kinds of projects.</para>
- </section>
-
- </section>
-
-
-</chapter>
-
-
-<chapter id="webtools" xml:base="file:///home/ochikvina/WORK/for_compare/trunk/as/docs/reference/en/modules/webtools.xml">
- <title>Projects</title>
- <para>The most popular of the projects we deal with are the J2EE ones, such as Dynamic Web
- Project, EJB Project, or EAR project. Web projects of <property moreinfo="none">JBoss Tools</property> are
- Struts, JSF and Seam projects. All of them are called faceted projects. Thus, in this
- chapter we are going to tell you about facets the main benefit of which to provide proper
- structuring and packaging for any type of project.</para>
-
- <section>
- <title>Faceted Projects Overview</title>
- <para>The idea behind faceted projects is that each project can accept units of
- functionality, or facets, which can be added or removed by the user. Most often, these
- facets either add to the project's classpath, enable a builder, or watch the project in
- some other fashion. Generally, every project concerned has at least one facet when
- it's created. As an example, a Web project has a WebDoclet facet, or an EJB
- Project has an EJB Module facet as prerequisites.</para>
-
- <para> WTP projects have undergone some criticism as being
- <emphasis>over-engineered</emphasis> or too restrictive in their design. WTP projects
- are set up in a tree-relationship to each other, where one project can be a child of
- another. For example, an EAR project may have a Web Project child, an EJB project child,
- or other types.</para>
-
- <para> However, the benefit of this is that the structure of your projects is then known,
- and packaging it up *should* be trivial. Apparently, if your project is non-standard, or
- you feel too confined by such rigid structural requirements, you can still choose to
- package your project using the <link linkend="Project_archivesView">Archives
- plugin</link>.</para>
- </section>
-
-
- <section>
- <title>Adding Facets to a Project</title>
-
- <para>In this section we're going to consider the facets added by <property moreinfo="none">JBoss
- Tools</property> and show how you can configure them in a project: add new ones or
- modify already existing configuration of the facets.</para>
-
- <para>One way to configure the facets is doing it while organizing a new project. To
- demonstrate this let's create a new <property moreinfo="none">Dynamic Web Project</property> by
- selecting <emphasis>
- <property moreinfo="none">File > New > Other...</property>
- </emphasis> and then <emphasis>
- <property moreinfo="none">Web > Dynamic Web Project</property>. </emphasis></para>
- <figure float="0">
- <title>New Dynamic Web Project</title>
- <mediaobject>
- <imageobject>
- <imagedata fileref="images/webtools/webtools_1.png"></imagedata>
- </imageobject>
- </mediaobject>
- </figure>
- <para>Click <emphasis>
- <property moreinfo="none">Next</property>
- </emphasis> and you will see Dynamic Web Project page like on the figure below.</para>
-
- <para> The first page of most WTP projects allows you to target a specific runtime,
- representing a server's library location. It will also provide you the ability to add
- this project to an EAR project, and select a pre-selected default set of facets, called
- a configuration, rather than manually select each facet you might want.</para>
- <para> Selecting the runtime, again, allows the project to install the proper classpaths to
- the project so it knows what code to compile against.</para>
-
- <figure float="0" id="dyn_web_project">
- <title>New Dynamic Web Project</title>
- <mediaobject>
- <imageobject>
- <imagedata fileref="images/webtools/webtools_2.png"></imagedata>
- </imageobject>
- </mediaobject>
- </figure>
- <para>Click on the <emphasis>
- <property moreinfo="none">Modify</property>
- </emphasis> button next to <property moreinfo="none">Configuration</property> section in order to open
- the wizard which allows you to modify a chosen configuration. The wizard looks as
- follows.</para>
-
- <figure float="0" id="project_facets">
- <title>Project Facets Wizard</title>
- <mediaobject>
- <imageobject>
- <imagedata fileref="images/webtools/webtools_3.png"></imagedata>
- </imageobject>
- </mediaobject>
- </figure>
-
- <para>Here part of the listed facets are those which are provided by WTP. Some of them are
- added by <property moreinfo="none">JBoss Tools</property>. They are:</para>
- <itemizedlist>
- <listitem>
- <para>BIRT Charting Runtime Component</para>
- </listitem>
- <listitem>
- <para>BIRT Reporting Runtime Component</para>
- </listitem>
- <listitem>
- <para>JBoss ESB</para>
- </listitem>
- <listitem>
- <para>JBoss Portlets</para>
- </listitem>
- <listitem>
- <para>JBoss Web Services</para>
- </listitem>
- <listitem>
- <para>Seam</para>
- </listitem>
- </itemizedlist>
-
- <para>On this wizard page you can enable or disable any facet as well as change it version.
- What you should note here is that some facets or facets versions may conflict with each
- other. In case of incompatibility you'll be prompted about this in the combo
- box underneath.</para>
- <figure float="0">
- <title>Facet Constraints</title>
- <mediaobject>
- <imageobject>
- <imagedata fileref="images/webtools/webtools_4.png"></imagedata>
- </imageobject>
- </mediaobject>
- </figure>
- <para>When switching on the <emphasis>
- <property moreinfo="none">Runtimes</property>
- </emphasis> tab on the right you'll see the current server Runtime.</para>
- <figure float="0">
- <title>Runtimes on the Project Facets Wizard</title>
- <mediaobject>
- <imageobject>
- <imagedata fileref="images/webtools/webtools_5.png"></imagedata>
- </imageobject>
- </mediaobject>
- </figure>
- <para>On this tab you can also create a new Server Runtime and make it primary by pressing <emphasis>
- <property moreinfo="none">Make Primary</property>
- </emphasis> button after enabling it.</para>
-
- <para>Clicking on <emphasis>
- <property moreinfo="none">OK</property>
- </emphasis> will save the chosen configuration of the facets and return you to the <link linkend="dyn_web_project">Dynamic Web Project wizard</link>. Further pages in the
- wizard are specific to either the project type or the facets selected.</para>
-
-
- <para>If you need to configure the facets for the existing project, you should bring up the
- context menu for selected project and click <emphasis>
- <property moreinfo="none">Properties</property>
- </emphasis> and then <emphasis>
- <property moreinfo="none">Project Facets</property>. </emphasis> This will bring up the familiar
- <link linkend="project_facets">Project Facets wizard</link>, where you can create
- your own custom facets configuration.</para>
-
- <para></para>
-
- </section>
- <section id="rel_resources_links">
- <title>Relevant Resources Links</title>
-
- <para>More on the WTP facets you can read in the <ulink url="http://help.eclipse.org/ganymede/index.jsp?topic=/org.eclipse.jst.j2ee.do...">eclipse help</ulink>.</para>
- </section>
-</chapter>
-
-
-<chapter id="modules" xml:base="file:///home/ochikvina/WORK/for_compare/trunk/as/docs/reference/en/modules/modules.xml">
- <title>Deploying Modules</title>
-
- <para>In this chapter it will be described how to deploy modules onto the server.</para>
- <para> First of all it is necessary to say that deploying to a server is mostly painless. There
- are several ways to do it provided by WTP, and some additional methods provided by JBoss
- Tools. These methods are described further in this chapter.</para>
-
- <section>
- <title>Deploying on the Package Explorer</title>
-
- <para>On the package explorer it is possible to publish either a project to a server or just
- a signal file. Let's look at how to do this.</para>
- <section id="run_on_server_wizard">
- <title>Deploying with Run On Server Wizard</title>
- <para> The first WTP method is to right-click on a project, such as a Dynamic Web
- project, EJB project, or EAR project and then select <emphasis>
- <property moreinfo="none">Run As > Run on Server</property>
- </emphasis>. The resulting dialog allows you to select which supporting server the
- project can be published to.</para>
- <figure float="0">
- <title>Define a New Server</title>
- <mediaobject>
- <imageobject>
- <imagedata fileref="images/modules/modules_1.png"></imagedata>
- </imageobject>
- </mediaobject>
- </figure>
- <para>Click <emphasis>
- <property moreinfo="none">Next</property>
- </emphasis> button to see add or remove projects page where you can choose projects
- to configure them on server.</para>
- <figure float="0" id="add_rem_proj">
- <title>Add or Remove Projects</title>
- <mediaobject>
- <imageobject>
- <imagedata fileref="images/modules/modules_2.png"></imagedata>
- </imageobject>
- </mediaobject>
- </figure>
- <para>This page of the wizard also allows to undeploy modules from the server. For that
- choose proper module(s) from the right and click <emphasis>
- <property moreinfo="none"> < Remove</property>
- </emphasis>. The modules will be completely undeployed after restarting your server
- or republishing.</para>
- <para>Generally, for the JBoss AS Server Adapters, publishing using this method will
- force a default, best-guess, packaging configuration for your project. This
- best-guess does not publish incrementally, but instead repackages your entire
- project into a <emphasis>
- <property moreinfo="none">.war</property>
- </emphasis>, <emphasis>
- <property moreinfo="none">.jar</property>
- </emphasis>, or <emphasis>
- <property moreinfo="none">.ear</property>
- </emphasis> as appropriate, and then copies that file into the proper deploy
- directory. For quicker smarter deployment, you will need to create archives using
- the <link linkend="Project_archivesView">Project Archives view</link> and customize
- packaging yourself.</para>
- </section>
-
- <section id="single_file_deployment">
- <?dbhtml filename="DeployToServer.html"?>
- <title>Deploying single files</title>
-
- <para>Sometimes it becomes necessary to deploy one or more files to a server. For
- that in order not to do a full republish in the context menu of files a <emphasis><property moreinfo="none">Deploy To Server</property></emphasis>
- option is provided that allows a single file deployment. To deploy these non-WTP files/projects
- right click on the file (<emphasis>
- <property moreinfo="none">-ds.xml</property></emphasis>, <emphasis>
- <property moreinfo="none">.ear</property></emphasis>, <emphasis>
- <property moreinfo="none">.jar</property></emphasis> etc.) and select <emphasis>
- <property moreinfo="none">Deploy To Server</property>
- </emphasis> and it will be automatically deployed.</para>
- <figure float="0">
- <title>Deploy to Sever</title>
- <mediaobject>
- <imageobject>
- <imagedata fileref="images/modules/modules_6.png"></imagedata>
- </imageobject>
- </mediaobject>
- </figure>
- <para>The deployed files are listed side-by-side with other modules that are deployed to
- the server.</para>
-
- <figure float="0">
- <title>Deployed files on the Server</title>
- <mediaobject>
- <imageobject>
- <imagedata fileref="images/modules/modules_7.png"></imagedata>
- </imageobject>
- </mediaobject>
- </figure>
-
- </section>
-
- </section>
- <section>
- <title>Deploying with JBoss Server View</title>
- <para>As it has been already mentioned <property moreinfo="none">JBoss Server View</property> contains two
- parts: the top part that displays all defined servers and the bottom part which provides
- categories with additional information. Thus, in this section we suggest two more ways
- to deploy resources onto the server.</para>
- <section>
- <title>Top part of JBoss Server View</title>
- <para>In the top part of the <property moreinfo="none">JBoss Servers View</property> like in the Servers
- View you should right click on a server and select the <emphasis>
- <property moreinfo="none">Add and Remove Projects</property>
- </emphasis> menu item.</para>
- <figure float="0">
- <title>Add and Remove Projects</title>
- <mediaobject>
- <imageobject>
- <imagedata fileref="images/modules/modules_3.png"></imagedata>
- </imageobject>
- </mediaobject>
- </figure>
-
- <para>This will bring up a <link linkend="add_rem_proj">familiar dialog</link> allowing
- you to either publish projects or modules to a server, or remove them from the
- server. If the selected module is a project like a Dynamic Web project, EJB project,
- or EAR project, it will be published as through <emphasis>
- <property moreinfo="none">Run on Server</property>
- </emphasis> wizard, with a best-guess full package. If, however, the selected
- element is an archive from the <link linkend="Project_archivesView">Project Archives
- view</link>, it will be published according to the rules of that module
- type.</para>
- </section>
-
- <section>
- <title>Bottom part of JBoss Server View</title>
- <para>In the bottom part of <emphasis>
- <property moreinfo="none">JBoss Server View</property>
- </emphasis> there is a category called <emphasis>
- <property moreinfo="none">Modules</property>
- </emphasis> which should display all currently-published modules on the server.
- Right-clicking on the desired module and selecting <emphasis>
- <property moreinfo="none">Full Publish</property>
- </emphasis> will force a full rebuild of the entire module.</para>
- <figure float="0">
- <title>Full Publish</title>
- <mediaobject>
- <imageobject>
- <imagedata fileref="images/modules/modules_4.png"></imagedata>
- </imageobject>
- </mediaobject>
- </figure>
-
- <para>Here, <emphasis>
- <property moreinfo="none">Incremental Publish</property>
- </emphasis> is meant to enable publishing of only those parts where changes have
- been made.</para>
- </section>
- </section>
- <section>
- <title>Deploying with Project Archives View</title>
- <para>In the <property moreinfo="none">Project Archives View</property> you can right-click on any declared
- archive and select the <emphasis>
- <property moreinfo="none">Publish To Server</property>
- </emphasis> element. For more on this subject, see <link linkend="PublishToServer">Publishing to Server</link> in the Project Archives View section.</para>
- <figure float="0">
- <title>Publish to Server</title>
- <mediaobject>
- <imageobject>
- <imagedata fileref="images/modules/modules_5.png"></imagedata>
- </imageobject>
- </mediaobject>
- </figure>
- <para> The only way to ensure an <emphasis>
- <property moreinfo="none">Incremental Build</property>
- </emphasis>, such as changes to one <emphasis>
- <property moreinfo="none">.jsp</property>, </emphasis>
- <emphasis>
- <property moreinfo="none">.html</property>, </emphasis> or <emphasis>
- <property moreinfo="none">.class</property>
- </emphasis> file, is to enable the builder for that project. This is done by either
- changing the global preferences for the <property moreinfo="none">Archives View</property>, or by
- enabling project-specific preferences and ensuring the builder is on.</para>
- <para>The last chapter covers a variety of methods on how you can deploy needed modules onto a
- server.</para>
- </section>
-</chapter>
-
-
-<chapter id="tptp_support" xml:base="file:///home/ochikvina/WORK/for_compare/trunk/as/docs/reference/en/modules/tptp_support.xml">
- <title>TPTP Support</title>
- <para>This chapter provides an overview on how to enable TPTP Profiling for <property moreinfo="none">JBoss
- AS</property> adapters in <property moreinfo="none">JBoss Tools</property>.</para>
-
- <section>
- <title>TPTP Profiling</title>
-
- <para>To get TPTP profiling work on <property moreinfo="none">JBoss Application Server</property> you should
- first download <ulink url="http://www.eclipse.org/downloads/download.php?file=/tptp/4.5.0/TPTP-4.5.0...">TPTP 4.5.0 Runtime</ulink> and install it, i. e. just add the content of <emphasis>
- <property moreinfo="none">plugins/features</property>
- </emphasis> folders from downloaded directory to the same folders in your eclipse
- installation directory.</para>
-
- <para>And now all profile actions should work for you. To start <property moreinfo="none">JBoss
- AS</property> in profiling mode use <emphasis>
- <property moreinfo="none">Start the server in profiling mode</property>
- </emphasis> button or <emphasis>
- <property moreinfo="none">Profile As > Profile on Server</property>
- </emphasis> option in the context menu of the project.</para>
-
- <figure float="0">
- <title>Start the Server in Profiling mode</title>
- <mediaobject>
- <imageobject>
- <imagedata fileref="images/tptp_support/tptp_support_1.png"></imagedata>
- </imageobject>
- </mediaobject>
- </figure>
-
- <para>To enable TPTP features in your workbench use <property moreinfo="none">Profiling and Logging
- Perspective</property> that you can find in the list of proposed perspectives: <emphasis>
- <property moreinfo="none">Window > Open Perspective > Other…</property>
- </emphasis>
- </para>
-
- <figure float="0">
- <title>Profiling and Logging Perspective</title>
- <mediaobject>
- <imageobject>
- <imagedata fileref="images/tptp_support/tptp_support_2.png"></imagedata>
- </imageobject>
- </mediaobject>
- </figure>
- </section>
-
- <section>
- <title>Relevant Resources Links</title>
- <para>All additional information on TPTP(Test and Performance Tools Platform) you can find
- in <ulink url="http://www.eclipse.org/tptp/home/downloads/4.5.0/documents/quicktour/quic...">eclipse documentation</ulink>.</para>
- <para>In summary, this reference should help you to start with <ulink url="http://www.jboss.org/jbossas">JBoss AS</ulink> and get to know with functionality
- for work with it.</para>
- </section>
-</chapter>
-
-
-</book>
+]><book xmlns:diffmk="http://diffmk.sf.net/ns/diff">
+
+ <bookinfo>
+ <title>JBoss Server Manager Reference Guide</title>
+
+ <author><firstname>Anatoly</firstname><surname>Fedosik</surname></author>
+ <author><firstname>Olga</firstname><surname>Chikvina</surname></author>
+ <author><firstname>Rob</firstname><surname>Stryker</surname><email>rob.stryker(a)jboss.com</email></author>
+ <author><firstname>Svetlana</firstname><surname>Mukhina</surname><email>smukhina(a)exadel.com</email></author>
+
+ <pubdate>April 2008</pubdate>
+ <copyright>
+ <year>2007</year>
+ <year><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="changed">2009</diffmk:wrapper></year>
+ <holder><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="changed">JBoss, a division of Red Hat</diffmk:wrapper></holder>
+ </copyright>
+ <releaseinfo><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="changed">
+ Version: 2.0.0.GA
+ </diffmk:wrapper></releaseinfo>
+<abstract>
+ <title></title>
+ <para>
+ <ulink url="http://download.jboss.org/jbosstools/nightly-docs/en/as/pdf/AS_Reference_...">PDF version</ulink>
+ </para>
+</abstract>
+
+ </bookinfo>
+
+
+ <toc></toc>
+
+<chapter id="quick_start" role="updated" xml:base="file:///home/ochikvina/WORK/for_compare/trunk/as/docs/reference/en/modules/quick_start.xml">
+ <title>Quick Start with JBoss Server</title>
+
+ <para>This chapter covers the basics of working with the <property moreinfo="none">JBoss Server</property>. If you
+ already have installed JBoss server and runtime you can quickly learn how to configure, start,
+ stop the server, to know deployment and archiving processes. How to install runtimes and servers
+ read in the <link linkend="runtimes_servers">Runtimes and Servers in the JBoss AS plugin</link>
+ chapter.</para>
+
+ <para>To start working with JBoss AS, select a <property moreinfo="none">JBoss AS Perspective</property> via
+ <emphasis><property moreinfo="none">Window > Open Perspective > Other > JBoss
+ AS</property>.</emphasis></para>
+
+ <section id="starting">
+ <title>Starting JBoss Server</title>
+
+ <para>Starting <property moreinfo="none">JBoss Server</property> is quite simple. You can control the server
+ behaviour with the help of a special toolbar in the <property moreinfo="none">JBoss Server View</property>
+ where you could <emphasis>
+ <property moreinfo="none">start</property>
+ </emphasis> it in a regular or debug mode, <emphasis>
+ <property moreinfo="none">stop</property>
+ </emphasis> it or <emphasis>
+ <property moreinfo="none">restart</property>
+ </emphasis> it, <emphasis>
+ <property moreinfo="none">publish</property>
+ </emphasis> to the server, <emphasis>
+ <property moreinfo="none">clean</property>
+ </emphasis> the server.</para>
+
+ <figure float="0">
+ <title>JBoss Server Toolbar</title>
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata fileref="images/quick_start/quick_start_1.png"></imagedata>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+ </figure>
+
+ <para>To launch the server click the green-with-white-arrow icon on the <property moreinfo="none">JBoss Server
+ View </property>or right click server name in this view and select <emphasis>
+ <property moreinfo="none">Start</property>. </emphasis> If this view is not open, select
+ <emphasis><property moreinfo="none">Window > Show View > Other > Server >
+ JBoss Server View</property>.</emphasis></para>
+
+ <figure float="0">
+ <title>Start JBoss Server</title>
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata fileref="images/quick_start/quick_start_2.png"></imagedata>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+ </figure>
+
+ </section>
+
+ <section id="stopping">
+ <title>Stopping JBoss Server</title>
+
+ <para>To stop the server, click the <emphasis>
+ <property moreinfo="none">Stop</property>
+ </emphasis> icon in the <property moreinfo="none">JBoss Server View</property> or right click the server name
+ and press <emphasis><property moreinfo="none">Stop</property>.</emphasis></para>
+
+ <figure float="0">
+ <title>Stop JBoss Server</title>
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata fileref="images/quick_start/quick_start_3.png"></imagedata>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+ </figure>
+
+ <para>When the server is stopped you will see <emphasis>
+ <property moreinfo="none">Stopped</property>
+ </emphasis> state next to its name in the square brackets.</para>
+ <para>Learn more about the <property moreinfo="none">JBoss Server View</property>
+ <link linkend="JBossServerView">here</link>.</para>
+ </section>
+
+ <section id="archiving">
+
+ <title>Project Archiving</title>
+
+ <para><property moreinfo="none">JBoss Tools</property> comes with our own archives tool. The Project Archives
+ plugin consists primarily of a view to set up each packaging configuration <emphasis>(
+ <property moreinfo="none">Window > Show View > Other > JBoss Tools > Project archives</property>).
+ </emphasis></para>
+ <para>Right clicking in the <property moreinfo="none">Project archives view</property> you can create War,
+ EJB War, EAR or JAR archive.</para>
+
+ <figure float="0">
+ <title>Archive Creating</title>
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata fileref="images/quick_start/quick_start_7.png"></imagedata>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+ </figure>
+
+ <para>Using the context menu on the item you can initiate a <emphasis><property moreinfo="none">full build</property></emphasis> on
+ archive, <emphasis><property moreinfo="none">edit</property>,</emphasis> <emphasis><property moreinfo="none">delete</property></emphasis> or
+ <emphasis><property moreinfo="none">publish</property></emphasis> it.</para>
+
+ <figure float="0">
+ <title>Context Menu on the Item</title>
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata fileref="images/quick_start/quick_start_8.png"></imagedata>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+ </figure>
+
+ <para>Learn more about the <property moreinfo="none">Project Archives View</property>
+ <link linkend="Project_archivesView">here</link>.</para>
+
+ </section>
+ <section id="deployment">
+ <title>Deploying an Application to a Server</title>
+
+ <para>There are two times to deploy your application:</para>
+ <itemizedlist>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>While creating it</para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>After it already exists</para>
+ </listitem>
+ </itemizedlist>
+
+ <para>When you create a new project (Seam, JSF or Struts) with the New Project or Import Project
+ wizards, the one of wizards steps has a <emphasis>
+ <property moreinfo="none">Target Runtime</property>
+ </emphasis> and <emphasis>
+ <property moreinfo="none">Target Server</property>
+ </emphasis> sections. You can deploy the application through the appropriate selection in
+ these sections.</para>
+
+ <figure float="0">
+ <title>Runtime and Server Sections in the New Project Wizard</title>
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata fileref="images/quick_start/quick_start_4a.png"></imagedata>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+ </figure>
+
+ <figure float="0">
+ <title>Runtime and Server Sections in the Import Project Wizard</title>
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata fileref="images/quick_start/quick_start_4b.png"></imagedata>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+ </figure>
+
+ <para>You can deploy an existing application to a server by right-clicking the target defined
+ server in the <property moreinfo="none">JBoss Servers View</property> and then selecting <emphasis><property moreinfo="none">Add and
+ Remove Projects</property></emphasis> from the context menu.</para>
+
+ <figure float="0">
+ <title>Add and Remove Projects From the Context Menu.</title>
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata fileref="images/quick_start/quick_start_5.png"></imagedata>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+ </figure>
+
+ <para>If this application is not assigned to a server, it will be in the left-hand available
+ projects list. Clicking on the <property moreinfo="none">Add ></property> button will add it to the right-hand
+ configured projects list and deploy the application to this server.</para>
+
+ <figure float="0">
+ <title>Modifying The Projects that are Configured on the Server</title>
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata fileref="images/quick_start/quick_start_6.png"></imagedata>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+ </figure>
+
+ <para>Here, we have just performed the basic steps you should know to quick start with JBoss
+ server. In fact, there are more functionalities which you can make use of. Further we will
+ talk about them in detail.</para>
+ </section>
+
+
+ <section>
+ <title>Other relevant resources on the topic</title>
+
+ <para>All JBoss Developer Studio/JBoss Tools documentation you can find <ulink url="http://docs.jboss.org/tools/2.1.0.GA">here</ulink>.</para>
+ <para>The latest documentation builds are available <ulink url="http://download.jboss.org/jbosstools/nightly-docs/">here</ulink>.</para>
+
+ </section>
+
+</chapter>
+
+
+<chapter id="runtimes_servers" xml:base="file:///home/ochikvina/WORK/for_compare/trunk/as/docs/reference/en/modules/runtimes_servers.xml" xreflabel="runtimes_servers">
+ <?dbhtml filename="runtimes_servers.html"?>
+ <chapterinfo>
+ <keywordset>
+ <keyword>JBoss Developer Studio</keyword>
+ <keyword>Eclipse</keyword>
+ <keyword>Deploy</keyword>
+ <keyword>Deployment</keyword>
+ <keyword>JBoss</keyword>
+ </keywordset>
+ </chapterinfo>
+ <title>Runtimes and Servers in the JBoss AS plugin</title>
+
+ <para>In this chapter we will discuss how to install runtimes and servers.</para>
+
+ <para><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="changed">First of all it's necessary to mention that the JBoss AS plugin makes use of WTP.
+ This includes starting and stopping servers in run or debug mode. It also includes targeting WTP
+ projects, such as Dynamic Web Projects, to certain server runtimes in order to ensure that the
+ proper jars from a specific server are added to the project's classpath
+ properly.</diffmk:wrapper></para>
+ <para>In order to get started creating, running, and debugging J2EE applications, we should create
+ our <property moreinfo="none">runtime</property> and <property moreinfo="none">server</property> instances.</para>
+
+ <section>
+ <title>Runtimes</title>
+ <para><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added">In </diffmk:wrapper><property diffmk:change="added" moreinfo="none"><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added">JBoss Tools</diffmk:wrapper></property><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added">, the main purpose of Server Runtimes is to point to a
+ server installation somewhere on disk. In our case, this will be a JBoss installation, and it
+ can then be used for two primary purposes:</diffmk:wrapper></para>
+ <itemizedlist>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>it provides classpath additions to WTP projects that require them.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>for <property moreinfo="none">JBoss server</property> at least, it provides information necessary for
+ the starting and stopping of the server, it tells which jars to run and which
+ configuration to use.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ </itemizedlist>
+
+ <section id="InstNewRuntime">
+ <title><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="changed">Installing a New Runtime</diffmk:wrapper></title>
+ <para>You can install runtimes into eclipse from the <emphasis>
+ <property moreinfo="none"><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="changed">Window > Preferences </diffmk:wrapper></property>
+ </emphasis> menu, and then select <emphasis>
+ <property moreinfo="none"><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="changed">Server > Runtime Environments</diffmk:wrapper></property>
+ </emphasis><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="changed"> from the categories available on the left.</diffmk:wrapper></para>
+ <figure float="0">
+ <title>Installed Runtimes</title>
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata fileref="images/runtimes_servers/runtimes_servers_1.png"></imagedata>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+ </figure>
+ <para><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="changed">From this preference page you can see all declared runtimes and their types as well.
+ Here, it's possible to edit or remove existing runtimes as well as add a new
+ one.</diffmk:wrapper></para>
+
+ <para>To create a JBoss runtime click <emphasis>
+ <property moreinfo="none">Add</property>
+ </emphasis><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added"> button and choose a necessary type of runtime from the </diffmk:wrapper><emphasis diffmk:change="added">
+ <property diffmk:change="added" moreinfo="none"><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added">JBoss Community</diffmk:wrapper></property>
+ </emphasis><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added"> category.</diffmk:wrapper></para>
+
+ <figure float="0">
+ <title>Adding a Runtime</title>
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata fileref="images/runtimes_servers/runtimes_servers_2.png"></imagedata>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+ </figure>
+
+ <note diffmk:change="added">
+ <title diffmk:change="added"><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added">Note:</diffmk:wrapper></title>
+
+ <para diffmk:change="added"><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added">Now there is a separation between .org servers (the </diffmk:wrapper><emphasis diffmk:change="added">
+ <property diffmk:change="added" moreinfo="none"><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added">JBoss Community</diffmk:wrapper></property>
+ </emphasis><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added"> category) and product server that comes with JBoss EAP in JBDS ( the </diffmk:wrapper><emphasis diffmk:change="added">
+ <property diffmk:change="added" moreinfo="none"><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added">JBoss Enterprise Middleware</diffmk:wrapper></property>
+ </emphasis><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added"> category).</diffmk:wrapper></para>
+ </note>
+
+ <para>As you can see, <property moreinfo="none">JBoss Tools</property> provide its own adapters such as JBoss
+ 3.2, 4.0, 4.2 and 5.0 as well. The last one comes with its own new feature, that is a safer
+ incremental deployment, which prevents partial deployments to be picked up by the server. It
+ means that scanning for auto-deployment is suspended while files are being copied to the
+ deployment location and resumed when the copy is completed.</para>
+
+ <note>
+ <title>Note:</title>
+ <para>Currently we recommend you to use a fully supported JBoss 4.2 server adapter.</para>
+ </note>
+
+ <para>You'll also note a Deploy-Only Runtime type. This type provides no classpath
+ for WTP projects. It is used solely by its server type for the purpose of setting up a
+ deploy directory for users who don't wish to make use of starting, stopping, or
+ debugging their projects inside eclipse.</para>
+
+ <figure float="0" id="add_runtime_figure">
+ <title>Adding a JBoss 4.2 Runtime</title>
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata fileref="images/runtimes_servers/runtimes_servers_3.png"></imagedata>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+ </figure>
+
+ <para><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="changed">The following table describes all the available options of the currant wizard
+ page.</diffmk:wrapper></para>
+ <table>
+ <title>Server Runtime Wizard Parameters</title>
+ <tgroup cols="2">
+ <colspec align="left" colnum="1" colwidth="1*"></colspec>
+ <colspec colnum="2" colwidth="3*"></colspec>
+
+ <thead>
+ <row>
+ <entry align="center">
+ <para>Name</para>
+ </entry>
+
+ <entry align="center">
+ <para>Description</para>
+ </entry>
+ </row>
+ </thead>
+
+ <tbody>
+ <row>
+ <entry>
+ <para>Name</para>
+ </entry>
+ <entry>
+ <para>The name of a new Runtime for a chosen server. We suggest that you
+ don't leave a default value. It's better to give descriptive
+ names that will help to distinguish one runtime from another.</para>
+ </entry>
+ </row>
+
+ <row>
+ <entry>
+ <para>Home directory</para>
+ </entry>
+ <entry>
+ <para>The path to a directory where the runtime is installed.</para>
+ </entry>
+ </row>
+
+ <row>
+ <entry>
+ <para>jRE</para>
+ </entry>
+ <entry>
+ <para>The proper Java Runtime Environment. Because of the open-source nature of
+ JBoss, a user is likely to want to modify and repackage some of the
+ configuration-specific jboss jars and create their own configuration. Thus, rather
+ than forcing you to copy his entire JBoss installation, the structure of the
+ wizard allows to create only a new configuration instead.</para>
+ </entry>
+ </row>
+
+ <row>
+ <entry>
+ <para>Configuration</para>
+ </entry>
+ <entry>
+ <para>The list of configurations (all, default, minimal) that is updated as soon as
+ you browse to a valid runtime installation folder. After the runtime is created
+ the configuration becomes an unchanging property of that runtime. To compile
+ against a different configuration's jars, you will need to create a new runtime
+ from that configuration.</para>
+ </entry>
+ </row>
+
+ </tbody>
+ </tgroup>
+ </table>
+
+ <para><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="changed">As a result of having each runtime represent a specific configuration rather than the
+ server installation as a whole, it is very likely you'll create several different
+ runtimes to test each of your configurations. It becomes important to ensure your runtimes,
+ and later your servers, are given descriptive names that help you remember which is
+ which.</diffmk:wrapper></para>
+
+ <para>Press <emphasis>
+ <property moreinfo="none">Finish</property>
+ </emphasis> to see your new runtime in the list.</para>
+ </section>
+
+ </section>
+
+ <section>
+ <title>Servers</title>
+ <para>WTP servers are eclipse-representations of a backing server installation. They are used to
+ start or stop servers, deploy to servers, or debug code that will run on the server. They keep
+ track of the modules (jars, wars, etc) you deploy to the server and also allow you to undeploy
+ those modules (see <link linkend="run_on_server_wizard"><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="changed">Deploying with Run On Server
+ Wizard</diffmk:wrapper></link> section). </para>
+ <para>Servers can be started or stopped with different <link linkend="com_line_arg">command-line
+ arguments</link><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="changed">. They are often backed by a runtime object representing that server's
+ location.</diffmk:wrapper></para>
+
+ <section>
+ <title>Creating a New Server</title>
+
+ <para>There are many ways to get to the new server wizard. One way is to use the old standard <emphasis>
+ <property moreinfo="none">File > New > Other... </property>
+ </emphasis> and then <emphasis>
+ <property moreinfo="none">Server</property>
+ </emphasis>. This should show the wizard like below.</para>
+ <figure float="0">
+ <title>Adding a JBoss Server</title>
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata fileref="images/runtimes_servers/runtimes_servers_4.png"></imagedata>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+ </figure>
+ <para>A server object is that keeps track of things like command line arguments when starting
+ or stopping, and runtimes keep track of the location of the installation. Thus, each server
+ instance must be backed by an appropriate runtime. </para>
+
+ <para><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="changed">From the list of already declared runtimes in the combo box below the view it's
+ possible to select which runtime you want your server to be backed by. If there is no
+ runtime that matches your needs just press the </diffmk:wrapper><emphasis>
+ <property moreinfo="none"><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="changed">Add...</diffmk:wrapper></property>
+ </emphasis><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added"> link nearby to bring up the wizard for creating a new runtime (see the </diffmk:wrapper><link diffmk:change="added" linkend="add_runtime_figure"><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added">previous section</diffmk:wrapper></link><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added">). To configure the already installed
+ runtimes you should go to server preferences that you can easily do by pressing the </diffmk:wrapper><emphasis diffmk:change="added">
+ <property diffmk:change="added" moreinfo="none"><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added">Configure runtime environments...</diffmk:wrapper></property></emphasis><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added"> link.</diffmk:wrapper></para>
+
+ <para><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="changed">If the server you want to create doesn't have any installed runtime yet, the combo box
+ and the links are absent.</diffmk:wrapper></para>
+
+ <figure float="0">
+ <title>Installed Server Runtime Environments</title>
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata fileref="images/runtimes_servers/runtimes_servers_6.png"></imagedata>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+ </figure>
+
+ <para>In this case the next page in the wizard which has the same form as in <link linkend="add_runtime_figure">the previous section</link> will ask you to create the
+ associated runtime.</para>
+ <para>Either way, after targeting your server to a runtime, the final screen in this wizard is
+ largely confirmational, giving you a chance to verify that you've selected the
+ appropriate runtime. It also allows to name the server appropriately. </para>
+
+ <figure float="0">
+ <title>Installed Server Runtime Environments</title>
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata fileref="images/runtimes_servers/runtimes_servers_7.png"></imagedata>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+ </figure>
+
+ <para>Press <emphasis>
+ <property moreinfo="none">Finish</property>
+ </emphasis> to complete the process of the server creation.</para>
+ <para>Now that we've created our runtimes and servers, we can dwell on all services
+ and tools that JBoss Server Manager provides.</para>
+ </section>
+
+ </section>
+
+</chapter>
+
+
+<chapter id="perspective" role="updated" xml:base="file:///home/ochikvina/WORK/for_compare/trunk/as/docs/reference/en/modules/perspective.xml" xreflabel="perspective">
+ <?dbhtml filename="perspective.html"?>
+ <chapterinfo>
+ <keywordset>
+ <keyword>JBoss Developer Studio</keyword>
+ <keyword>Eclipse</keyword>
+ <keyword>Deploy</keyword>
+ <keyword>Deployment</keyword>
+ <keyword>JBoss</keyword>
+ </keywordset>
+ </chapterinfo>
+
+ <title>JBoss AS Perspective</title>
+
+ <para>This chapter tells how to manage installed <property moreinfo="none">JBoss Server</property> via
+ <property moreinfo="none">JBoss AS perspective</property>.</para>
+
+ <para>The <property moreinfo="none">JBoss AS perspective</property> is similar to the <property moreinfo="none">Java
+ perspective</property>, but it contains a few additional views. Two of the additional
+ views are standard views, specifically the <property moreinfo="none">Console view</property> and the
+ <property moreinfo="none">Properties view</property>. The other two views that are added are the
+ <property moreinfo="none">Project archives view</property> and the <property moreinfo="none">JBoss Server
+ View</property>.</para>
+
+ <section id="JBossServerView" role="updated">
+ <?dbhtml filename="JBossServerView.html"?>
+ <title>The JBoss Server View</title>
+
+ <para>The <property moreinfo="none">JBoss Server View</property> is built on Common Navigator Framework
+ allowing extensions and is using label decorators what makes the UI enough compact
+ without loosing the vital information.</para>
+
+ <para>Let's have a look at the <property moreinfo="none">JBoss Server View</property> and inspect
+ in detail all parts it consists of. </para>
+ <figure float="0">
+ <title>The JBoss Server View</title>
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata fileref="images/perspective/perspective_1.png"></imagedata>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+ </figure>
+
+ <section id="jbossserver_view_toolbar">
+ <title>JBoss Server View Toolbar</title>
+ <para>In the right top corner of the <property moreinfo="none">JBoss Server View</property> there is a
+ special toolbar which provides a quick access to starting a server (in debug mode,
+ run mode, or profile mode), restarting a server, stopping a server, publishing to a
+ server and a possibility to clean a server.</para>
+
+ <figure float="0">
+ <title>The JBoss Server View Toolbar</title>
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata fileref="images/perspective/perspective_2.png"></imagedata>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+ </figure>
+
+ <para>In order to debug your applications or EJB's that are deployed to the server, you
+ must start the server in debug mode. By starting the server in debug mode, eclipse
+ will allow you to set breakpoints on code in your workspace and step through the
+ code.</para>
+
+ <para><emphasis>
+ <property moreinfo="none">Start the server in profiling mode</property>
+ </emphasis> button allows to enable profiling actions for your application. For more
+ details on how to start using TPTP profiling with <property moreinfo="none">JBoss Tools</property>
+ refer to <link linkend="tptp_support">TPTP Support</link> chapter.</para>
+
+ <para><emphasis>
+ <property moreinfo="none">Publish to the server</property>
+ </emphasis> button will republish any modules where it has determined the workspace
+ is out of sync with the server. It will attempt to do an incremental publish if it
+ turns out that the module in question is capable of doing one.</para>
+
+
+ <para>Press <emphasis>
+ <property moreinfo="none">Clean</property>
+ </emphasis> if you need to clean projects published on the server, i.e. remove
+ invalid resources from the server.</para>
+ </section>
+
+ <section id="jbossserver_view_structure">
+ <title>JBoss Server View Structure</title>
+ <para>The <property moreinfo="none">JBoss Server View</property> displays all declared servers as well
+ as their current states (that is whether they are started or stopped) and statuses
+ in the square brackets next to a server name.</para>
+
+ <figure float="0">
+ <title>The JBoss Server View</title>
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata fileref="images/perspective/perspective_1.png"></imagedata>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+ </figure>
+
+ <para>The following table lists possible server statuses.</para>
+
+ <table>
+ <title>Server Publish Status</title>
+ <tgroup cols="2">
+ <colspec align="left" colnum="1" colwidth="1*"></colspec>
+ <colspec colnum="2" colwidth="3*"></colspec>
+
+
+ <thead>
+ <row>
+ <entry align="center">Status</entry>
+
+ <entry align="center">Description</entry>
+ </row>
+ </thead>
+
+ <tbody>
+ <row>
+ <entry align="center">
+ <para>Republish</para>
+ </entry>
+
+ <entry align="center">
+ <para>The status which allows you to see if changes are
+ awaiting</para>
+ </entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry align="center">
+ <para>Publishing...</para>
+ </entry>
+
+ <entry align="center">
+ <para>The status which shows if changes are being updated</para>
+ </entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry align="center">
+ <para>Synchronized</para>
+ </entry>
+
+ <entry align="center">
+ <para>The status which allows you to see if changes are
+ in-sync</para>
+ </entry>
+ </row>
+ </tbody>
+ </tgroup>
+ </table>
+
+ <para>You can control a server behavior as well as adjust some server preferences with
+ the help of the context menu commands.</para>
+
+ <figure float="0">
+ <title><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="changed">Context Menu Commands</diffmk:wrapper></title>
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata fileref="images/perspective/perspective_8.png"></imagedata>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+ </figure>
+
+ <para>All available context menu commands are described in the following table.</para>
+ <table>
+ <title>Server Properties through the Context Menu</title>
+ <tgroup cols="2">
+ <colspec align="left" colnum="1" colwidth="1*"></colspec>
+ <colspec colnum="2" colwidth="3*"></colspec>
+
+ <thead>
+ <row>
+ <entry align="center">
+ <para>Name</para>
+ </entry>
+
+ <entry align="center">
+ <para>Description</para>
+ </entry>
+ </row>
+ </thead>
+
+ <tbody>
+ <row>
+ <entry>
+ <para>New Server</para>
+ </entry>
+ <entry>
+ <para>The option allows to define a new server</para>
+ </entry>
+ </row>
+
+ <row>
+ <entry>
+ <para>Open</para>
+ </entry>
+ <entry>
+ <para>The option opens the Server editor</para>
+ </entry>
+ </row>
+
+ <row>
+ <entry>
+ <para>Show in</para>
+ </entry>
+ <entry>
+ <para><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="changed">This option gives an easy access to the next views: Console,
+ Debug view, Server Log or MBean Explorer</diffmk:wrapper></para>
+ </entry>
+ </row>
+
+ <row>
+ <entry>
+ <para>Delete</para>
+ </entry>
+ <entry>
+ <para>Standard option that allows to delete the chosen server</para>
+ </entry>
+ </row>
+
+ <row>
+ <entry>
+ <para>Start</para>
+ </entry>
+ <entry>
+ <para>The action for stating a server in a run mode</para>
+ </entry>
+ </row>
+
+ <row>
+ <entry>
+ <para>Debug</para>
+ </entry>
+ <entry>
+ <para>The action for stating a server in a debug mode</para>
+ </entry>
+ </row>
+
+ <row>
+ <entry>
+ <para>Stop</para>
+ </entry>
+ <entry>
+ <para>The action for stopping a declared server</para>
+ </entry>
+ </row>
+
+ <row>
+ <entry>
+ <para>Publish</para>
+ </entry>
+ <entry>
+ <para>The action for synching the publish information between the
+ server and workspace</para>
+ </entry>
+ </row>
+
+ <row>
+ <entry>
+ <para>Clean</para>
+ </entry>
+ <entry>
+ <para>The option for complete redeploying the resources</para>
+ </entry>
+ </row>
+
+ <row>
+ <entry>
+ <para><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added">Explore</diffmk:wrapper></para>
+ </entry>
+ <entry diffmk:change="added">
+ <para diffmk:change="added"><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added">This action uses the native OS file explorer to browse the
+ deploy destination. Note: The option is also available for
+ deployed resources/projects (see the figure below).</diffmk:wrapper></para>
+ </entry>
+ </row>
+
+ <row diffmk:change="added">
+ <entry diffmk:change="added">
+ <para diffmk:change="added">Add and Remove Projects</para>
+ </entry>
+ <entry>
+ <para>The option allows to publish a new project to the server (if
+ its type is supported)</para>
+ </entry>
+ </row>
+
+ <row>
+ <entry>
+ <para>Monitoring</para>
+ </entry>
+ <entry>
+ <para><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="changed">Possibility to add ports to be monitored on the current
+ server</diffmk:wrapper></para>
+ </entry>
+ </row>
+
+ <row>
+ <entry>
+ <para>Properties</para>
+ </entry>
+ <entry>
+ <para><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="changed">Opens the window to adjust the current server
+ preferences</diffmk:wrapper></para>
+ </entry>
+ </row>
+
+ </tbody>
+ </tgroup>
+ </table>
+
+ <para>Under the server element in the <property moreinfo="none">JBoss Server View</property>, you can
+ see currently deployed to the server modules and some server extensions which
+ provide the additional information on the server.</para>
+
+ <para>The context menu for any module allows you to remove it from the server, force a
+ full or incremental republish upon it.</para>
+
+ <figure float="0">
+ <title>Modules Action</title>
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata fileref="images/perspective/perspective_11.png"></imagedata>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+ </figure>
+
+ <section diffmk:change="added" id="filesets">
+ <title diffmk:change="added"><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added">Filesets</diffmk:wrapper></title>
+
+ <para>The <emphasis>
+ <property diffmk:change="added" moreinfo="none"><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added">Filesets</diffmk:wrapper></property>
+ </emphasis><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added"> category in the </diffmk:wrapper><property moreinfo="none"><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added">JBoss Server View</diffmk:wrapper></property><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added"> is intended
+ for files filtering.</diffmk:wrapper></para>
+
+ <para diffmk:change="added"><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added">To add a new file filter, right-click the </diffmk:wrapper><emphasis diffmk:change="added">
+ <property diffmk:change="added" moreinfo="none"><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added">Filesets</diffmk:wrapper></property>
+ </emphasis><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added"> category and select </diffmk:wrapper><emphasis diffmk:change="added">
+ <property diffmk:change="added" moreinfo="none"><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added">Create File Filter</diffmk:wrapper></property><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added">.</diffmk:wrapper></emphasis><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added">The </diffmk:wrapper><property diffmk:change="added" moreinfo="none"><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added">New File
+ Filter wizard</diffmk:wrapper></property><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added"> should appear.</diffmk:wrapper></para>
+
+ <figure diffmk:change="added" float="0">
+ <title diffmk:change="added"><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added">Creating a New File Filter</diffmk:wrapper></title>
+ <mediaobject diffmk:change="added">
+ <imageobject diffmk:change="added">
+ <imagedata diffmk:change="added" fileref="images/perspective/filesets1.png"></imagedata>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+ </figure>
+
+ <para diffmk:change="added"><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added">The wizard asks you to enter the filter name and add includes and excludes
+ patterns. The preview box underneath gives a list of files matched to the
+ defined patterns.</diffmk:wrapper></para>
+
+ <figure diffmk:change="added" float="0">
+ <title diffmk:change="added"><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added">New File Filter Wizard</diffmk:wrapper></title>
+ <mediaobject diffmk:change="added">
+ <imageobject diffmk:change="added">
+ <imagedata diffmk:change="added" fileref="images/perspective/filesets2.png"></imagedata>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+ </figure>
+
+ <para diffmk:change="added"><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added">After the filter is created, you can observe it by expanding the </diffmk:wrapper><emphasis diffmk:change="added">
+ <property diffmk:change="added" moreinfo="none"><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added">Filesets</diffmk:wrapper></property>
+ </emphasis><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added"> category in the </diffmk:wrapper><property diffmk:change="added" moreinfo="none"><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added">JBoss Server View</diffmk:wrapper></property><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added">.</diffmk:wrapper></para>
+
+ <para diffmk:change="added"><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added">It's possible now to edit files directly from the </diffmk:wrapper><emphasis diffmk:change="added">
+ <property diffmk:change="added" moreinfo="none"><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added">Filesets</diffmk:wrapper></property>
+ </emphasis><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="changed"> category. Double clicking on a file from </diffmk:wrapper><emphasis>
+ <property diffmk:change="added" moreinfo="none"><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added">Filesets</diffmk:wrapper></property>
+ </emphasis><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added"> opens up the editor automatically or you can use the </diffmk:wrapper><emphasis diffmk:change="added">
+ <property moreinfo="none"><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="changed">Edit File</diffmk:wrapper></property>
+ </emphasis><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="changed"> context menu command.</diffmk:wrapper></para>
+
+ <figure diffmk:change="added" float="0">
+ <title><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="changed">Direct Editing from the Filesets</diffmk:wrapper></title>
+ <mediaobject diffmk:change="added">
+ <imageobject diffmk:change="added">
+ <imagedata diffmk:change="added" fileref="images/perspective/filesets3.png"></imagedata>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+ </figure>
+
+ <para><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added">To delete a file filter (or just a file) from the </diffmk:wrapper><emphasis diffmk:change="added">
+ <property diffmk:change="added" moreinfo="none"><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added">Filesets</diffmk:wrapper></property><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added">,</diffmk:wrapper></emphasis><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added"> right-click a file filter (or the
+ unnecessary file) and select the </diffmk:wrapper><emphasis diffmk:change="added">
+ <property diffmk:change="added" moreinfo="none"><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added">Delete File Filter</diffmk:wrapper></property>
+ </emphasis>
+ <emphasis diffmk:change="added"><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added">(</diffmk:wrapper><property diffmk:change="added" moreinfo="none"><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added">Delete File</diffmk:wrapper></property><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added">)</diffmk:wrapper></emphasis><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added"> command.</diffmk:wrapper></para>
+
+ <figure diffmk:change="added" float="0">
+ <title diffmk:change="added"><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added">Deleting the File from the Filesets</diffmk:wrapper></title>
+ <mediaobject diffmk:change="added">
+ <imageobject diffmk:change="added">
+ <imagedata diffmk:change="added" fileref="images/perspective/filesets4.png"></imagedata>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+ </figure>
+ </section>
+
+ <section diffmk:change="added" id="xml_configuration">
+ <title diffmk:change="added"><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added">XML Configuration</diffmk:wrapper></title>
+ <para>The <emphasis>
+ <property diffmk:change="added" moreinfo="none"><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added">XML Configuration</diffmk:wrapper></property>
+ </emphasis><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added"> category allows you to quickly browse to descriptor files in your
+ server's deploy directory and check or change the values. Basically, </diffmk:wrapper><emphasis diffmk:change="added">
+ <property moreinfo="none">XML Configuration</property>
+ </emphasis><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added"> includes XML XPaths where a xpath is a path used to access some
+ specific part of an xml document. </diffmk:wrapper></para>
+
+ <note diffmk:change="added">
+ <title diffmk:change="added"><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added">Note:</diffmk:wrapper></title>
+ <para diffmk:change="added"><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added">You are assumed to be familiar with XPath. If not, we highly suggested
+ that you look through an appropriate manual or tutorial on the topic.</diffmk:wrapper></para>
+ </note>
+
+ <para diffmk:change="added"><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added">The </diffmk:wrapper><emphasis diffmk:change="added">
+ <property diffmk:change="added" moreinfo="none"><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added">XML Configuration</diffmk:wrapper></property>
+ </emphasis> category itself contains only a list of categories. <emphasis>
+ <property moreinfo="none">Ports</property>
+ </emphasis><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="changed"> are provided by default and is filled with many of the most commonly
+ used ports in the </diffmk:wrapper><property moreinfo="none">JBoss Server</property>.</para>
+
+ <figure float="0">
+ <title>XML Configuration</title>
+ <mediaobject diffmk:change="added">
+ <imageobject diffmk:change="added">
+ <imagedata fileref="images/perspective/perspective_14.png"></imagedata>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+ </figure>
+
+
+
+
+ <para>By right-clicking on <emphasis>
+ <property moreinfo="none">XML Configuration</property>, </emphasis><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="changed"> you can create a new
+ category. Besides, context menu for </diffmk:wrapper><emphasis>
+ <property moreinfo="none">XML Configuration</property>
+ </emphasis><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="changed"> category makes possible to disable it. You can disable any category
+ in the bottom part of the </diffmk:wrapper><emphasis>
+ <property moreinfo="none">JBoss Server View</property>.</emphasis> Look for them in the <emphasis>
+ <property moreinfo="none">Inactive Categories</property>
+ </emphasis> afterwards to re-enable.</para>
+
+ <figure float="0">
+ <title>Adding New Category</title>
+ <mediaobject diffmk:change="added">
+ <imageobject diffmk:change="added">
+ <imagedata fileref="images/perspective/perspective_15.png"></imagedata>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+ </figure>
+
+ <para>By right-clicking on <emphasis>
+ <property moreinfo="none">Ports</property>
+ </emphasis> or any other category in <emphasis>
+ <property moreinfo="none">XML Configuration</property>
+ </emphasis>, you can create a new xpath.</para>
+
+ <figure float="0">
+ <title>Adding New XPath</title>
+ <mediaobject diffmk:change="added">
+ <imageobject diffmk:change="added">
+ <imagedata fileref="images/perspective/perspective_16.png"></imagedata>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+ </figure>
+
+ <para>After that, the dialog shown below will appear.</para>
+
+ <figure float="0">
+ <title>Adding New XPath</title>
+ <mediaobject diffmk:change="added">
+ <imageobject diffmk:change="added">
+ <imagedata fileref="images/perspective/perspective_17.png"></imagedata>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+ </figure>
+
+ <para><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="changed">The goal here is to get an end result where the XPath matches up with a
+ necessary property. With that in mind, let's look how it works. If the
+ property you want to reach is the value of the </diffmk:wrapper><emphasis>name</emphasis><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="changed">
+ attribute in the element </diffmk:wrapper><emphasis><mbean></emphasis>, then your <emphasis>
+ <property moreinfo="none">XPath Patten</property>
+ </emphasis>should end with <emphasis>mbean</emphasis> and your <emphasis>
+ <property moreinfo="none">Attribute Name</property>
+ </emphasis> should be <emphasis>name</emphasis> like on the next figure.</para>
+
+ <programlisting format="linespecific" role="XML"><![CDATA[...
+<server>
+...
+ <mbean code="org.jboss.ejb.EJBDeployer"
+ name="jboss.ejb:service=EJBDeployer" xmbean-dd="">
+
+ <!-- Inline XMBean Descriptor BEGIN -->
+ <xmbean>
+ <description>
+ The EJBDeployer responsible for ejb jar deployment</description>
+ ...
+ </xmbean>
+ </mbean>
+</server>
+]]></programlisting>
+
+ <figure float="0">
+ <title>XPath Preview</title>
+ <mediaobject diffmk:change="added">
+ <imageobject diffmk:change="added">
+ <imagedata fileref="images/perspective/perspective_18.png"></imagedata>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+ </figure>
+
+ <tip>
+ <title>Tip:</title>
+ <para><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="changed">Notice, when you type the fields autocomplete to help you locate exactly
+ what xpath you're looking for.</diffmk:wrapper></para>
+ </tip>
+
+ <para><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="changed">Then, on the other hand, if your desired field is the text of an element
+ </diffmk:wrapper><emphasis><description></emphasis>, your <emphasis>
+ <property moreinfo="none">XPath Patten</property>
+ </emphasis> should end with <emphasis>description</emphasis> and <emphasis>
+ <property moreinfo="none">Attribute Name</property>
+ </emphasis> field should be left blank. When finished, click <emphasis>
+ <property moreinfo="none">Preview</property>
+ </emphasis> to see how many matches you have for that particular XPath.</para>
+
+ <figure diffmk:change="added" float="0">
+ <title diffmk:change="added"><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added">XPath Preview</diffmk:wrapper></title>
+ <mediaobject diffmk:change="added">
+ <imageobject diffmk:change="added">
+ <imagedata diffmk:change="added" fileref="images/perspective/perspective_19.png"></imagedata>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+ </figure>
+
+ </section>
+ </section>
+
+ <section diffmk:change="added" id="dragndrop_to_jboss_server_view">
+ <title diffmk:change="added"><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added">Drag-n-Drop to JBoss Server View</diffmk:wrapper></title>
+
+ <para diffmk:change="added"><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added">Starting from 2.0.0.CR2 version of </diffmk:wrapper><property diffmk:change="added" moreinfo="none"><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added">JBoss AS Tools</diffmk:wrapper></property><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added"> the
+ </diffmk:wrapper><property diffmk:change="added" moreinfo="none"><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added">JBoss Server View</diffmk:wrapper></property><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added"> supports drag-n-drop of deployable and
+ runnable projects/resources.</diffmk:wrapper></para>
+
+ <figure float="0">
+ <title><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="changed">Dragging to the JBoss Server View</diffmk:wrapper></title>
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata fileref="images/perspective/dnd_toJBossServerView.png"></imagedata>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+ </figure>
+
+ <para diffmk:change="added"><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added">With drag-n-drop the following actions can be performed:</diffmk:wrapper></para>
+
+ <itemizedlist diffmk:change="added">
+ <listitem diffmk:change="added">
+ <para diffmk:change="added"><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added">dragging a project to a server will deploy it to the server and run it by
+ showing the main page in a browser</diffmk:wrapper></para>
+ </listitem>
+
+ <listitem diffmk:change="added">
+ <para diffmk:change="added"><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added">dragging an </diffmk:wrapper><emphasis diffmk:change="added">
+ <property diffmk:change="added" moreinfo="none"><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added">.xhtml</diffmk:wrapper></property>
+ </emphasis><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added"> file from </diffmk:wrapper><emphasis diffmk:change="added">
+ <property diffmk:change="added" moreinfo="none"><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added">WebContent</diffmk:wrapper></property>
+ </emphasis><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added"> will do the same and show the corresponding page in a
+ browser</diffmk:wrapper></para>
+ </listitem>
+
+ <listitem diffmk:change="added">
+ <para diffmk:change="added"><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added">dragging a deployable resource (i.e. a datasource (</diffmk:wrapper><emphasis diffmk:change="added">
+ <property diffmk:change="added" moreinfo="none"><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added">-ds.xml</diffmk:wrapper></property></emphasis><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added">) file that has
+ been made deployable) will simply deploy that resource directly to the
+ server</diffmk:wrapper></para>
+ </listitem>
+ </itemizedlist>
+
+ <para diffmk:change="added"><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added">In short, the feature does the same thing as if you used the </diffmk:wrapper><emphasis diffmk:change="added">
+ <property diffmk:change="added" moreinfo="none"><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added">Run On Server</diffmk:wrapper></property>
+ </emphasis><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added"> option or </diffmk:wrapper><emphasis diffmk:change="added">
+ <property diffmk:change="added" moreinfo="none"><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added">Add and Remove Projects</diffmk:wrapper></property>
+ </emphasis><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added"> option in the context menu of the server.</diffmk:wrapper></para>
+ </section>
+
+ <section id="server_log">
+ <title>Server Log View</title>
+
+ <para><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="changed">You can monitor the current server behavior with the help of the </diffmk:wrapper><property moreinfo="none">Server
+ Log</property>. To open a server in the <property moreinfo="none"><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="changed">Server Log view</diffmk:wrapper></property><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="changed"> you
+ should right-click on the server and follow to </diffmk:wrapper><emphasis>
+ <property moreinfo="none">Open in > Server Log</property>.</emphasis></para>
+
+ <para>The <emphasis>
+ <property moreinfo="none">Server Log</property>
+ </emphasis><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="changed"> shows relevant information to your server's startup, shutdown,
+ and publish processes. This allows you to keep an eye on what's going on
+ (such as automatic incremental deployment if you have it enabled).</diffmk:wrapper></para>
+
+ <figure float="0">
+ <title>Event Log Actions</title>
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata fileref="images/perspective/perspective_12.png"></imagedata>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+ </figure>
+
+ <para>The <property moreinfo="none">Server Log</property><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="changed"> toolbar contains several icons that perform
+ the following actions:</diffmk:wrapper></para>
+
+ <table>
+ <title>Server Log Toolbar Icons</title>
+ <tgroup cols="2">
+ <colspec align="left" colnum="1" colwidth="1*"></colspec>
+ <colspec colnum="2" colwidth="3*"></colspec>
+
+ <thead>
+ <row>
+ <entry align="center">
+ <para>Name</para>
+ </entry>
+
+ <entry align="center">
+ <para>Description</para>
+ </entry>
+ </row>
+ </thead>
+
+ <tbody>
+ <row>
+ <entry>
+ <para>Export Log</para>
+ </entry>
+ <entry>
+ <para>Possibility to export the log into a text file</para>
+ </entry>
+ </row>
+
+ <row>
+ <entry>
+ <para>Clear Log Viewer</para>
+ </entry>
+ <entry>
+ <para><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="changed">The option clears the current server log</diffmk:wrapper></para>
+ </entry>
+ </row>
+
+ <row>
+ <entry>
+ <para>Delete Log</para>
+ </entry>
+ <entry>
+ <para>Click to delete the server log</para>
+ </entry>
+ </row>
+
+ <row>
+ <entry>
+ <para>Open Log</para>
+ </entry>
+ <entry>
+ <para>Click to open the server log text file</para>
+ </entry>
+ </row>
+
+ <row>
+ <entry>
+ <para>Restore Log</para>
+ </entry>
+ <entry>
+ <para>Click to restore the server log</para>
+ </entry>
+ </row>
+
+ </tbody>
+ </tgroup>
+ </table>
+
+ </section>
+
+ <section id="server_editor">
+ <title>Server Editor</title>
+ <para>By double-clicking on any server, an editor window will appear allowing you to
+ edit parts of that server.</para>
+
+ <figure float="0">
+ <title>Preferences Page for the Chosen Server</title>
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata fileref="images/perspective/perspective_4.png"></imagedata>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+ </figure>
+
+ <tip>
+ <title>Tip:</title>
+ <para>On the figure you can see that a username/password is available in the UI when
+ configuring the server. If you get an SecurityException when trying to launch
+ the server, it is most likely because your server is protected and hence you
+ need to fill the username/password fields with appropriate values.</para>
+ </tip>
+
+ <para>It should be pointed out that our server adapter by default tries to automatically
+ detect the ports it needs for integrating with a <property moreinfo="none">JBoss Server</property>.
+ Sometimes it can though be relevant to override this automatic detection if you are
+ using some custom configuration. For this purposes the <emphasis>
+ <property moreinfo="none">Server Ports</property>
+ </emphasis> section in the <property moreinfo="none">Server editor</property> is provided where the
+ port settings are configurable. Click the <emphasis>
+ <property moreinfo="none">Configure...</property>
+ </emphasis> link to bring up the wizard for adjusting the settings for the
+ ports.</para>
+
+ <figure float="0">
+ <title>Server Ports Preferences</title>
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata fileref="images/perspective/perspective_5.png"></imagedata>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+ </figure>
+
+ <para>Press <emphasis>
+ <property moreinfo="none">Edit XPath</property>
+ </emphasis> button for the chosen port to configure its XPath's values.</para>
+
+ <figure float="0">
+ <title>XPath Pattern for a Server Port</title>
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata fileref="images/perspective/perspective_6.png"></imagedata>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+ </figure>
+
+ <para>The settings related to <emphasis>
+ <property moreinfo="none">Publishing</property>
+ </emphasis>, <emphasis>
+ <property moreinfo="none">Timeouts</property>
+ </emphasis> or <emphasis>
+ <property moreinfo="none">Server Polling</property>
+ </emphasis> can be also adjusted in the <property moreinfo="none">Server editor</property>.</para>
+
+ <para id="com_line_arg"><property moreinfo="none">Server editor</property> makes it also possible to
+ modify the server's launch configuration. It's just after clicking <emphasis>
+ <property moreinfo="none">Open launch configuration</property>
+ </emphasis> link. In the open window there are the tabs for setting command line
+ arguments and other things that are relevant to launching the server.</para>
+
+ <figure float="0">
+ <title>Launch Configuration Properties</title>
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata fileref="images/perspective/perspective_7.png"></imagedata>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+ </figure>
+
+ <para>Look up <ulink url="http://docs.jboss.org/jbossas/guides/installguide/r1/en/html/start-stop.html">here</ulink> to find parameters which can be specified for <property moreinfo="none">JBoss
+ Server</property>.</para>
+ </section>
+
+ <section>
+ <title>Relevant Resources Links</title>
+ <para>Find more about XPath in the <ulink url="http://www.w3.org/TR/xpath20/">XPath
+ Documentation</ulink>.</para>
+ </section>
+ </section>
+
+ <section id="Project_archivesView" role="updated">
+ <title>Project Archives View</title>
+ <para>Every application, whether Plain Old Java, J2EE, or some other language altogether,
+ needs to be packaged in some way. In Java-related projects, many people use ANT. </para>
+ <note>
+ <title>Note:</title>
+ <para>Those who use ANT will appreciate how the Project Archives Ant task is now
+ improved: it supports variables and gives more informative error/logging messages
+ when something goes wrong.</para>
+ </note>
+
+ <para>But <property moreinfo="none">JBoss Tools</property> come with our own Archives tool with a bit easier
+ and less-verbose XML and a handy user interface. The Project Archives plugin consists
+ primarily of a view, that is <property moreinfo="none">Project Archives view</property>, to set up each
+ packaging configuration.</para>
+ <para>So far, let's look through all functionality that the <property moreinfo="none">Project
+ Archives view</property> provides.</para>
+
+ <section id="archives_overview">
+ <title>Overview</title>
+
+ <para>The packaging configuration for each project is stored in the project's root
+ folder, and is in a file named <emphasis>
+ <property moreinfo="none">.packages</property>
+ </emphasis>, which has a fairly simple XML structure. Modifying the file by hand is
+ neither required nor recommended, and using the UI is the official way of modifying
+ your packaging structure.</para>
+
+ <figure float="0">
+ <title>Archives View</title>
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata fileref="images/perspective/perspective_21.png"></imagedata>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+ </figure>
+
+ <para>A project's configuration contains archives. As you can see on the image
+ above a project can contain more than one archive. Internal archives and filesets
+ can be directly inside of an archive, or in some sub-folder of that archive.</para>
+
+ <para>In the upper right corner of the view you can see an icon which, when clicked,
+ will build the selected top-level archive. Additionally, you can select <emphasis>
+ <property moreinfo="none">Project > Build Packages</property>
+ </emphasis> when a project is selected in the <property moreinfo="none">Packages View</property> to
+ build all declared packages in that project's <emphasis>
+ <property moreinfo="none">.packages</property>
+ </emphasis> file. This will execute a full build on all declared archives.</para>
+ </section>
+
+ <section id="Creating_Archive">
+ <title>Creating an Archive</title>
+
+ <para>When you open the <property moreinfo="none">Project archives view</property> for the first time,
+ it asks you to select the project for what you want to create an archive.</para>
+
+ <figure float="0">
+ <title>Archives View</title>
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata fileref="images/perspective/perspective_21a.png"></imagedata>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+ </figure>
+
+ <para>When creating a new archive for selected project, you have some different options
+ at your disposal. You need right-click inside the view and select <emphasis>
+ <property moreinfo="none">New Archive</property>
+ </emphasis> to see your archive type options.</para>
+
+ <figure float="0">
+ <title>Create an Archive</title>
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata fileref="images/perspective/perspective_22.png"></imagedata>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+ </figure>
+
+ <note>
+ <title>Note:</title>
+ <para>If you see only JAR from the list of available archive types, you should
+ verify whether AS Tools plugins/features are in place. EAR, EJB JAR and WAR
+ options are contributed by the AS Tools independently from webtools and the
+ virtual project model. Thus, without them only JAR will show up.</para>
+ </note>
+
+ <para><property moreinfo="none">JAR</property> is the standard archive type, and does very little
+ configuration, leaving most of the work up to you. You can customize the name, add
+ folders, filesets, and inner jars to it.</para>
+
+ <para>The other types, for the most part, simply start off with a default setting,
+ usually the jar with some specific children based on an expected structure of the
+ project. For example, if the project is a Dynamic Web Project, and you create a
+ <property moreinfo="none">WAR</property> archive, the archive will be created with a few
+ filesets relevant to the known structure of the project.</para>
+
+ <para>Here is the first page of all New archive wizards. It is the same for any archive
+ type and the only page in the <property moreinfo="none">New Jar wizard</property>.</para>
+ <figure float="0">
+ <title>New WAR Wizard</title>
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata fileref="images/perspective/perspective_23.png"></imagedata>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+ </figure>
+
+ <para>The page is pretty simple. First it asks to set the name of your new archive and a
+ destination.</para>
+
+ <para>The destination of an archive can be anywhere on the file system, anywhere in the
+ workspace, inside some other archive, or inside a folder declared inside an archive.
+ Select the necessary checkbox (either <emphasis>
+ <property moreinfo="none">workspace</property>
+ </emphasis> or <emphasis>
+ <property moreinfo="none"> file system</property>
+ </emphasis>) for marking the destination as related to either workspace or file
+ system. You can browse to workspace or filesystem destinations by clicking on their
+ respective buttons. To select a destination inside some other archive, you'll need
+ to press the <emphasis>
+ <property moreinfo="none">Workspace</property>
+ </emphasis> button. At the bottom of the list, you'll see archives that
+ have been declared in the workspace.</para>
+
+ <figure float="0">
+ <title>Selecting the destination in the workspace</title>
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata fileref="images/perspective/perspective_23a.png"></imagedata>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+ </figure>
+
+ <para>Also in the wizard for creating a new archive you can choose whether an archive to
+ be compressed or exploded into a folder (without compression). You need just select
+ proper chechbox in the <emphasis>
+ <property moreinfo="none">Archive type</property>
+ </emphasis> section.</para>
+ <para>If a build or incremental update fails Project Archives will show an error
+ dialog:</para>
+ <figure float="0">
+ <title>Selecting the destination in the workspace</title>
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata fileref="images/perspective/projectarchives_error.png"></imagedata>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+ </figure>
+ <para>Click in <emphasis>
+ <property moreinfo="none">Details</property>
+ </emphasis> to see detailed information about what caused the error.</para>
+
+ <para>In the <property moreinfo="none">Package Explorer</property> you can observe the created
+ archive.</para>
+ <figure float="0">
+ <title>The Archive in the Package Explorer</title>
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata fileref="images/perspective/perspective_23b.png"></imagedata>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+ </figure>
+
+ <para>If you use the exploded type of archiving, instead of a single file archive the
+ result put into a folder is displayed in the <property moreinfo="none">Package
+ Explorer</property>.</para>
+ <figure float="0">
+ <title>The Exploded Archive in the Package Explorer</title>
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata fileref="images/perspective/perspective_23c.png"></imagedata>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+ </figure>
+
+ <section id="CreatingaFolder">
+ <title>Creating a Folder</title>
+ <para>Creating a folder is much easier. You simply right-click on an archive or
+ folder you want your new folder to be a child under. The only piece of required
+ information is naming the file.</para>
+ </section>
+ <section id="CreatingaFileSet">
+ <title>Creating a FileSet</title>
+ <para>To create a new fileset, you click on an available target location such as an
+ archive, a nested archive, or a folder within an archive, and select <emphasis>
+ <property moreinfo="none">New Fileset</property>. </emphasis></para>
+ <para>The <property moreinfo="none">New Fileset wizard</property> requires a destination (where the
+ files will go), and a root directory (or where the files are coming from). The
+ source can be anywhere in the workspace or from the filesystem at large.</para>
+
+ <figure float="0">
+ <title>Adding a New FileSet</title>
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata fileref="images/perspective/perspective_24.png"></imagedata>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+ </figure>
+
+ <para>Below that, the fileset requires only an includes pattern and an excludes
+ pattern. As you type in either of these fields, the preview viewer should update
+ itself with which files are matched.</para>
+
+ <para>You can create a Fileset with flattenning or without it. Look at the
+ difference on the figure below.</para>
+
+ <figure float="0">
+ <title>The FileSet with flattenning and without it</title>
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata fileref="images/perspective/perspective_24a.png"></imagedata>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+ </figure>
+
+ </section>
+ </section>
+
+ <section id="View_Actions">
+ <title>Archive Actions</title>
+ <figure float="0">
+ <title>Context Menu on the Item</title>
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata fileref="images/perspective/perspective_25.png"></imagedata>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+ </figure>
+ <para>The context menu on the items in the view is extendable, but there are several
+ that come standard.</para>
+
+ <table>
+ <title>Context Menu on the Item</title>
+ <tgroup cols="2">
+ <colspec align="left" colnum="1" colwidth="1*"></colspec>
+ <colspec colnum="2" colwidth="3*"></colspec>
+
+
+ <thead>
+ <row>
+ <entry align="center">
+ <para>Name</para>
+ </entry>
+
+ <entry align="center">
+ <para>Description</para>
+ </entry>
+ </row>
+ </thead>
+
+ <tbody>
+
+ <row>
+ <entry>
+ <para>Build Archive (Full)</para>
+ </entry>
+
+ <entry>
+ <para>The action enabled only on top-level archives, which initiates
+ a full build on that archive</para>
+ </entry>
+ </row>
+
+ <row>
+ <entry>
+ <para>Edit Archive</para>
+ </entry>
+
+ <entry>
+ <para>Standard action that brings up the wizard associated with that
+ particular node type and allows the details to be changed</para>
+ </entry>
+ </row>
+
+ <row>
+ <entry>
+ <para>Delete Archive</para>
+ </entry>
+
+ <entry>
+ <para>Deleting node is standard action with deletion not needing an
+ explanation</para>
+ </entry>
+ </row>
+
+ <row>
+ <entry>
+ <para>Publish To Server</para>
+ </entry>
+
+ <entry>
+ <para>The action means the ability to publish to a declared
+ server</para>
+ </entry>
+ </row>
+
+ <row>
+ <entry>
+ <para>Edit publish settings</para>
+ </entry>
+
+ <entry>
+ <para>Gives possibility to edit an archive publish settings</para>
+ </entry>
+ </row>
+
+ </tbody>
+ </tgroup>
+ </table>
+ </section>
+
+ <section id="PublishToServer">
+ <title>Publishing to Server</title>
+ <para>Finally, you'll need to publish your application to a server. Here, we
+ show you how to do it with the help of <emphasis>
+ <property moreinfo="none">Archives View</property>. </emphasis></para>
+
+ <figure float="0">
+ <title>Context Menu on the Item</title>
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata fileref="images/perspective/perspective_26.png"></imagedata>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+ </figure>
+ <para>The dialog above appears after selecting <emphasis>
+ <property moreinfo="none">Publish To Server</property>. </emphasis> To simply publish once, you
+ just select the server(s) that you want, and finish. If you want the <emphasis>
+ <property moreinfo="none">Publish to Server</property>
+ </emphasis> action on that particular Archive to publish always to that set of
+ servers, then check the appropriate checkbox. And finally, to enable automatic
+ publishing upon build events, check the last checkbox.</para>
+ <para>The automatic publishing feature is nice if, for example, your package's
+ destination (where it is built) is a temporary folder and you want the archive
+ published to several servers. If you only really want your archive published to one
+ server, it might be easier to have the archive's destination folder be the deploy
+ folder of the server.</para>
+ </section>
+ <section id="rel_res_links_archiving">
+ <title>Relevant Resources Links</title>
+ <para>Refer to <ulink url="http://ant.apache.org/manual/index.html">Ant manual</ulink>
+ to find more on how to build your applications with help of Ant.</para>
+
+ <para>We also recommend you to watch the <ulink url="http://docs.jboss.org/tools/movies/demos/archiving/archiving.htm">movie</ulink> which demonstrates a powerful archiving functionality in
+ <property moreinfo="none">JBoss Tools</property>.</para>
+
+ <para>At this point, you are guessed to be familiar with <property moreinfo="none">JBoss AS
+ perspective</property> and your next step now is to explore how to work with
+ different kinds of projects.</para>
+ </section>
+
+ </section>
+
+
+</chapter>
+
+
+<chapter id="webtools" xml:base="file:///home/ochikvina/WORK/for_compare/trunk/as/docs/reference/en/modules/webtools.xml">
+ <title>Projects</title>
+ <para>The most popular of the projects we deal with are the J2EE ones, such as Dynamic Web
+ Project, EJB Project, or EAR project. Web projects of <property moreinfo="none">JBoss Tools</property> are
+ Struts, JSF and Seam projects. All of them are called faceted projects. Thus, in this
+ chapter we are going to tell you about facets the main benefit of which to provide proper
+ structuring and packaging for any type of project.</para>
+
+ <section>
+ <title>Faceted Projects Overview</title>
+ <para>The idea behind faceted projects is that each project can accept units of
+ functionality, or facets, which can be added or removed by the user. Most often, these
+ facets either add to the project's classpath, enable a builder, or watch the project in
+ some other fashion. Generally, every project concerned has at least one facet when
+ it's created. As an example, a Web project has a WebDoclet facet, or an EJB
+ Project has an EJB Module facet as prerequisites.</para>
+
+ <para> WTP projects have undergone some criticism as being
+ <emphasis>over-engineered</emphasis> or too restrictive in their design. WTP projects
+ are set up in a tree-relationship to each other, where one project can be a child of
+ another. For example, an EAR project may have a Web Project child, an EJB project child,
+ or other types.</para>
+
+ <para> However, the benefit of this is that the structure of your projects is then known,
+ and packaging it up *should* be trivial. Apparently, if your project is non-standard, or
+ you feel too confined by such rigid structural requirements, you can still choose to
+ package your project using the <link linkend="Project_archivesView">Archives
+ plugin</link>.</para>
+ </section>
+
+
+ <section>
+ <title>Adding Facets to a Project</title>
+
+ <para>In this section we're going to consider the facets added by <property moreinfo="none">JBoss
+ Tools</property> and show how you can configure them in a project: add new ones or
+ modify already existing configuration of the facets.</para>
+
+ <para>One way to configure the facets is doing it while organizing a new project. To
+ demonstrate this let's create a new <property moreinfo="none">Dynamic Web Project</property> by
+ selecting <emphasis>
+ <property moreinfo="none">File > New > Other...</property>
+ </emphasis> and then <emphasis>
+ <property moreinfo="none">Web > Dynamic Web Project</property>. </emphasis></para>
+ <figure float="0">
+ <title>New Dynamic Web Project</title>
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata fileref="images/webtools/webtools_1.png"></imagedata>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+ </figure>
+ <para>Click <emphasis>
+ <property moreinfo="none">Next</property>
+ </emphasis> and you will see Dynamic Web Project page like on the figure below.</para>
+
+ <para> The first page of most WTP projects allows you to target a specific runtime,
+ representing a server's library location. It will also provide you the ability to add
+ this project to an EAR project, and select a pre-selected default set of facets, called
+ a configuration, rather than manually select each facet you might want.</para>
+ <para> Selecting the runtime, again, allows the project to install the proper classpaths to
+ the project so it knows what code to compile against.</para>
+
+ <figure float="0" id="dyn_web_project">
+ <title>New Dynamic Web Project</title>
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata fileref="images/webtools/webtools_2.png"></imagedata>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+ </figure>
+ <para>Click on the <emphasis>
+ <property moreinfo="none">Modify</property>
+ </emphasis> button next to <property moreinfo="none">Configuration</property> section in order to open
+ the wizard which allows you to modify a chosen configuration. The wizard looks as
+ follows.</para>
+
+ <figure float="0" id="project_facets">
+ <title>Project Facets Wizard</title>
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata fileref="images/webtools/webtools_3.png"></imagedata>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+ </figure>
+
+ <para>Here part of the listed facets are those which are provided by WTP. Some of them are
+ added by <property moreinfo="none">JBoss Tools</property>. They are:</para>
+ <itemizedlist>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>BIRT Charting Runtime Component</para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>BIRT Reporting Runtime Component</para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>JBoss ESB</para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>JBoss Portlets</para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>JBoss Web Services</para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Seam</para>
+ </listitem>
+ </itemizedlist>
+
+ <para>On this wizard page you can enable or disable any facet as well as change it version.
+ What you should note here is that some facets or facets versions may conflict with each
+ other. In case of incompatibility you'll be prompted about this in the combo
+ box underneath.</para>
+ <figure float="0">
+ <title>Facet Constraints</title>
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata fileref="images/webtools/webtools_4.png"></imagedata>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+ </figure>
+ <para>When switching on the <emphasis>
+ <property moreinfo="none">Runtimes</property>
+ </emphasis><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="changed"> tab on the right you'll see the current server Runtime.</diffmk:wrapper></para>
+ <figure float="0">
+ <title>Runtimes on the Project Facets Wizard</title>
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata fileref="images/webtools/webtools_5.png"></imagedata>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+ </figure>
+ <para>On this tab you can also create a new Server Runtime and make it primary by pressing <emphasis>
+ <property moreinfo="none">Make Primary</property>
+ </emphasis> button after enabling it.</para>
+
+ <para>Clicking on <emphasis>
+ <property moreinfo="none">OK</property>
+ </emphasis> will save the chosen configuration of the facets and return you to the <link linkend="dyn_web_project">Dynamic Web Project wizard</link>. Further pages in the
+ wizard are specific to either the project type or the facets selected.</para>
+
+
+ <para>If you need to configure the facets for the existing project, you should bring up the
+ context menu for selected project and click <emphasis>
+ <property moreinfo="none">Properties</property>
+ </emphasis> and then <emphasis>
+ <property moreinfo="none">Project Facets</property>. </emphasis> This will bring up the familiar
+ <link linkend="project_facets">Project Facets wizard</link>, where you can create
+ your own custom facets configuration.</para>
+
+ <para></para>
+
+ </section>
+ <section id="rel_resources_links">
+ <title>Relevant Resources Links</title>
+
+ <para>More on the WTP facets you can read in the <ulink url="http://help.eclipse.org/ganymede/index.jsp?topic=/org.eclipse.jst.j2ee.do...">eclipse help</ulink>.</para>
+ </section>
+</chapter>
+
+
+<chapter id="modules" xml:base="file:///home/ochikvina/WORK/for_compare/trunk/as/docs/reference/en/modules/modules.xml">
+ <title>Deploying Modules</title>
+
+ <para>In this chapter it will be described how to deploy modules onto the server.</para>
+ <para> First of all it is necessary to say that deploying to a server is mostly painless. There
+ are several ways to do it provided by WTP, and some additional methods provided by JBoss
+ Tools. These methods are described further in this chapter.</para>
+
+ <section>
+ <title>Deploying on the Package Explorer</title>
+
+ <para>On the package explorer it is possible to publish either a project to a server or just
+ a signal file. Let's look at how to do this.</para>
+ <section id="run_on_server_wizard">
+ <title>Deploying with Run On Server Wizard</title>
+ <para> The first WTP method is to right-click on a project, such as a Dynamic Web
+ project, EJB project, or EAR project and then select <emphasis>
+ <property moreinfo="none">Run As > Run on Server</property>
+ </emphasis>. The resulting dialog allows you to select which supporting server the
+ project can be published to.</para>
+ <figure float="0">
+ <title>Define a New Server</title>
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata fileref="images/modules/modules_1.png"></imagedata>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+ </figure>
+ <para>Click <emphasis>
+ <property moreinfo="none">Next</property>
+ </emphasis> button to see add or remove projects page where you can choose projects
+ to configure them on server.</para>
+ <figure float="0" id="add_rem_proj">
+ <title>Add or Remove Projects</title>
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata fileref="images/modules/modules_2.png"></imagedata>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+ </figure>
+ <para>This page of the wizard also allows to undeploy modules from the server. For that
+ choose proper module(s) from the right and click <emphasis>
+ <property moreinfo="none"> < Remove</property>
+ </emphasis>. The modules will be completely undeployed after restarting your server
+ or republishing.</para>
+ <para>Generally, for the JBoss AS Server Adapters, publishing using this method will
+ force a default, best-guess, packaging configuration for your project. This
+ best-guess does not publish incrementally, but instead repackages your entire
+ project into a <emphasis>
+ <property moreinfo="none">.war</property>
+ </emphasis>, <emphasis>
+ <property moreinfo="none">.jar</property>
+ </emphasis>, or <emphasis>
+ <property moreinfo="none">.ear</property>
+ </emphasis> as appropriate, and then copies that file into the proper deploy
+ directory. For quicker smarter deployment, you will need to create archives using
+ the <link linkend="Project_archivesView">Project Archives view</link> and customize
+ packaging yourself.</para>
+ </section>
+
+ <section id="single_file_deployment">
+ <?dbhtml filename="DeployToServer.html"?>
+ <title>Deploying single files</title>
+
+ <para>Sometimes it becomes necessary to deploy one or more files to a server. For
+ that in order not to do a full republish in the context menu of files a <emphasis><property moreinfo="none">Deploy To Server</property></emphasis>
+ option is provided that allows a single file deployment. To deploy these non-WTP files/projects
+ right click on the file (<emphasis>
+ <property moreinfo="none">-ds.xml</property></emphasis>, <emphasis>
+ <property moreinfo="none">.ear</property></emphasis>, <emphasis>
+ <property moreinfo="none">.jar</property></emphasis> etc.) and select <emphasis>
+ <property moreinfo="none">Deploy To Server</property>
+ </emphasis> and it will be automatically deployed.</para>
+ <figure float="0">
+ <title>Deploy to Sever</title>
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata fileref="images/modules/modules_6.png"></imagedata>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+ </figure>
+ <para>The deployed files are listed side-by-side with other modules that are deployed to
+ the server.</para>
+
+ <figure float="0">
+ <title>Deployed files on the Server</title>
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata fileref="images/modules/modules_7.png"></imagedata>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+ </figure>
+
+ </section>
+
+ </section>
+ <section>
+ <title>Deploying with JBoss Server View</title>
+ <para>As it has been already mentioned <property moreinfo="none">JBoss Server View</property> contains two
+ parts: the top part that displays all defined servers and the bottom part which provides
+ categories with additional information. Thus, in this section we suggest two more ways
+ to deploy resources onto the server.</para>
+ <section>
+ <title>Top part of JBoss Server View</title>
+ <para>In the top part of the <property moreinfo="none">JBoss Servers View</property> like in the Servers
+ View you should right click on a server and select the <emphasis>
+ <property moreinfo="none">Add and Remove Projects</property>
+ </emphasis> menu item.</para>
+ <figure float="0">
+ <title>Add and Remove Projects</title>
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata fileref="images/modules/modules_3.png"></imagedata>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+ </figure>
+
+ <para>This will bring up a <link linkend="add_rem_proj">familiar dialog</link> allowing
+ you to either publish projects or modules to a server, or remove them from the
+ server. If the selected module is a project like a Dynamic Web project, EJB project,
+ or EAR project, it will be published as through <emphasis>
+ <property moreinfo="none">Run on Server</property>
+ </emphasis> wizard, with a best-guess full package. If, however, the selected
+ element is an archive from the <link linkend="Project_archivesView">Project Archives
+ view</link>, it will be published according to the rules of that module
+ type.</para>
+ </section>
+
+ <section>
+ <title>Bottom part of JBoss Server View</title>
+ <para>In the bottom part of <emphasis>
+ <property moreinfo="none">JBoss Server View</property>
+ </emphasis> there is a category called <emphasis>
+ <property moreinfo="none">Modules</property>
+ </emphasis> which should display all currently-published modules on the server.
+ Right-clicking on the desired module and selecting <emphasis>
+ <property moreinfo="none">Full Publish</property>
+ </emphasis> will force a full rebuild of the entire module.</para>
+ <figure float="0">
+ <title>Full Publish</title>
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata fileref="images/modules/modules_4.png"></imagedata>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+ </figure>
+
+ <para>Here, <emphasis>
+ <property moreinfo="none">Incremental Publish</property>
+ </emphasis> is meant to enable publishing of only those parts where changes have
+ been made.</para>
+ </section>
+ </section>
+ <section>
+ <title>Deploying with Project Archives View</title>
+ <para>In the <property moreinfo="none">Project Archives View</property> you can right-click on any declared
+ archive and select the <emphasis>
+ <property moreinfo="none">Publish To Server</property>
+ </emphasis> element. For more on this subject, see <link linkend="PublishToServer">Publishing to Server</link> in the Project Archives View section.</para>
+ <figure float="0">
+ <title>Publish to Server</title>
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata fileref="images/modules/modules_5.png"></imagedata>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+ </figure>
+ <para> The only way to ensure an <emphasis>
+ <property moreinfo="none">Incremental Build</property>
+ </emphasis>, such as changes to one <emphasis>
+ <property moreinfo="none">.jsp</property>, </emphasis>
+ <emphasis>
+ <property moreinfo="none">.html</property>, </emphasis> or <emphasis>
+ <property moreinfo="none">.class</property>
+ </emphasis> file, is to enable the builder for that project. This is done by either
+ changing the global preferences for the <property moreinfo="none">Archives View</property>, or by
+ enabling project-specific preferences and ensuring the builder is on.</para>
+ <para>The last chapter covers a variety of methods on how you can deploy needed modules onto a
+ server.</para>
+ </section>
+</chapter>
+
+
+<chapter id="tptp_support" xml:base="file:///home/ochikvina/WORK/for_compare/trunk/as/docs/reference/en/modules/tptp_support.xml">
+ <title>TPTP Support</title>
+ <para>This chapter provides an overview on how to enable TPTP Profiling for <property moreinfo="none">JBoss
+ AS</property> adapters in <property moreinfo="none">JBoss Tools</property>.</para>
+
+ <section>
+ <title>TPTP Profiling</title>
+
+ <para>To get TPTP profiling work on <property moreinfo="none">JBoss Application Server</property> you should
+ first download <ulink url="http://www.eclipse.org/downloads/download.php?file=/tptp/4.5.0/TPTP-4.5.0...">TPTP 4.5.0 Runtime</ulink> and install it, i. e. just add the content of <emphasis>
+ <property moreinfo="none">plugins/features</property>
+ </emphasis> folders from downloaded directory to the same folders in your eclipse
+ installation directory.</para>
+
+ <para>And now all profile actions should work for you. To start <property moreinfo="none">JBoss
+ AS</property> in profiling mode use <emphasis>
+ <property moreinfo="none">Start the server in profiling mode</property>
+ </emphasis> button or <emphasis>
+ <property moreinfo="none">Profile As > Profile on Server</property>
+ </emphasis> option in the context menu of the project.</para>
+
+ <figure float="0">
+ <title>Start the Server in Profiling mode</title>
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata fileref="images/tptp_support/tptp_support_1.png"></imagedata>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+ </figure>
+
+ <para>To enable TPTP features in your workbench use <property moreinfo="none">Profiling and Logging
+ Perspective</property> that you can find in the list of proposed perspectives: <emphasis>
+ <property moreinfo="none">Window > Open Perspective > Other…</property>
+ </emphasis>
+ </para>
+
+ <figure float="0">
+ <title>Profiling and Logging Perspective</title>
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata fileref="images/tptp_support/tptp_support_2.png"></imagedata>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+ </figure>
+ </section>
+
+ <section>
+ <title>Relevant Resources Links</title>
+ <para>All additional information on TPTP(Test and Performance Tools Platform) you can find
+ in <ulink url="http://www.eclipse.org/tptp/home/downloads/4.5.0/documents/quicktour/quic...">eclipse documentation</ulink>.</para>
+ <para>In summary, this reference should help you to start with <ulink url="http://www.jboss.org/jbossas">JBoss AS</ulink> and get to know with functionality
+ for work with it.</para>
+ </section>
+</chapter>
+
+
+</book>
Modified: trunk/documentation/guides/Exadel-migration/en/master_output.xml
===================================================================
--- trunk/documentation/guides/Exadel-migration/en/master_output.xml 2009-03-11 14:34:56 UTC (rev 14170)
+++ trunk/documentation/guides/Exadel-migration/en/master_output.xml 2009-03-11 16:04:53 UTC (rev 14171)
@@ -27,12 +27,12 @@
<pubdate>April 2008</pubdate>
<copyright>
<year>2007</year>
- <year>2009</year>
- <holder>JBoss, a division of Red Hat</holder>
+ <year><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="changed">2009</diffmk:wrapper></year>
+ <holder><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="changed">JBoss, a division of Red Hat</diffmk:wrapper></holder>
</copyright>
- <releaseinfo>
+ <releaseinfo><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="changed">
Version: 2.0.0.GA
-</releaseinfo>
+</diffmk:wrapper></releaseinfo>
<abstract>
<title></title>
Modified: trunk/documentation/guides/GettingStartedGuide/en/master_output.xml
===================================================================
--- trunk/documentation/guides/GettingStartedGuide/en/master_output.xml 2009-03-11 14:34:56 UTC (rev 14170)
+++ trunk/documentation/guides/GettingStartedGuide/en/master_output.xml 2009-03-11 16:04:53 UTC (rev 14171)
@@ -26,17 +26,16 @@
<!ENTITY jbossportallink "../../jboss_portal_tools_ref_guide/html_single/index.html">
<!ENTITY migrationlink "../../Exadel-migration/html_single/index.html">
<!ENTITY wslink "../../ws_ref_guide/html_single/index.html">
-]>
-<book xmlns:diffmk="http://diffmk.sf.net/ns/diff">
+]><book xmlns:diffmk="http://diffmk.sf.net/ns/diff">
<bookinfo>
<title>Getting Started with JBoss Developer Studio</title>
<pubdate>April 2008</pubdate>
<copyright>
<year>2007</year>
- <year>2009</year>
- <holder>JBoss, a division of Red Hat</holder>
+ <year><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="changed">2009</diffmk:wrapper></year>
+ <holder><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="changed">JBoss, a division of Red Hat</diffmk:wrapper></holder>
</copyright>
- <releaseinfo>Version: 2.0.0.GA</releaseinfo>
+ <releaseinfo><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="changed">Version: 2.0.0.GA</diffmk:wrapper></releaseinfo>
<abstract>
<title></title>
<para>
@@ -509,8 +508,8 @@
<para>Get Eclipse and Web Tools</para>
</listitem>
</itemizedlist>
- <para>The current version of JBoss Tools (3.0.0.GA) targets at Eclipse 3.4.2/Ganymede SR2 and WTP
- 3.0.3+</para>
+ <para><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="changed">The current version of JBoss Tools (3.0.0.GA) targets at Eclipse 3.4.2/Ganymede SR2 and WTP
+ 3.0.3+</diffmk:wrapper></para>
<tip>
<title>Tip:</title>
@@ -725,9 +724,9 @@
AS</property> from <property moreinfo="none">JBoss Developer Studio</property>.</para>
<para><property moreinfo="none">JBoss Developer Studio</property> ships with <property moreinfo="none">JBoss EAP
v.4.2</property> bundled. When you followed the default installation of <property moreinfo="none">JBoss
- Developer Studio</property>, you should already have a JBoss EAP 4.3 Server installed and
+ Developer Studio</property><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="changed">, you should already have a JBoss EAP 4.3 Server installed and
defined. To run JBoss AS you need JDK 1.5, JDK 6 is not formally supported yet, although
- you may be able to start the server with it.</para>
+ you may be able to start the server with it.</diffmk:wrapper></para>
<section id="JBossbundled">
<?dbhtml filename="JBossbundled.html"?>
@@ -741,9 +740,9 @@
<?dbhtml filename="StartingServer.html"?>
<title>Starting JBoss Server</title>
<para>Starting <property moreinfo="none">JBoss Server</property> is quite simple. <property moreinfo="none">JBoss
- Developer Studio</property> allows you to control its behaviour with the help of
+ Developer Studio</property><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="changed"> allows you to control its behaviour with the help of
a special toolbar, where you could start it in a regular or debug mode, stop it or
- restart it.</para>
+ restart it.</diffmk:wrapper></para>
<itemizedlist>
<listitem>
@@ -779,8 +778,8 @@
</figure>
<para>When the server is started you should see <emphasis>
<property moreinfo="none">Started</property>
- </emphasis> in the square brackets right next its name in <property moreinfo="none">JBoss Server
- View</property>.</para>
+ </emphasis><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="changed"> in the square brackets right next its name in </diffmk:wrapper><property moreinfo="none"><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="changed">JBoss Server
+ View</diffmk:wrapper></property><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="changed">.</diffmk:wrapper></para>
<figure float="0">
<title>Server is Started</title>
@@ -807,9 +806,9 @@
<title>Stopping JBoss Server</title>
<para>To stop the server, click the <emphasis>
<property moreinfo="none">Stop</property>
- </emphasis> icon in <property moreinfo="none">JBoss Server View</property> or right click the server
+ </emphasis> icon in <property moreinfo="none"><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="changed">JBoss Server View</diffmk:wrapper></property> or right click the server
name and press <emphasis>
- <property moreinfo="none">Stop</property>. </emphasis></para>
+ <property moreinfo="none">Stop</property><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="changed">. </diffmk:wrapper></emphasis></para>
<figure float="0">
<title>Stopping Server</title>
@@ -821,7 +820,7 @@
</figure>
<para>When the server is stopped you will see <emphasis>
<property moreinfo="none">Stopped</property>
- </emphasis> in the square brackets next to its name.</para>
+ </emphasis><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="changed"> in the square brackets next to its name.</diffmk:wrapper></para>
</section>
<section id="ServerPreferences">
<?dbhtml filename="ServerPreferences.html"?>
@@ -852,14 +851,14 @@
<property moreinfo="none">JBoss EAP 4.2</property> we do not ultimately tie you to any particular
server for deployment. There are some servers that Studio supports directly (via the
bundled Eclipse WTP plug-ins). In this section we discuss how to manage self-installed
- JBoss AS. Suppose you want to deploy the application to <property moreinfo="none">JBoss 4.2.3
- server</property>. First of all you need to install it.</para>
+ JBoss AS. Suppose you want to deploy the application to <property moreinfo="none"><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="changed">JBoss 4.2.3
+ server</diffmk:wrapper></property>. First of all you need to install it.</para>
<section id="JBossInstalling">
<?dbhtml filename="JBossInstalling.html"?>
<title>JBoss AS Installation</title>
<itemizedlist>
<listitem>
- <para>Download the binary package of <property moreinfo="none">JBoss 4.2.3</property> and save
+ <para>Download the binary package of <property moreinfo="none"><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="changed">JBoss 4.2.3</diffmk:wrapper></property> and save
it on your computer: <ulink url="http://labs.jboss.com/jbossas/downloads">http://labs.jboss.com/jbossas/downloads</ulink></para>
</listitem>
</itemizedlist>
@@ -877,24 +876,24 @@
range.</para>
<itemizedlist>
<listitem>
- <para>After you have the binary archive you want to install, use the JDK jar
+ <para><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="changed">After you have the binary archive you want to install, use the JDK jar
tool (or any other ZIP extraction tool) to extract the jboss-4.2.3.GA.zip
archive contents into a location of your choice. The jboss-4.2.3.GA.tgz
archive is a gzipped tar file that requires a gnutar compatible tar which
can handle the long pathnames in the archive. The extraction process will
- create a jboss-4.2.3.GA directory. </para>
+ create a jboss-4.2.3.GA directory. </diffmk:wrapper></para>
</listitem>
</itemizedlist>
</section>
<section id="AddingJBossServer">
<?dbhtml filename="AddingJBossServer.html"?>
- <title>Adding and Configuring JBoss Server</title>
+ <title><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="changed">Adding and Configuring JBoss Server</diffmk:wrapper></title>
<para>Now we should add just installed server into server manager in <property moreinfo="none">JBoss
Developer Studio</property>.</para>
<itemizedlist>
<listitem>
- <para>Open the <property moreinfo="none">JBoss Server View</property> by selecting <emphasis>
+ <para><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added">Open the </diffmk:wrapper><property diffmk:change="added" moreinfo="none"><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added">JBoss Server View</diffmk:wrapper></property><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added"> by selecting </diffmk:wrapper><emphasis>
<property moreinfo="none">Window > Show View > Other > Server
> JBoss Server View</property>
</emphasis></para>
@@ -906,7 +905,7 @@
</listitem>
<listitem>
<para>Select <emphasis>
- <property moreinfo="none">JBoss Community > JBoss 4.2 Server</property>
+ <property moreinfo="none"><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="changed">JBoss Community > JBoss 4.2 Server</diffmk:wrapper></property>
</emphasis></para>
</listitem>
</itemizedlist>
@@ -919,21 +918,21 @@
</mediaobject>
</figure>
- <note>
- <title>Note:</title>
+ <note diffmk:change="added">
+ <title diffmk:change="added"><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added">Note:</diffmk:wrapper></title>
- <para>Now in the <property moreinfo="none">New Server wizard</property> there is a separation
- between the .org servers (the <emphasis>
- <property moreinfo="none">JBoss Community</property>
- </emphasis> category) and product server that comes bundled with JBoss EAP (the
- <emphasis>
- <property moreinfo="none">JBoss Enterprise Middleware</property></emphasis> category).</para>
+ <para><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="changed">Now in the </diffmk:wrapper><property moreinfo="none"><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="changed">New Server wizard</diffmk:wrapper></property><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added"> there is a separation
+ between the .org servers (the </diffmk:wrapper><emphasis diffmk:change="added">
+ <property diffmk:change="added" moreinfo="none"><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added">JBoss Community</diffmk:wrapper></property>
+ </emphasis><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added"> category) and product server that comes bundled with JBoss EAP (the
+ </diffmk:wrapper><emphasis diffmk:change="added">
+ <property diffmk:change="added" moreinfo="none"><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added">JBoss Enterprise Middleware</diffmk:wrapper></property></emphasis><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added"> category).</diffmk:wrapper></para>
</note>
<itemizedlist>
<listitem>
- <para>To create a new runtime, which Jboss AS 4.2 matches to, click <emphasis>
- <property moreinfo="none">Next</property>
+ <para><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="changed">To create a new runtime, which Jboss AS 4.2 matches to, click </diffmk:wrapper><emphasis>
+ <property moreinfo="none"><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="changed">Next</diffmk:wrapper></property>
</emphasis></para>
</listitem>
</itemizedlist>
@@ -961,8 +960,8 @@
<itemizedlist>
<listitem>
- <para>In the next dialog verify the specified information and if something is
- unfair go back and correct it</para>
+ <para><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added">In the next dialog verify the specified information and if something is
+ unfair go back and correct it</diffmk:wrapper></para>
</listitem>
</itemizedlist>
<figure float="0">
@@ -3637,7 +3636,7 @@
-<chapter id="gsg_faq" xml:base="file:///home/ochikvina/WORK/for_compare/trunk/documentation/guides/GettingStartedGuide/en/modules/gsg_faq.xml" xreflabel="gsg_faq">
+<chapter id="gsg_faq" role="updated" xml:base="file:///home/ochikvina/WORK/for_compare/trunk/documentation/guides/GettingStartedGuide/en/modules/gsg_faq.xml" xreflabel="gsg_faq">
<?dbhtml filename="gsg_faq.html"?>
<chapterinfo>
<keywordset>
Modified: trunk/esb/docs/esb_ref_guide/en/master_output.xml
===================================================================
--- trunk/esb/docs/esb_ref_guide/en/master_output.xml 2009-03-11 14:34:56 UTC (rev 14170)
+++ trunk/esb/docs/esb_ref_guide/en/master_output.xml 2009-03-11 16:04:53 UTC (rev 14171)
@@ -18,874 +18,874 @@
<!ENTITY strutsreflink "../../struts_tools_ref_guide/html_single/index.html">
<!ENTITY strutstutoriallink "../../struts_tools_tutorial/html_single/index.html">
-]><book xmlns:diffmk="http://diffmk.sf.net/ns/diff">
-
- <bookinfo>
- <title>ESB Tools Reference Guide</title>
- <author><firstname>Svetlana</firstname><surname>Mukhina</surname><email>smukhina(a)exadel.com</email></author>
- <author><firstname>Tatyana</firstname><surname>Romanovich</surname></author>
-
- <pubdate>April 2008</pubdate>
- <copyright>
- <year>2007</year>
- <year>2009</year>
- <holder>JBoss, a division of Red Hat</holder>
- </copyright>
- <releaseinfo>
- Version: 1.1.0.GA
- </releaseinfo>
-
-<abstract>
- <title></title>
- <para>
- <ulink url="http://download.jboss.org/jbosstools/nightly-docs/en/esb_ref_guide/pdf/ES...">PDF version</ulink>
- </para>
-</abstract>
-
-</bookinfo>
- <toc></toc>
-
-
-<chapter id="introduction" xml:base="file:///home/ochikvina/WORK/for_compare/trunk/esb/docs/esb_ref_guide/en/modules/introduction.xml">
- <?dbhtml filename="introduction.html"?>
-
- <chapterinfo>
- <keywordset>
- <keyword>JBoss Developer Studio</keyword>
- <keyword>Eclipse</keyword>
- <keyword>Java</keyword>
- <keyword>JBoss</keyword>
- <keyword>JBoss Tools</keyword>
- <keyword>JBDS</keyword>
- <keyword>ESB</keyword>
- </keywordset>
- </chapterinfo>
-
- <title>Introduction</title>
-
- <section>
-
- <title>What is ESB?</title>
-
- <para>ESB (Enterprise Service Bus) - an abstraction layer on top of implementation of an
- enterprise messaging system that provides the features Service Oriented
- Architectures may be implemented with.</para>
- <para>If you want to develop applications using ESB technology JBoss ESB also meets your
- needs. The JBoss Tools provide an ESB editor and all necessary wizards for creating an ESB
- file.</para>
- <para>In this guide we provide you with the information on JBoss ESB support (installation, configuration and deployment) and usage of ESB Editor which allows you to
- develop an ESB file much faster and with far fewer errors so sparing your time.</para>
-
- </section>
-
- <section>
- <title>Other relevant resources on the topic</title>
-
- <para>You can find a set of benefits and other extra information on:</para>
- <itemizedlist>
- <listitem>
- <para>
- <ulink url="http://www.jboss.org/jbossesb">JBoss ESB</ulink>
- </para>
- </listitem>
- <listitem>
- <para>
- <ulink url="http://wiki.jboss.org/wiki/JBossESB">JBoss Wiki</ulink>
- </para>
- </listitem>
- <listitem>
- <para>
- <ulink url="http://www.jboss.org/jbossesb/docs/index.html">JBoss ESB
- Documentation Library</ulink>
- </para>
- </listitem>
- </itemizedlist>
-
- <para>The latest <property moreinfo="none">JBoss Tools/JBoss Developer Studio</property> documentation
- builds are available <ulink url="http://download.jboss.org/jbosstools/nightly-docs/">here</ulink>.</para>
-
- </section>
-</chapter>
-
-
-<chapter id="esb_support" xml:base="file:///home/ochikvina/WORK/for_compare/trunk/esb/docs/esb_ref_guide/en/modules/esb_support.xml">
- <?dbhtml filename="esb_support.html"?>
- <chapterinfo>
- <keywordset>
- <keyword>JBoss Developer Studio</keyword>
- <keyword>Eclipse</keyword>
- <keyword>ESB</keyword>
- <keyword>Java</keyword>
- <keyword>JBoss</keyword>
- </keywordset>
- </chapterinfo>
-
- <title>ESB Support</title>
-
- <para>In this section we will focus on all concepts that <property moreinfo="none">JBoss Tools</property>
- integrate for working with JBoss ESB.</para>
-
- <section>
- <title>ESB Tools Installation</title>
-
- <para>This chapter will provide you with the information on how to install
- JBoss ESB plugin into Eclipse.</para>
-
- <para>ESB Tools come as one module of JBoss Tools project. Since ESB Tools have a
- dependence on other JBoss Tools modules we recommend you to install a bundle
- of all <ulink url="http://labs.jboss.com/tools/download/index.html">JBoss
- Tools plug-ins</ulink>. You can find all necessary installation instructions on JBoss Wiki in the <ulink url="http://labs.jboss.com/wiki/InstallingJBossTools">InstallingJBossTools</ulink> section.</para>
- </section>
-
- <section>
- <title>Creating a ESB Project</title>
- <para>In this chapter we suggest a step-by-step walk-through of creating a new
- ESB project. Let's try to create a new JBoss ESB project.</para>
-
- <para>We will show you how to use the ESB Project Creation wizard for creating a new ESB project and setting basic ESB classpath.</para>
-
- <para>Select <emphasis>
- <property moreinfo="none">File >New > Project...</property>
- </emphasis> in the main menu bar or context menu for selected project and
- then <emphasis>
- <property moreinfo="none">ESB > ESB Project</property>
- </emphasis> in the dialog opened:</para>
-
- <figure float="0">
- <title>Select a Wizard dialog</title>
- <mediaobject>
- <imageobject>
- <imagedata fileref="images/esb_project/01_create_esb_project.png"></imagedata>
- </imageobject>
- </mediaobject>
- </figure>
-
- <para> Clicking <emphasis>
- <property moreinfo="none">Next</property>
- </emphasis> brings you to the JBoss ESB Project wizard page where a project name, ESB version and target JBoss Runtime are to be specified. Specify, for example, <emphasis>
- <property moreinfo="none">helloworld</property>
- </emphasis> as a Project name and accept the default ESB version.</para>
- <figure float="0">
- <title>JBoss ESB Project wizard</title>
- <mediaobject>
- <imageobject>
- <imagedata fileref="images/esb_project/02_create_esb_project.png"></imagedata>
- </imageobject>
- </mediaobject>
- </figure>
-
- <para> Clicking <emphasis>
- <property moreinfo="none">Next</property>
- </emphasis> brings you to the ESB facet installation page where you can
- specify Java Source Directory and ESB Content Directory. ESB Content Directory is a folder that contains the most of
- artifacts that an ESB archive needs. You also can configure ESB libraries to the project by selecting a ESB runtime using one of the options:
- </para>
- <para>1. Use <emphasis>
- <property moreinfo="none">Server Supplied ESB Runtime</property>
- </emphasis>
-
- </para>
- <para> 2. Select a ESB runtime from the JBoss ESB runtime list predefined in the preferences
- </para>
- <para>If you choose the first option, make sure that the project has the Target JBoss Runtime set and this runtime has a ESB runtime installed.
- </para>
- <figure float="0">
- <title>Install ESB facet step</title>
- <mediaobject>
- <imageobject>
- <imagedata fileref="images/esb_project/03_create_esb_project.png"></imagedata>
- </imageobject>
- </mediaobject>
- </figure>
- <para>Click <emphasis>
- <property moreinfo="none">Finish</property>
- </emphasis> and a ESB project with the default <emphasis><property moreinfo="none">jboss-esb.xml</property></emphasis>
- will be created. </para>
-
- <figure float="0">
- <title>The generated ESB project structure</title>
- <mediaobject>
- <imageobject>
- <imagedata fileref="images/esb_project/04_create_esb_project.png"></imagedata>
- </imageobject>
- </mediaobject>
- </figure>
-
- </section>
-
- <section id="ESB_project_wizard" xreflabel="here">
- <title>Creating ESB Project using JBoss Tools Project Examples Wizard</title>
- <para>JBoss Tools provides a Project Example wizard that is an easy way for users to create some kinds of projects to be used as examples with some predefined structure. Let's start
- creating a ESB project using this wizard.</para>
-
- <para>Before creating a ESB project example create JBoss Runtime with name <emphasis><property moreinfo="none">
- JBoss 4.2 Runtime</property></emphasis>, it will be used by your ESB project example. </para>
-
- <para>Select <emphasis>
- <property moreinfo="none">File >New > Others </property>
- </emphasis> , in the main menu bar or context menu for selected project and
- then <emphasis>
- <property moreinfo="none">JBoss Tools > Project Examples</property>
- </emphasis> in the New dialog:</para>
-
- <figure float="0">
- <title>Select a wizard - Project Examples</title>
- <mediaobject>
- <imageobject>
- <imagedata fileref="images/esb_project/05_esb_project_example.png"></imagedata>
- </imageobject>
- </mediaobject>
- </figure>
-
- <para> Clicking <emphasis>
- <property moreinfo="none">Next</property>
- </emphasis> brings you to the wizard page where you can select a ESB project example from the example list.
- Every ESB example has two projects, one is a ESB project and another is a Java project used to test the ESB project.</para>
- <para>Here is a list of ready examples available:</para>
-
- <itemizedlist>
-
- <listitem><para><emphasis role="bold">JBoss ESB HelloWorld Example</emphasis> - demonstrates the minimal files necessary to make a basic ESB component execute as well as to prove that the ESB os properly configured.</para></listitem>
- <listitem><para><emphasis role="bold">JBoss ESB HelloWorld Action Example</emphasis> - demonstrates the use of multiple action invocations from a single configuration. You can use a single Action class and make multiple method calls or use multiple Action classes. </para></listitem>
- <listitem><para><emphasis role="bold">JBoss ESB HelloWorld File Action Example</emphasis> - demonstrates using the File gateway feature of the JBoss ESB. Files that are found in a particular directory with a particular extension are sent to a JMS queue with actions for processing.</para></listitem>
- <listitem><para><emphasis role="bold">JBoss ESB Web Service consumer1 Example</emphasis> - demonstrates how to consume a 181 Web Service in an ESB action.</para></listitem>
- <listitem><para><emphasis role="bold">JBoss ESB Web Service producer Example</emphasis> - demonstrates how to deploy a JSR181 Webservice endpoint on JBossESB using the SOAPProcessor action.</para></listitem>
- <listitem><para><emphasis role="bold">JBoss ESB Smooks CSV -> XML Example</emphasis> - demonstrates how to transform a comma separated value (CSV) file to an XML.</para></listitem>
- <listitem><para><emphasis role="bold">JBoss ESB Smooks XML -> POJO Example</emphasis> - demonstrates the use of Smooks performing a simpe transformation by converting an XML file into Java POJOs.</para></listitem>
- <listitem><para><emphasis role="bold">JBoss ESB Smooks XML -> XML date-manipulation Example</emphasis> - demonstrates how to manually define and apply a Message Transformation within JBoss ESB.</para></listitem>
- <listitem><para><emphasis role="bold">JBoss ESB Smooks XML -> XML Example</emphasis> - a very basic example of how to manually define and apply a Message Transformation within JBoss ESB. It applies a very simple XSLT to a SampleOrder.xml message and prints the before and after XML to the console. </para></listitem>
-
- </itemizedlist>
-
-
-
- <para>We will take as our example <emphasis><property moreinfo="none">JBoss ESB HelloWorld Example</property> </emphasis> ESB and Client project:</para>
-
-
- <figure float="0">
- <title>JBoss Tools ESB Project Examples</title>
- <mediaobject>
- <imageobject>
- <imagedata fileref="images/esb_project/06_esb_project_example.png"></imagedata>
- </imageobject>
- </mediaobject>
- </figure>
-
-
- <para>Choose them using the Ctrl button and then click
- <emphasis><property moreinfo="none">Finish</property></emphasis>. As a result you will get two projects created:</para>
- <figure float="0">
- <title>JBoss ESB Project Examples: helloworld and helloworld_testclient</title>
- <mediaobject>
- <imageobject>
- <imagedata fileref="images/esb_project/07_esb_project_example.png"></imagedata>
- </imageobject>
- </mediaobject>
- </figure>
-
- <para> Deploy the HelloWorld ESB project and run a test class in the client Java project to see the test result in the Console view.</para>
- </section>
-
- <section>
- <title>Deploying a ESB Project</title>
- <para>In this chapter youwill see how to deploy a ESB project using the WTP deployment framework.</para>
-
- <para>Before deploying the project, open the JBoss Server View by selecting <emphasis><property moreinfo="none">Window > Show View > Other >
- Server > JBoss Server View</property></emphasis>,
- create a JBoss Server in the Server view and start it, and then right click the created JBoss server,
- select <emphasis><property moreinfo="none"> </property> Add and Remove Projects</emphasis>,
- and add the ESB projects you want to deploy from the left side to the right side in the opened dialog. </para>
-
- <figure float="0">
- <title>Add and Remove Projects</title>
- <mediaobject>
- <imageobject>
- <imagedata fileref="images/esb_project/08_esb_project_deploy.png"></imagedata>
- </imageobject>
- </mediaobject>
- </figure>
-
- <para>Click <emphasis><property moreinfo="none">Finish</property> </emphasis> to add the project to the server.
- You also can drag the ESB project from the Project View to the server.</para>
-
- <figure float="0">
- <title>JBoss Server View</title>
- <mediaobject>
- <imageobject>
- <imagedata fileref="images/esb_project/09_esb_runtime_new.png"></imagedata>
- </imageobject>
- </mediaobject>
- </figure>
-
- <para>Thus, you have just added the ESB project to the JBoss server module list. Right click the JBoss Server and select <emphasis><property moreinfo="none">Publish</property></emphasis> to publish the project on the server.
- You can check the deploying result in the Console view.</para>
- <para>The <emphasis><property moreinfo="none">Run</property></emphasis> and <emphasis><property moreinfo="none">Debug</property></emphasis> options work on ESB projects causing a (re)deploy for a user designated server.</para>
- <para>You can also use the "Finger touch" for a quick restart of the project without restarting the server:</para>
- <figure float="0">
- <title>Finger Touch button</title>
- <mediaobject>
- <imageobject>
- <imagedata fileref="images/esb_project/23_finger_touch.png"></imagedata>
- </imageobject>
- </mediaobject>
- </figure>
- <para>The "Finger" touches descriptors dependent on project (i.e. web.xml for WAR, application.xml for EAR) and now it is also available for jboss-esb.xml in ESB projects.</para>
- <para>You can also deploy your ESB project as an .esb archive. Right-click on the project, choose <emphasis><property moreinfo="none">Export</property></emphasis>:</para>
-
- <figure float="0">
- <title>Export of ESB project</title>
- <mediaobject>
- <imageobject>
- <imagedata fileref="images/esb_project/24_export_button.png"></imagedata>
- </imageobject>
- </mediaobject>
- </figure>
-
- <para>Choose <emphasis><property moreinfo="none">ESB</property></emphasis> > <emphasis><property moreinfo="none">ESB File</property></emphasis> and click <emphasis><property moreinfo="none">Next</property></emphasis>:</para>
-
- <figure float="0"><title>Choosing ESB File</title>
- <mediaobject>
- <imageobject>
- <imagedata fileref="images/esb_project/25_esb_file.png"></imagedata>
- </imageobject>
- </mediaobject>
- </figure>
-
- <para>And finally export the ESB project to the file system: choose the destination, choose the target runtime if need a specific one and make the appropriate settings for the archive. Then click <emphasis><property moreinfo="none">Finish</property></emphasis>.</para>
-
- <figure float="0"><title>ESB Export</title>
- <mediaobject>
- <imageobject>
- <imagedata fileref="images/esb_project/26_esb_export.png"></imagedata>
- </imageobject>
- </mediaobject>
- </figure>
-
- <para>Your project is deployed as an .esb archive.</para>
- <para>An ESB archive can be created for ESB projects only. It is also possible to deploy an .esb archive to a JBoss AS based server with JBoss ESB installed.</para>
-
-
- </section>
-
- <section>
- <title>Creating a ESB File</title>
- <para>In this chapter we suggest a step-by-step walk-through of creating your own
- simple file. Let's try to organize a new ESB file.</para>
-
- <para>We will show you how to use the Creation wizard for creating a new ESB file.</para>
-
- <para>At first you should open any project. Select <emphasis>
- <property moreinfo="none">File >New > Other...</property>
- </emphasis> in the main menu bar or context menu for selected project and
- then <emphasis>
- <property moreinfo="none">ESB > ESB File</property>
- </emphasis> in the New dialog:</para>
-
- <figure float="0">
- <title>Select a wizard - ESB File</title>
- <mediaobject>
- <imageobject>
- <imagedata fileref="images/esb_support/01_create_esb.png"></imagedata>
- </imageobject>
- </mediaobject>
- </figure>
-
- <para> Clicking <emphasis>
- <property moreinfo="none">Next</property>
- </emphasis> brings you to the wizard page where a folder, a name and a version for the file should be specified. Choose, for example, <emphasis>
- <property moreinfo="none">jboss-esb.xml</property>
- </emphasis> as the name and accept the selected projects folder and the default
- version.</para>
- <figure float="0">
- <title>Folder, Name and Version for ESB file</title>
- <mediaobject>
- <imageobject>
- <imagedata fileref="images/esb_support/02_create_esb.png"></imagedata>
- </imageobject>
- </mediaobject>
- </figure>
-
- <para>Thus, your file will be created in the selected projects folder by default. If
- you want to change the folder for your future file click <emphasis>
- <property moreinfo="none">Browse...</property>
- </emphasis> button to set needed folder or simply type it.</para>
-
- <para>Clicking on <emphasis>
- <property moreinfo="none">Finish</property>
- </emphasis> results in the file being generated. The wizard creates one xml
- file.</para>
-
- </section>
-
- <section>
- <title>Configuring ESB Runtime in Preferences</title>
- <para>In this chapter you will know how to predefine a JBoss ESB runtime on the Preferences page.</para>
-
- <para>You may already know, there are two ways to set JBoss ESB runtime when creating a ESB project,
- one is to use the project target JBoss runtime, and another is to select a JBoss ESB runtime predefined in JBoss Tools preferences.
- Let's configure it.</para>
-
- <para>Select <emphasis>
- <property moreinfo="none">Window >Preferences > JBoss Tools > JBoss ESB Runtime</property>
- </emphasis>, to open the JBoss ESB Runtime Preferences page where you can add, remove and Edit a JBoss ESB runtime.</para>
-
- <figure float="0">
- <title>JBoss ESB Runtimes</title>
- <mediaobject>
- <imageobject>
- <imagedata fileref="images/esb_project/10_esb_runtime.png"></imagedata>
- </imageobject>
- </mediaobject>
- </figure>
-
- <para> Select <emphasis><property moreinfo="none">Add</property></emphasis> to open a dialog where you can specify the JBoss ESB runtime location, name and version number.
- You also can customize the libraries of the runtime by checking the <emphasis><property moreinfo="none">Customize JBoss ESB Runtime jars</property> </emphasis> checkbox. </para>
-
- <figure float="0">
- <title>Configure new JBoss ESB Runtime</title>
- <mediaobject>
- <imageobject>
- <imagedata fileref="images/esb_project/11_esb_runtime_new.png"></imagedata>
- </imageobject>
- </mediaobject>
- </figure>
-
- <para>The new JBoss ESB Runtime will be configured. Click <emphasis> <property moreinfo="none">OK</property> </emphasis> to finish and save the preferences.
- You can use the configuration when creating a JBoss ESB project. </para>
- <para>When a ESB runtime is configured for your ESB project you are able to change it to any other using the classpath container page for ESB runtime. To do that, turn to the Package Explorer view and right-click the "JBoss ESB Runtime" library. Select <emphasis><property moreinfo="none">Properties</property></emphasis> and a table listing all available JBoss ESB runtimes will appear:</para>
-
- <figure float="0">
- <title>Classpath Container Page to change ESB runtime</title>
- <mediaobject>
- <imageobject>
- <imagedata fileref="images/esb_project/20_classpath_container.png"></imagedata>
- </imageobject>
- </mediaobject>
- </figure>
-
-
-
- <para>Choose one of them to set to the ESB project and click <emphasis><property moreinfo="none">Ok</property></emphasis>.</para>
- <para>ESB container allows Source and JavaDoc locations to be set via the Properties dialog on each contained .jar: right-click on any .jar file, select <emphasis><property moreinfo="none">Properties</property></emphasis>. Choose <emphasis><property moreinfo="none">Java Source Attachment</property></emphasis> and select location (folder, JAR or zip) containing new source for the chosen .jar using one of the suggested options (workspace, external folder or file) or enter the path manually:</para>
-
- <figure float="0">
- <title>Classpath Container: Java Source Attachment</title>
- <mediaobject>
- <imageobject>
- <imagedata fileref="images/esb_project/21_source.png"></imagedata>
- </imageobject>
- </mediaobject>
- </figure>
- <para>Click on <emphasis><property moreinfo="none">Apply</property></emphasis> and then on <emphasis><property moreinfo="none">Ok</property></emphasis>.</para>
- <para>To change Javadoc Location choose <emphasis><property moreinfo="none">Javadoc Location</property></emphasis> and specify URL to the documentation generated by Javadoc. The Javadoc location will contain a file called <emphasis><property moreinfo="none">package-list</property></emphasis>:</para>
-
- <figure float="0">
- <title>Classpath Container: Javadoc Location</title>
- <mediaobject>
- <imageobject>
- <imagedata fileref="images/esb_project/22_Javadoc.png"></imagedata>
- </imageobject>
- </mediaobject>
- </figure>
- <para>Click on <emphasis><property moreinfo="none">Apply</property></emphasis> and then on <emphasis><property moreinfo="none">Ok</property></emphasis>.</para>
-
- </section>
-
-
- <section id="using_SOA">
- <title>Using and Configuring SOA Platform</title>
-
- <para>In this chapter you will know what is JBoss Enterprise SOA Platform and how you can configure it to use for your ESB projects. </para>
-
- <para>JBoss Enterprise SOA Platform delivers a flexible, standards-based platform to integrate applications, SOA services, business events and automate business processes. The SOA Platform integrates specific versions of JBoss ESB, jBPM, Drools and the JBoss Enterprise Application Platform that are certified to work together in a single supported enterprise distribution.</para>
- <para>Having configured JBoss Enterprise SOA Platform for your ESB project you don't need to install and configure ESB server and runtime as they are already included.</para>
-
- <para>Check here to find more details on the platform: <ulink url="http://www.jboss.com/products/platforms/soa">JBoss Enterprise SOA Platform</ulink> and <ulink url="http://www.jboss.com/products/platforms/soa/components">JBoss Enterprise SOA Platform Component Details</ulink>.</para>
- <para>You can find out what is SOA here: <ulink url="http://www.jboss.org/jbossesb/resources/SOABasics.html">Basics of SOA</ulink> and <ulink url="http://www.jboss.org/jbossesb/resources/SOAEOA.html">SOA and EOA</ulink>.</para>
-
- <para>To configure the JBoss Enterprise SOA platform select <emphasis>
- <property moreinfo="none">Window > Preferences > Server > Runtime Enironments</property></emphasis>, that will open the Server Runtime Environments Preferences page where you can add, remove and edit a Server Runtime Environment.</para>
-
- <figure float="0">
- <title>Configure new Server Runtime Environment</title>
- <mediaobject>
- <imageobject>
- <imagedata fileref="images/esb_project/13NewServerRuntimeEnv.png"></imagedata>
- </imageobject>
- </mediaobject>
- </figure>
-
- <para>Select <emphasis><property moreinfo="none">Add</property></emphasis>, choose <emphasis><property moreinfo="none">JBoss 4.2 Runtime</property></emphasis> as a type of runtime environment, check the <emphasis><property moreinfo="none">Create a new local server</property></emphasis> checkbox and click <emphasis><property moreinfo="none">Next</property></emphasis>:</para>
- <figure float="0">
- <title>Type of Server Runtime Environment</title>
- <mediaobject>
- <imageobject>
- <imagedata fileref="images/esb_project/14typeOfRuntime.png"></imagedata>
- </imageobject>
- </mediaobject>
- </figure>
-
- <para>On the next step you can specify a name of the server runtime environement and browse to its location. Click <emphasis><property moreinfo="none">Finish</property></emphasis> to add the server runtime environment.</para>
-
-
- <figure float="0">
- <title>New Server Runtime Environment Details</title>
- <mediaobject>
- <imageobject>
- <imagedata fileref="images/esb_project/15AddNew.png"></imagedata>
- </imageobject>
- </mediaobject>
- </figure>
- <para>Now you have your SOA platform configured. To check the configuration create a ESB Project using instructions described <xref linkend="ESB_project_wizard"></xref>. As a result you will have two projects created:</para>
-
- <figure float="0">
- <title>Helloworld Projects Created</title>
- <mediaobject>
- <imageobject>
- <imagedata fileref="images/esb_project/16HelloworldProjects.png"></imagedata>
- </imageobject>
- </mediaobject>
- </figure>
- <para>Then you will need to add JBoss ESB libraries to your projects to configure the SOA server runtime exactly for your projects. Right-click on your project, select <emphasis><property moreinfo="none">Build Path > Add Libraries</property></emphasis>:</para>
-
- <figure float="0">
- <title>Add Libraries</title>
- <mediaobject>
- <imageobject>
- <imagedata fileref="images/esb_project/17_Add_new_libraries.png"></imagedata>
- </imageobject>
- </mediaobject>
- </figure>
-
- <para>Choose <emphasis><property moreinfo="none">JBoss ESB Libraries</property></emphasis> and click <emphasis><property moreinfo="none">Next</property></emphasis>:</para>
-
- <figure float="0">
- <title>ESB Libraries</title>
- <mediaobject>
- <imageobject>
- <imagedata fileref="images/esb_project/18_select_libraries.png"></imagedata>
- </imageobject>
- </mediaobject>
- </figure>
-
- <para>Select the necessary runtime to add to the project classpath:</para>
-
-
- <figure float="0">
- <title>Select a ESB runtime</title>
- <mediaobject>
- <imageobject>
- <imagedata fileref="images/esb_project/19_select_runtime.png"></imagedata>
- </imageobject>
- </mediaobject>
- </figure>
- <para>Click <emphasis><property moreinfo="none">Finish</property></emphasis>.</para>
- <para>Now you can deploy your Helloworld project to the server and run a test class in the client Java project to see the test result in the Console view.</para>
-
-
-
-</section>
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-</chapter>
-
-
-<chapter id="esb_editor" xml:base="file:///home/ochikvina/WORK/for_compare/trunk/esb/docs/esb_ref_guide/en/modules/esb_editor.xml" xreflabel="esb_editor">
- <?dbhtml filename="esbEditor.html"?>
- <chapterinfo>
- <keywordset>
- <keyword>JBoss ESB</keyword>
- <keyword>Editor</keyword>
- <keyword>ESB</keyword>
- </keywordset>
- </chapterinfo>
-
- <title>ESB Editor</title>
-
- <para> ESB editor has lots of useful features, they are described in details in this chapter. In
- addition you'll get to know with how <property moreinfo="none">ESB Editor</property> uses combined
- visual and source editing of esb files.</para>
-
- <section id="esb_file">
-
- <title>ESB File Editor</title>
- <para><property moreinfo="none">ESB File Editor</property> is a powerful and customizable tool. ESB File
- Editor allows developing an application using ESB technology.</para>
-
- <para>ESB file editor has two tabs: Tree and Source.</para>
-
- <para>You can switch to Tree. The Tree view for the editor displays all ESB artifacts in a
- tree format. By selecting any node you can see and edit its properties which will appear
- in the right-hand area. For example, a Provider:</para>
- <figure float="0">
- <title>Tree View</title>
- <mediaobject>
- <imageobject>
- <imagedata fileref="images/esb_editor/01_esb_tree_view.png" scale="90"></imagedata>
- </imageobject>
- </mediaobject>
- </figure>
-
- <para>You can easily switch from Tree to Source by selecting the Source tab at the bottom of
- the editor and work in <property moreinfo="none">Source view</property>.</para>
-
- <figure float="0" id="sourceView">
- <title>Source View</title>
- <mediaobject>
- <imageobject>
- <imagedata fileref="images/esb_editor/02_esb_source_view.png"></imagedata>
- </imageobject>
- </mediaobject>
- </figure>
-
- <para>The Source view for the editor displays a text content of the ESB file. It is always
- synchronized with <property moreinfo="none">Tree view</property>, so any changes made in one of the
- views will immediately appear in the other.</para>
-
- <para>No matter what view you select, you get full integration with <property moreinfo="none">Outline
- view</property>. For example, you can work in the Source view with the help of the
- Outline view. The Outline view shows a tree structure of the ESB file. Simply select any
- element in the <property moreinfo="none">Outline view</property> and it will jump to the same place in
- the Source editor, so you can navigate through the source code with Outline view.</para>
- <figure float="0">
- <title>Outline View</title>
- <mediaobject>
- <imageobject>
- <imagedata fileref="images/esb_editor/03_esb_outline_view.png" scale="70"></imagedata>
- </imageobject>
- </mediaobject>
- </figure>
-
- <para>Adding, editing or deleting of some artifacts operations are available right in the
- <property moreinfo="none">Tree view</property> . Right-click any node and select one of the
- available actions in the context menu. For example, you can easily add a new Provider:</para>
- <para></para>
- <figure float="0">
- <title>Adding New Provider</title>
- <mediaobject>
- <imageobject>
- <imagedata fileref="images/esb_editor/04_esb_add_provider.png"></imagedata>
- </imageobject>
- </mediaobject>
- </figure>
- <para>Then you can add Channels and Properties for the Providers the same way or using the forms with <property moreinfo="none">Add</property>, <property moreinfo="none">Edit</property> and
- <property moreinfo="none">Remove</property> buttons to the right.</para>
-
- <para>You can easily add a new Service too:</para>
- <figure float="0">
- <title>Adding New Service</title>
- <mediaobject>
- <imageobject>
- <imagedata fileref="images/esb_editor/05_esb_add_service.png"></imagedata>
- </imageobject>
- </mediaobject>
- </figure>
-
- <para>The same way you can create a listener for service and other elements of ESB:</para>
- <figure float="0">
- <title>Adding New Listener for Service</title>
- <mediaobject>
- <imageobject>
- <imagedata fileref="images/esb_editor/06_esb_add_listener.png"></imagedata>
- </imageobject>
- </mediaobject>
- </figure>
- <para>The same actions can be done in the right part of <property moreinfo="none">Tree view</property> tab
- (Form editor) using <property moreinfo="none">Add</property>, <property moreinfo="none">Edit</property> and
- <property moreinfo="none">Remove</property> buttons.</para>
-
-
- <para>In order to add a new generic Action to your ESB XML file you should select the
- Actions node under the Services, then right-click and choose <emphasis>
- <property moreinfo="none">New > Generic Action</property>. </emphasis></para>
-
- <figure float="0">
- <title>Adding New Action in the Tree View</title>
- <mediaobject>
- <imageobject>
- <imagedata fileref="images/esb_editor/11_esb_editor.png"></imagedata>
- </imageobject>
- </mediaobject>
- </figure>
-
- <para>Or instead make use of <emphasis>
- <property moreinfo="none">Add...</property>
- </emphasis> button in the <property moreinfo="none">Form editor</property> on the left.</para>
- <figure float="0">
- <title>Adding New Action in the Form Editor</title>
- <mediaobject>
- <imageobject>
- <imagedata fileref="images/esb_editor/12_esb_editor.png"></imagedata>
- </imageobject>
- </mediaobject>
- </figure>
-
- <para>As you can see on the bath figures above, the context menu will also prompt you to
- insert one of the Actions that are supplied out-of-the-box with <property moreinfo="none">JBoss
- ESB</property>. After choosing one an appeared <property moreinfo="none">New Action wizard</property>
- will ask you to fill out a name field and other fields specific for each Action
- property. For example, for <emphasis>
- <property moreinfo="none">Content Based Router</property>
- </emphasis> Action the wizard looks as follows:</para>
-
- <figure float="0">
- <title>New Action Wizard</title>
- <mediaobject>
- <imageobject>
- <imagedata fileref="images/esb_editor/13_esb_editor.png"></imagedata>
- </imageobject>
- </mediaobject>
- </figure>
-
- <para>After confirming creating the Action you can see it in the Tree under the <emphasis>
- <property moreinfo="none">Actions</property>
- </emphasis> node and preview as well as edit its settings in the <property moreinfo="none">Form
- editor</property> on the left.</para>
-
- <figure float="0">
- <title>Form Editor for Content Based Router</title>
- <mediaobject>
- <imageobject>
- <imagedata fileref="images/esb_editor/14_esb_editor.png"></imagedata>
- </imageobject>
- </mediaobject>
- </figure>
-
- <para><property moreinfo="none">ESB editor</property> can recognize some specific objects. On the figure you
- can see <emphasis>org.jboss.soa.esb.actions.ContentBasedRouter</emphasis> in the <emphasis>
- <property moreinfo="none">Class</property>
- </emphasis> section.</para>
-
- </section>
-
- <section id="esb_editors_features">
-
- <title>ESB Editors Features</title>
- <para>JBoss ESB tooling has powerful editor features that help you easily make use of
- content and code assist.</para>
- <para>This last chapter covers capabilities on how you can use ESB editor.</para>
-
- <section id="ESBsyntaxvalidation84">
-
- <title>ESB syntax validation</title>
- <para>When working in <property moreinfo="none">JBoss ESB editor</property> you are constantly provided
- with feedback and contextual error checking as you type. In the Source viewer, if at
- any point a tag is incorrect or incomplete, an error will be indicated next to the
- line and also in the <property moreinfo="none">Problems view</property> below.</para>
- </section>
-
- <section id="ESBSupportXMLSchema">
- <title>Support for XML Schema</title>
-
- <para>JBoss ESB Framework fully <link linkend="sourceView">supports XML files based on
- schemas as well as DTDs</link>.</para>
- <note><title>Note:</title>
- <para>The schema used behind ESB editor now uses the latest version available (from SOA-P 4.3). This removes the errors/warnings some users have reported seeing when using SOA-P specific esb.xml files.</para> </note>
-
- </section>
-
- <!--<section id="OpenOnSelection">
-
- <title>OpenOn</title>
-
- <para><property>OpenOn</property> let's you easily navigate through your
- project without using the Package Explorer view (project tree). With OpenOn, you can
- simply click on a reference to another file and that file will be opened.</para>
-
- <para>OpenOn is available for the XML files </para>
-
- <para>Press and hold down the Ctrl key. As you move the mouse cursor over different
- file references in the file, they display an underline. When you have the mouse
- cursor over the name of the file you want to open, click and the file will open
- in its own editor. In this example the managed bean NameBean will open.</para>
-
- </section>
- -->
-
- <section id="ESBContentAssist">
-
- <title>Content Assist for ESB XML file</title>
-
- <para>When you work with any ESB XML file <property moreinfo="none">Content Assist</property> is
- available to help you. It provides pop-up tip to help you complete your code
- statements. It allows you to write your code faster and with more accuracy. Content
- assist is always available in the Source mode. Simply type <emphasis>
- <property moreinfo="none">Ctrl-Space</property>
- </emphasis> to see what is available.</para>
-
- <para>Content Assist for ESB XML file:</para>
- <figure float="0">
- <title>Content Assist for ESB XML file</title>
- <mediaobject>
- <imageobject>
- <imagedata fileref="images/esb_editor/08_esb_features.png" scale="80"></imagedata>
- </imageobject>
- </mediaobject>
- </figure>
-
- <para>Content Assist for attributes:</para>
- <figure float="0">
- <title>Content Assist for attributes:</title>
- <mediaobject>
- <imageobject>
- <imagedata fileref="images/esb_editor/09_esb_features.png" scale="80"></imagedata>
- </imageobject>
- </mediaobject>
- </figure>
- <!-- </section>
-
- <section id="ContentAssistWithinTreeEditor">
-
- <title>Content Assist within Tree ESB Editor</title>
-
- <para>JBoss Developer Studio also provides Content Assist when working within the Tree ESB editor.
- Just click <emphasis><property>Ctrl-Space</property>.</emphasis></para>
- <figure>
- <title>Content Assist in Tree ESB Editor</title>
- <mediaobject>
- <imageobject>
- <imagedata
- fileref="images/esb_file/09_editors_features.png" scale="85"/>
- </imageobject>
- </mediaobject>
- </figure>
- </section> -->
- </section>
-
- <section id="FullControlOverSourceFiles-SynchronizedSourcAndVisualEditing">
-
- <title>Synchronized Source and Visual Editing</title>
-
- <para>ESB file can be edited in either source or extra visual modes at the same time.</para>
-
- <para>JBoss Tools provide you two different editors to speed your development: a
- graphical view (<property moreinfo="none">Tree</property>) and source (<property moreinfo="none">Source</property>).
- At the same time, you always have full control over esb source file. Any changes you
- make in the source view will immediately appear in the tree view. Both views are
- synchronized, you can edit the file in any view.</para>
-
- <figure float="0">
- <title>Two Views are Synchronized</title>
- <mediaobject>
- <imageobject>
- <imagedata fileref="images/esb_editor/10_esb_features.png" scale="70"></imagedata>
- </imageobject>
- </mediaobject>
- </figure>
-
- <para>In summary, this reference supplies you with all necessary information on the
- functionality that JBoss ESB Editor provides for work with JBoss ESB.</para>
- </section>
- </section>
-</chapter>
-
-
-</book>
+]><book xmlns:diffmk="http://diffmk.sf.net/ns/diff">
+
+ <bookinfo>
+ <title>ESB Tools Reference Guide</title>
+ <author><firstname>Svetlana</firstname><surname>Mukhina</surname><email>smukhina(a)exadel.com</email></author>
+ <author><firstname>Tatyana</firstname><surname>Romanovich</surname></author>
+
+ <pubdate>April 2008</pubdate>
+ <copyright>
+ <year>2007</year>
+ <year><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="changed">2009</diffmk:wrapper></year>
+ <holder><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="changed">JBoss, a division of Red Hat</diffmk:wrapper></holder>
+ </copyright>
+ <releaseinfo><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="changed">
+ Version: 1.1.0.GA
+ </diffmk:wrapper></releaseinfo>
+
+<abstract>
+ <title></title>
+ <para>
+ <ulink url="http://download.jboss.org/jbosstools/nightly-docs/en/esb_ref_guide/pdf/ES...">PDF version</ulink>
+ </para>
+</abstract>
+
+</bookinfo>
+ <toc></toc>
+
+
+<chapter id="introduction" xml:base="file:///home/ochikvina/WORK/for_compare/trunk/esb/docs/esb_ref_guide/en/modules/introduction.xml">
+ <?dbhtml filename="introduction.html"?>
+
+ <chapterinfo>
+ <keywordset>
+ <keyword>JBoss Developer Studio</keyword>
+ <keyword>Eclipse</keyword>
+ <keyword>Java</keyword>
+ <keyword>JBoss</keyword>
+ <keyword>JBoss Tools</keyword>
+ <keyword>JBDS</keyword>
+ <keyword>ESB</keyword>
+ </keywordset>
+ </chapterinfo>
+
+ <title>Introduction</title>
+
+ <section>
+
+ <title>What is ESB?</title>
+
+ <para>ESB (Enterprise Service Bus) - an abstraction layer on top of implementation of an
+ enterprise messaging system that provides the features Service Oriented
+ Architectures may be implemented with.</para>
+ <para>If you want to develop applications using ESB technology JBoss ESB also meets your
+ needs. The JBoss Tools provide an ESB editor and all necessary wizards for creating an ESB
+ file.</para>
+ <para>In this guide we provide you with the information on JBoss ESB support (installation, configuration and deployment) and usage of ESB Editor which allows you to
+ develop an ESB file much faster and with far fewer errors so sparing your time.</para>
+
+ </section>
+
+ <section>
+ <title>Other relevant resources on the topic</title>
+
+ <para>You can find a set of benefits and other extra information on:</para>
+ <itemizedlist>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+ <ulink url="http://www.jboss.org/jbossesb">JBoss ESB</ulink>
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+ <ulink url="http://wiki.jboss.org/wiki/JBossESB">JBoss Wiki</ulink>
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+ <ulink url="http://www.jboss.org/jbossesb/docs/index.html">JBoss ESB
+ Documentation Library</ulink>
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </itemizedlist>
+
+ <para>The latest <property moreinfo="none">JBoss Tools/JBoss Developer Studio</property> documentation
+ builds are available <ulink url="http://download.jboss.org/jbosstools/nightly-docs/">here</ulink>.</para>
+
+ </section>
+</chapter>
+
+
+<chapter id="esb_support" role="updated" xml:base="file:///home/ochikvina/WORK/for_compare/trunk/esb/docs/esb_ref_guide/en/modules/esb_support.xml">
+ <?dbhtml filename="esb_support.html"?>
+ <chapterinfo>
+ <keywordset>
+ <keyword>JBoss Developer Studio</keyword>
+ <keyword>Eclipse</keyword>
+ <keyword>ESB</keyword>
+ <keyword>Java</keyword>
+ <keyword>JBoss</keyword>
+ </keywordset>
+ </chapterinfo>
+
+ <title>ESB Support</title>
+
+ <para>In this section we will focus on all concepts that <property moreinfo="none">JBoss Tools</property>
+ integrate for working with JBoss ESB.</para>
+
+ <section>
+ <title>ESB Tools Installation</title>
+
+ <para>This chapter will provide you with the information on how to install
+ JBoss ESB plugin into Eclipse.</para>
+
+ <para>ESB Tools come as one module of JBoss Tools project. Since ESB Tools have a
+ dependence on other JBoss Tools modules we recommend you to install a bundle
+ of all <ulink url="http://labs.jboss.com/tools/download/index.html">JBoss
+ Tools plug-ins</ulink>. You can find all necessary installation instructions on JBoss Wiki in the <ulink url="http://labs.jboss.com/wiki/InstallingJBossTools">InstallingJBossTools</ulink> section.</para>
+ </section>
+
+ <section>
+ <title>Creating a ESB Project</title>
+ <para>In this chapter we suggest a step-by-step walk-through of creating a new
+ ESB project. Let's try to create a new JBoss ESB project.</para>
+
+ <para>We will show you how to use the ESB Project Creation wizard for creating a new ESB project and setting basic ESB classpath.</para>
+
+ <para>Select <emphasis>
+ <property moreinfo="none">File >New > Project...</property>
+ </emphasis> in the main menu bar or context menu for selected project and
+ then <emphasis>
+ <property moreinfo="none">ESB > ESB Project</property>
+ </emphasis> in the dialog opened:</para>
+
+ <figure float="0">
+ <title>Select a Wizard dialog</title>
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata fileref="images/esb_project/01_create_esb_project.png"></imagedata>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+ </figure>
+
+ <para> Clicking <emphasis>
+ <property moreinfo="none">Next</property>
+ </emphasis> brings you to the JBoss ESB Project wizard page where a project name, ESB version and target JBoss Runtime are to be specified. Specify, for example, <emphasis>
+ <property moreinfo="none">helloworld</property>
+ </emphasis> as a Project name and accept the default ESB version.</para>
+ <figure float="0">
+ <title>JBoss ESB Project wizard</title>
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata fileref="images/esb_project/02_create_esb_project.png"></imagedata>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+ </figure>
+
+ <para> Clicking <emphasis>
+ <property moreinfo="none">Next</property>
+ </emphasis><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="changed"> brings you to the ESB facet installation page where you can
+ specify Java Source Directory and ESB Content Directory. ESB Content Directory is a folder that contains the most of
+ artifacts that an ESB archive needs. You also can configure ESB libraries to the project by selecting a ESB runtime using one of the options:
+ </diffmk:wrapper></para>
+ <para>1. Use <emphasis>
+ <property moreinfo="none">Server Supplied ESB Runtime</property>
+ </emphasis>
+
+ </para>
+ <para> 2. Select a ESB runtime from the JBoss ESB runtime list predefined in the preferences
+ </para>
+ <para>If you choose the first option, make sure that the project has the Target JBoss Runtime set and this runtime has a ESB runtime installed.
+ </para>
+ <figure float="0">
+ <title>Install ESB facet step</title>
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata fileref="images/esb_project/03_create_esb_project.png"></imagedata>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+ </figure>
+ <para>Click <emphasis>
+ <property moreinfo="none">Finish</property>
+ </emphasis> and a ESB project with the default <emphasis><property moreinfo="none">jboss-esb.xml</property></emphasis>
+ will be created. </para>
+
+ <figure float="0">
+ <title>The generated ESB project structure</title>
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata fileref="images/esb_project/04_create_esb_project.png"></imagedata>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+ </figure>
+
+ </section>
+
+ <section id="ESB_project_wizard" xreflabel="here">
+ <title>Creating ESB Project using JBoss Tools Project Examples Wizard</title>
+ <para>JBoss Tools provides a Project Example wizard that is an easy way for users to create some kinds of projects to be used as examples with some predefined structure. Let's start
+ creating a ESB project using this wizard.</para>
+
+ <para>Before creating a ESB project example create JBoss Runtime with name <emphasis><property moreinfo="none">
+ JBoss 4.2 Runtime</property></emphasis>, it will be used by your ESB project example. </para>
+
+ <para>Select <emphasis>
+ <property moreinfo="none">File >New > Others </property>
+ </emphasis> , in the main menu bar or context menu for selected project and
+ then <emphasis>
+ <property moreinfo="none">JBoss Tools > Project Examples</property>
+ </emphasis> in the New dialog:</para>
+
+ <figure float="0">
+ <title>Select a wizard - Project Examples</title>
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata fileref="images/esb_project/05_esb_project_example.png"></imagedata>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+ </figure>
+
+ <para> Clicking <emphasis>
+ <property moreinfo="none">Next</property>
+ </emphasis><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="changed"> brings you to the wizard page where you can select a ESB project example from the example list.
+ Every ESB example has two projects, one is a ESB project and another is a Java project used to test the ESB project.</diffmk:wrapper></para>
+ <para diffmk:change="added"><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added">Here is a list of ready examples available:</diffmk:wrapper></para>
+
+ <itemizedlist diffmk:change="added">
+
+ <listitem diffmk:change="added"><para diffmk:change="added"><emphasis diffmk:change="added" role="bold"><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added">JBoss ESB HelloWorld Example</diffmk:wrapper></emphasis><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added"> - demonstrates the minimal files necessary to make a basic ESB component execute as well as to prove that the ESB os properly configured.</diffmk:wrapper></para></listitem>
+ <listitem diffmk:change="added"><para diffmk:change="added"><emphasis diffmk:change="added" role="bold"><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added">JBoss ESB HelloWorld Action Example</diffmk:wrapper></emphasis><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added"> - demonstrates the use of multiple action invocations from a single configuration. You can use a single Action class and make multiple method calls or use multiple Action classes. </diffmk:wrapper></para></listitem>
+ <listitem diffmk:change="added"><para diffmk:change="added"><emphasis diffmk:change="added" role="bold"><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added">JBoss ESB HelloWorld File Action Example</diffmk:wrapper></emphasis><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added"> - demonstrates using the File gateway feature of the JBoss ESB. Files that are found in a particular directory with a particular extension are sent to a JMS queue with actions for processing.</diffmk:wrapper></para></listitem>
+ <listitem diffmk:change="added"><para diffmk:change="added"><emphasis diffmk:change="added" role="bold"><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added">JBoss ESB Web Service consumer1 Example</diffmk:wrapper></emphasis><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added"> - demonstrates how to consume a 181 Web Service in an ESB action.</diffmk:wrapper></para></listitem>
+ <listitem diffmk:change="added"><para diffmk:change="added"><emphasis diffmk:change="added" role="bold"><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added">JBoss ESB Web Service producer Example</diffmk:wrapper></emphasis><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added"> - demonstrates how to deploy a JSR181 Webservice endpoint on JBossESB using the SOAPProcessor action.</diffmk:wrapper></para></listitem>
+ <listitem diffmk:change="added"><para diffmk:change="added"><emphasis diffmk:change="added" role="bold"><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added">JBoss ESB Smooks CSV -> XML Example</diffmk:wrapper></emphasis><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added"> - demonstrates how to transform a comma separated value (CSV) file to an XML.</diffmk:wrapper></para></listitem>
+ <listitem diffmk:change="added"><para diffmk:change="added"><emphasis diffmk:change="added" role="bold"><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added">JBoss ESB Smooks XML -> POJO Example</diffmk:wrapper></emphasis><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added"> - demonstrates the use of Smooks performing a simpe transformation by converting an XML file into Java POJOs.</diffmk:wrapper></para></listitem>
+ <listitem diffmk:change="added"><para diffmk:change="added"><emphasis diffmk:change="added" role="bold"><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added">JBoss ESB Smooks XML -> XML date-manipulation Example</diffmk:wrapper></emphasis><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added"> - demonstrates how to manually define and apply a Message Transformation within JBoss ESB.</diffmk:wrapper></para></listitem>
+ <listitem diffmk:change="added"><para diffmk:change="added"><emphasis diffmk:change="added" role="bold"><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added">JBoss ESB Smooks XML -> XML Example</diffmk:wrapper></emphasis><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added"> - a very basic example of how to manually define and apply a Message Transformation within JBoss ESB. It applies a very simple XSLT to a SampleOrder.xml message and prints the before and after XML to the console. </diffmk:wrapper></para></listitem>
+
+ </itemizedlist>
+
+
+
+ <para diffmk:change="added"><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added">We will take as our example </diffmk:wrapper><emphasis diffmk:change="added"><property diffmk:change="added" moreinfo="none"><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added">JBoss ESB HelloWorld Example</diffmk:wrapper></property> </emphasis><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added"> ESB and Client project:</diffmk:wrapper></para>
+
+
+ <figure diffmk:change="added" float="0">
+ <title>JBoss Tools ESB Project Examples</title>
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata fileref="images/esb_project/06_esb_project_example.png"></imagedata>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+ </figure>
+
+
+ <para><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="changed">Choose them using the Ctrl button and then click
+ </diffmk:wrapper><emphasis><property moreinfo="none">Finish</property></emphasis><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="changed">. As a result you will get two projects created:</diffmk:wrapper></para>
+ <figure float="0">
+ <title>JBoss ESB Project Examples: helloworld and helloworld_testclient</title>
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata fileref="images/esb_project/07_esb_project_example.png"></imagedata>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+ </figure>
+
+ <para> Deploy the HelloWorld ESB project and run a test class in the client Java project to see the test result in the Console view.</para>
+ </section>
+
+ <section>
+ <title>Deploying a ESB Project</title>
+ <para>In this chapter youwill see how to deploy a ESB project using the WTP deployment framework.</para>
+
+ <para>Before deploying the project, open the JBoss Server View by selecting <emphasis><property moreinfo="none">Window > Show View > Other >
+ Server > JBoss Server View</property></emphasis>,
+ create a JBoss Server in the Server view and start it, and then right click the created JBoss server,
+ select <emphasis><property moreinfo="none"> </property> Add and Remove Projects</emphasis>,
+ and add the ESB projects you want to deploy from the left side to the right side in the opened dialog. </para>
+
+ <figure float="0">
+ <title>Add and Remove Projects</title>
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata fileref="images/esb_project/08_esb_project_deploy.png"></imagedata>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+ </figure>
+
+ <para>Click <emphasis><property moreinfo="none">Finish</property> </emphasis> to add the project to the server.
+ You also can drag the ESB project from the Project View to the server.</para>
+
+ <figure float="0">
+ <title>JBoss Server View</title>
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata fileref="images/esb_project/09_esb_runtime_new.png"></imagedata>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+ </figure>
+
+ <para>Thus, you have just added the ESB project to the JBoss server module list. Right click the JBoss Server and select <emphasis><property moreinfo="none">Publish</property></emphasis><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added"> to publish the project on the server.
+ You can check the deploying result in the Console view.</diffmk:wrapper></para>
+ <para diffmk:change="added"><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added">The </diffmk:wrapper><emphasis diffmk:change="added"><property diffmk:change="added" moreinfo="none"><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added">Run</diffmk:wrapper></property></emphasis><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added"> and </diffmk:wrapper><emphasis diffmk:change="added"><property diffmk:change="added" moreinfo="none"><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added">Debug</diffmk:wrapper></property></emphasis><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added"> options work on ESB projects causing a (re)deploy for a user designated server.</diffmk:wrapper></para>
+ <para diffmk:change="added"><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added">You can also use the "Finger touch" for a quick restart of the project without restarting the server:</diffmk:wrapper></para>
+ <figure diffmk:change="added" float="0">
+ <title diffmk:change="added"><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added">Finger Touch button</diffmk:wrapper></title>
+ <mediaobject diffmk:change="added">
+ <imageobject diffmk:change="added">
+ <imagedata diffmk:change="added" fileref="images/esb_project/23_finger_touch.png"></imagedata>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+ </figure>
+ <para diffmk:change="added"><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added">The "Finger" touches descriptors dependent on project (i.e. web.xml for WAR, application.xml for EAR) and now it is also available for jboss-esb.xml in ESB projects.</diffmk:wrapper></para>
+ <para diffmk:change="added"><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added">You can also deploy your ESB project as an .esb archive. Right-click on the project, choose </diffmk:wrapper><emphasis diffmk:change="added"><property diffmk:change="added" moreinfo="none"><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added">Export</diffmk:wrapper></property></emphasis><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added">:</diffmk:wrapper></para>
+
+ <figure diffmk:change="added" float="0">
+ <title diffmk:change="added"><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added">Export of ESB project</diffmk:wrapper></title>
+ <mediaobject diffmk:change="added">
+ <imageobject diffmk:change="added">
+ <imagedata diffmk:change="added" fileref="images/esb_project/24_export_button.png"></imagedata>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+ </figure>
+
+ <para diffmk:change="added"><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added">Choose </diffmk:wrapper><emphasis diffmk:change="added"><property diffmk:change="added" moreinfo="none"><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added">ESB</diffmk:wrapper></property></emphasis><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added"> > </diffmk:wrapper><emphasis diffmk:change="added"><property diffmk:change="added" moreinfo="none"><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added">ESB File</diffmk:wrapper></property></emphasis><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added"> and click </diffmk:wrapper><emphasis diffmk:change="added"><property diffmk:change="added" moreinfo="none"><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added">Next</diffmk:wrapper></property></emphasis><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added">:</diffmk:wrapper></para>
+
+ <figure diffmk:change="added" float="0"><title diffmk:change="added"><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added">Choosing ESB File</diffmk:wrapper></title>
+ <mediaobject diffmk:change="added">
+ <imageobject diffmk:change="added">
+ <imagedata diffmk:change="added" fileref="images/esb_project/25_esb_file.png"></imagedata>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+ </figure>
+
+ <para diffmk:change="added"><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added">And finally export the ESB project to the file system: choose the destination, choose the target runtime if need a specific one and make the appropriate settings for the archive. Then click </diffmk:wrapper><emphasis diffmk:change="added"><property diffmk:change="added" moreinfo="none"><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added">Finish</diffmk:wrapper></property></emphasis><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added">.</diffmk:wrapper></para>
+
+ <figure diffmk:change="added" float="0"><title diffmk:change="added"><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added">ESB Export</diffmk:wrapper></title>
+ <mediaobject diffmk:change="added">
+ <imageobject diffmk:change="added">
+ <imagedata diffmk:change="added" fileref="images/esb_project/26_esb_export.png"></imagedata>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+ </figure>
+
+ <para diffmk:change="added"><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added">Your project is deployed as an .esb archive.</diffmk:wrapper></para>
+ <para diffmk:change="added"><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added">An ESB archive can be created for ESB projects only. It is also possible to deploy an .esb archive to a JBoss AS based server with JBoss ESB installed.</diffmk:wrapper></para>
+
+
+ </section>
+
+ <section>
+ <title>Creating a ESB File</title>
+ <para>In this chapter we suggest a step-by-step walk-through of creating your own
+ simple file. Let's try to organize a new ESB file.</para>
+
+ <para>We will show you how to use the Creation wizard for creating a new ESB file.</para>
+
+ <para>At first you should open any project. Select <emphasis>
+ <property moreinfo="none">File >New > Other...</property>
+ </emphasis> in the main menu bar or context menu for selected project and
+ then <emphasis>
+ <property moreinfo="none">ESB > ESB File</property>
+ </emphasis> in the New dialog:</para>
+
+ <figure float="0">
+ <title>Select a wizard - ESB File</title>
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata fileref="images/esb_support/01_create_esb.png"></imagedata>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+ </figure>
+
+ <para> Clicking <emphasis>
+ <property moreinfo="none">Next</property>
+ </emphasis> brings you to the wizard page where a folder, a name and a version for the file should be specified. Choose, for example, <emphasis>
+ <property moreinfo="none">jboss-esb.xml</property>
+ </emphasis> as the name and accept the selected projects folder and the default
+ version.</para>
+ <figure float="0">
+ <title>Folder, Name and Version for ESB file</title>
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata fileref="images/esb_support/02_create_esb.png"></imagedata>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+ </figure>
+
+ <para>Thus, your file will be created in the selected projects folder by default. If
+ you want to change the folder for your future file click <emphasis>
+ <property moreinfo="none">Browse...</property>
+ </emphasis> button to set needed folder or simply type it.</para>
+
+ <para>Clicking on <emphasis>
+ <property moreinfo="none">Finish</property>
+ </emphasis> results in the file being generated. The wizard creates one xml
+ file.</para>
+
+ </section>
+
+ <section role="updated">
+ <title>Configuring ESB Runtime in Preferences</title>
+ <para>In this chapter you will know how to predefine a JBoss ESB runtime on the Preferences page.</para>
+
+ <para>You may already know, there are two ways to set JBoss ESB runtime when creating a ESB project,
+ one is to use the project target JBoss runtime, and another is to select a JBoss ESB runtime predefined in JBoss Tools preferences.
+ Let's configure it.</para>
+
+ <para>Select <emphasis>
+ <property moreinfo="none">Window >Preferences > JBoss Tools > JBoss ESB Runtime</property>
+ </emphasis>, to open the JBoss ESB Runtime Preferences page where you can add, remove and Edit a JBoss ESB runtime.</para>
+
+ <figure float="0">
+ <title>JBoss ESB Runtimes</title>
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata fileref="images/esb_project/10_esb_runtime.png"></imagedata>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+ </figure>
+
+ <para> Select <emphasis><property moreinfo="none">Add</property></emphasis> to open a dialog where you can specify the JBoss ESB runtime location, name and version number.
+ You also can customize the libraries of the runtime by checking the <emphasis><property moreinfo="none">Customize JBoss ESB Runtime jars</property> </emphasis> checkbox. </para>
+
+ <figure float="0">
+ <title>Configure new JBoss ESB Runtime</title>
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata fileref="images/esb_project/11_esb_runtime_new.png"></imagedata>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+ </figure>
+
+ <para>The new JBoss ESB Runtime will be configured. Click <emphasis> <property moreinfo="none">OK</property> </emphasis> to finish and save the preferences.
+ You can use the configuration when creating a JBoss ESB project. </para>
+ <para>When a ESB runtime is configured for your ESB project you are able to change it to any other using the classpath container page for ESB runtime. To do that, turn to the Package Explorer view and right-click the "JBoss ESB Runtime" library. Select <emphasis><property moreinfo="none">Properties</property></emphasis> and a table listing all available JBoss ESB runtimes will appear:</para>
+
+ <figure float="0">
+ <title>Classpath Container Page to change ESB runtime</title>
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata fileref="images/esb_project/20_classpath_container.png"></imagedata>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+ </figure>
+
+
+
+ <para>Choose one of them to set to the ESB project and click <emphasis><property moreinfo="none">Ok</property></emphasis>.</para>
+ <para>ESB container allows Source and JavaDoc locations to be set via the Properties dialog on each contained .jar: right-click on any .jar file, select <emphasis><property moreinfo="none">Properties</property></emphasis>. Choose <emphasis><property moreinfo="none">Java Source Attachment</property></emphasis> and select location (folder, JAR or zip) containing new source for the chosen .jar using one of the suggested options (workspace, external folder or file) or enter the path manually:</para>
+
+ <figure float="0">
+ <title>Classpath Container: Java Source Attachment</title>
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata fileref="images/esb_project/21_source.png"></imagedata>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+ </figure>
+ <para>Click on <emphasis><property moreinfo="none">Apply</property></emphasis> and then on <emphasis><property moreinfo="none">Ok</property></emphasis>.</para>
+ <para>To change Javadoc Location choose <emphasis><property moreinfo="none">Javadoc Location</property></emphasis> and specify URL to the documentation generated by Javadoc. The Javadoc location will contain a file called <emphasis><property moreinfo="none">package-list</property></emphasis>:</para>
+
+ <figure float="0">
+ <title>Classpath Container: Javadoc Location</title>
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata fileref="images/esb_project/22_Javadoc.png"></imagedata>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+ </figure>
+ <para>Click on <emphasis><property moreinfo="none">Apply</property></emphasis> and then on <emphasis><property moreinfo="none">Ok</property></emphasis>.</para>
+
+ </section>
+
+
+ <section id="using_SOA">
+ <title>Using and Configuring SOA Platform</title>
+
+ <para>In this chapter you will know what is JBoss Enterprise SOA Platform and how you can configure it to use for your ESB projects. </para>
+
+ <para>JBoss Enterprise SOA Platform delivers a flexible, standards-based platform to integrate applications, SOA services, business events and automate business processes. The SOA Platform integrates specific versions of JBoss ESB, jBPM, Drools and the JBoss Enterprise Application Platform that are certified to work together in a single supported enterprise distribution.</para>
+ <para>Having configured JBoss Enterprise SOA Platform for your ESB project you don't need to install and configure ESB server and runtime as they are already included.</para>
+
+ <para>Check here to find more details on the platform: <ulink url="http://www.jboss.com/products/platforms/soa">JBoss Enterprise SOA Platform</ulink> and <ulink url="http://www.jboss.com/products/platforms/soa/components">JBoss Enterprise SOA Platform Component Details</ulink>.</para>
+ <para>You can find out what is SOA here: <ulink url="http://www.jboss.org/jbossesb/resources/SOABasics.html">Basics of SOA</ulink> and <ulink url="http://www.jboss.org/jbossesb/resources/SOAEOA.html">SOA and EOA</ulink>.</para>
+
+ <para>To configure the JBoss Enterprise SOA platform select <emphasis>
+ <property moreinfo="none">Window > Preferences > Server > Runtime Enironments</property></emphasis>, that will open the Server Runtime Environments Preferences page where you can add, remove and edit a Server Runtime Environment.</para>
+
+ <figure float="0">
+ <title>Configure new Server Runtime Environment</title>
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata fileref="images/esb_project/13NewServerRuntimeEnv.png"></imagedata>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+ </figure>
+
+ <para>Select <emphasis><property moreinfo="none">Add</property></emphasis>, choose <emphasis><property moreinfo="none">JBoss 4.2 Runtime</property></emphasis> as a type of runtime environment, check the <emphasis><property moreinfo="none">Create a new local server</property></emphasis> checkbox and click <emphasis><property moreinfo="none">Next</property></emphasis>:</para>
+ <figure float="0">
+ <title>Type of Server Runtime Environment</title>
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata fileref="images/esb_project/14typeOfRuntime.png"></imagedata>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+ </figure>
+
+ <para>On the next step you can specify a name of the server runtime environement and browse to its location. Click <emphasis><property moreinfo="none">Finish</property></emphasis> to add the server runtime environment.</para>
+
+
+ <figure float="0">
+ <title>New Server Runtime Environment Details</title>
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata fileref="images/esb_project/15AddNew.png"></imagedata>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+ </figure>
+ <para>Now you have your SOA platform configured. To check the configuration create a ESB Project using instructions described <xref linkend="ESB_project_wizard"></xref>. As a result you will have two projects created:</para>
+
+ <figure float="0">
+ <title>Helloworld Projects Created</title>
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata fileref="images/esb_project/16HelloworldProjects.png"></imagedata>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+ </figure>
+ <para>Then you will need to add JBoss ESB libraries to your projects to configure the SOA server runtime exactly for your projects. Right-click on your project, select <emphasis><property moreinfo="none">Build Path > Add Libraries</property></emphasis>:</para>
+
+ <figure float="0">
+ <title>Add Libraries</title>
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata fileref="images/esb_project/17_Add_new_libraries.png"></imagedata>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+ </figure>
+
+ <para>Choose <emphasis><property moreinfo="none">JBoss ESB Libraries</property></emphasis> and click <emphasis><property moreinfo="none">Next</property></emphasis>:</para>
+
+ <figure float="0">
+ <title>ESB Libraries</title>
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata fileref="images/esb_project/18_select_libraries.png"></imagedata>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+ </figure>
+
+ <para>Select the necessary runtime to add to the project classpath:</para>
+
+
+ <figure float="0">
+ <title>Select a ESB runtime</title>
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata fileref="images/esb_project/19_select_runtime.png"></imagedata>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+ </figure>
+ <para>Click <emphasis><property moreinfo="none">Finish</property></emphasis>.</para>
+ <para>Now you can deploy your Helloworld project to the server and run a test class in the client Java project to see the test result in the Console view.</para>
+
+
+
+</section>
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+</chapter>
+
+
+<chapter id="esb_editor" role="updated" xml:base="file:///home/ochikvina/WORK/for_compare/trunk/esb/docs/esb_ref_guide/en/modules/esb_editor.xml" xreflabel="esb_editor">
+ <?dbhtml filename="esbEditor.html"?>
+ <chapterinfo>
+ <keywordset>
+ <keyword>JBoss ESB</keyword>
+ <keyword>Editor</keyword>
+ <keyword>ESB</keyword>
+ </keywordset>
+ </chapterinfo>
+
+ <title>ESB Editor</title>
+
+ <para> ESB editor has lots of useful features, they are described in details in this chapter. In
+ addition you'll get to know with how <property moreinfo="none">ESB Editor</property> uses combined
+ visual and source editing of esb files.</para>
+
+ <section id="esb_file" role="updated">
+
+ <title>ESB File Editor</title>
+ <para><property moreinfo="none">ESB File Editor</property> is a powerful and customizable tool. ESB File
+ Editor allows developing an application using ESB technology.</para>
+
+ <para>ESB file editor has two tabs: Tree and Source.</para>
+
+ <para>You can switch to Tree. The Tree view for the editor displays all ESB artifacts in a
+ tree format. By selecting any node you can see and edit its properties which will appear
+ in the right-hand area. For example, a Provider:</para>
+ <figure float="0">
+ <title>Tree View</title>
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata fileref="images/esb_editor/01_esb_tree_view.png" scale="90"></imagedata>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+ </figure>
+
+ <para>You can easily switch from Tree to Source by selecting the Source tab at the bottom of
+ the editor and work in <property moreinfo="none">Source view</property>.</para>
+
+ <figure float="0" id="sourceView">
+ <title>Source View</title>
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata fileref="images/esb_editor/02_esb_source_view.png"></imagedata>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+ </figure>
+
+ <para>The Source view for the editor displays a text content of the ESB file. It is always
+ synchronized with <property moreinfo="none">Tree view</property>, so any changes made in one of the
+ views will immediately appear in the other.</para>
+
+ <para>No matter what view you select, you get full integration with <property moreinfo="none">Outline
+ view</property>. For example, you can work in the Source view with the help of the
+ Outline view. The Outline view shows a tree structure of the ESB file. Simply select any
+ element in the <property moreinfo="none">Outline view</property> and it will jump to the same place in
+ the Source editor, so you can navigate through the source code with Outline view.</para>
+ <figure float="0">
+ <title>Outline View</title>
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata fileref="images/esb_editor/03_esb_outline_view.png" scale="70"></imagedata>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+ </figure>
+
+ <para>Adding, editing or deleting of some artifacts operations are available right in the
+ <property moreinfo="none">Tree view</property> . Right-click any node and select one of the
+ available actions in the context menu. For example, you can easily add a new Provider:</para>
+ <para></para>
+ <figure float="0">
+ <title>Adding New Provider</title>
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata fileref="images/esb_editor/04_esb_add_provider.png"></imagedata>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+ </figure>
+ <para diffmk:change="added"><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added">Then you can add Channels and Properties for the Providers the same way or using the forms with </diffmk:wrapper><property diffmk:change="added" moreinfo="none"><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added">Add</diffmk:wrapper></property><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added">, </diffmk:wrapper><property diffmk:change="added" moreinfo="none"><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added">Edit</diffmk:wrapper></property><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added"> and
+ </diffmk:wrapper><property diffmk:change="added" moreinfo="none"><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added">Remove</diffmk:wrapper></property><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added"> buttons to the right.</diffmk:wrapper></para>
+
+ <para>You can easily add a new Service too:</para>
+ <figure float="0">
+ <title>Adding New Service</title>
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata fileref="images/esb_editor/05_esb_add_service.png"></imagedata>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+ </figure>
+
+ <para>The same way you can create a listener for service and other elements of ESB:</para>
+ <figure float="0">
+ <title>Adding New Listener for Service</title>
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata fileref="images/esb_editor/06_esb_add_listener.png"></imagedata>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+ </figure>
+ <para>The same actions can be done in the right part of <property moreinfo="none">Tree view</property> tab
+ (Form editor) using <property moreinfo="none">Add</property>, <property moreinfo="none">Edit</property> and
+ <property moreinfo="none">Remove</property> buttons.</para>
+
+
+ <para>In order to add a new generic Action to your ESB XML file you should select the
+ Actions node under the Services, then right-click and choose <emphasis>
+ <property moreinfo="none">New > Generic Action</property>. </emphasis></para>
+
+ <figure float="0">
+ <title>Adding New Action in the Tree View</title>
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata fileref="images/esb_editor/11_esb_editor.png"></imagedata>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+ </figure>
+
+ <para>Or instead make use of <emphasis>
+ <property moreinfo="none">Add...</property>
+ </emphasis> button in the <property moreinfo="none">Form editor</property> on the left.</para>
+ <figure float="0">
+ <title>Adding New Action in the Form Editor</title>
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata fileref="images/esb_editor/12_esb_editor.png"></imagedata>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+ </figure>
+
+ <para>As you can see on the bath figures above, the context menu will also prompt you to
+ insert one of the Actions that are supplied out-of-the-box with <property moreinfo="none">JBoss
+ ESB</property>. After choosing one an appeared <property moreinfo="none">New Action wizard</property>
+ will ask you to fill out a name field and other fields specific for each Action
+ property. For example, for <emphasis>
+ <property moreinfo="none">Content Based Router</property>
+ </emphasis> Action the wizard looks as follows:</para>
+
+ <figure float="0">
+ <title>New Action Wizard</title>
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata fileref="images/esb_editor/13_esb_editor.png"></imagedata>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+ </figure>
+
+ <para>After confirming creating the Action you can see it in the Tree under the <emphasis>
+ <property moreinfo="none">Actions</property>
+ </emphasis> node and preview as well as edit its settings in the <property moreinfo="none">Form
+ editor</property> on the left.</para>
+
+ <figure float="0">
+ <title>Form Editor for Content Based Router</title>
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata fileref="images/esb_editor/14_esb_editor.png"></imagedata>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+ </figure>
+
+ <para><property moreinfo="none">ESB editor</property> can recognize some specific objects. On the figure you
+ can see <emphasis>org.jboss.soa.esb.actions.ContentBasedRouter</emphasis> in the <emphasis>
+ <property moreinfo="none">Class</property>
+ </emphasis> section.</para>
+
+ </section>
+
+ <section id="esb_editors_features">
+
+ <title>ESB Editors Features</title>
+ <para>JBoss ESB tooling has powerful editor features that help you easily make use of
+ content and code assist.</para>
+ <para>This last chapter covers capabilities on how you can use ESB editor.</para>
+
+ <section id="ESBsyntaxvalidation84">
+
+ <title>ESB syntax validation</title>
+ <para>When working in <property moreinfo="none">JBoss ESB editor</property> you are constantly provided
+ with feedback and contextual error checking as you type. In the Source viewer, if at
+ any point a tag is incorrect or incomplete, an error will be indicated next to the
+ line and also in the <property moreinfo="none">Problems view</property> below.</para>
+ </section>
+
+ <section id="ESBSupportXMLSchema">
+ <title>Support for XML Schema</title>
+
+ <para>JBoss ESB Framework fully <link linkend="sourceView"><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="changed">supports XML files based on
+ schemas as well as DTDs</diffmk:wrapper></link>.</para>
+ <note diffmk:change="added"><title diffmk:change="added"><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added">Note:</diffmk:wrapper></title>
+ <para diffmk:change="added"><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added">The schema used behind ESB editor now uses the latest version available (from SOA-P 4.3). This removes the errors/warnings some users have reported seeing when using SOA-P specific esb.xml files.</diffmk:wrapper></para> </note>
+
+ </section>
+
+ <!--<section id="OpenOnSelection">
+
+ <title>OpenOn</title>
+
+ <para><property>OpenOn</property> let's you easily navigate through your
+ project without using the Package Explorer view (project tree). With OpenOn, you can
+ simply click on a reference to another file and that file will be opened.</para>
+
+ <para>OpenOn is available for the XML files </para>
+
+ <para>Press and hold down the Ctrl key. As you move the mouse cursor over different
+ file references in the file, they display an underline. When you have the mouse
+ cursor over the name of the file you want to open, click and the file will open
+ in its own editor. In this example the managed bean NameBean will open.</para>
+
+ </section>
+ -->
+
+ <section id="ESBContentAssist">
+
+ <title>Content Assist for ESB XML file</title>
+
+ <para>When you work with any ESB XML file <property moreinfo="none">Content Assist</property> is
+ available to help you. It provides pop-up tip to help you complete your code
+ statements. It allows you to write your code faster and with more accuracy. Content
+ assist is always available in the Source mode. Simply type <emphasis>
+ <property moreinfo="none">Ctrl-Space</property>
+ </emphasis> to see what is available.</para>
+
+ <para>Content Assist for ESB XML file:</para>
+ <figure float="0">
+ <title>Content Assist for ESB XML file</title>
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata fileref="images/esb_editor/08_esb_features.png" scale="80"></imagedata>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+ </figure>
+
+ <para>Content Assist for attributes:</para>
+ <figure float="0">
+ <title>Content Assist for attributes:</title>
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata fileref="images/esb_editor/09_esb_features.png" scale="80"></imagedata>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+ </figure>
+ <!-- </section>
+
+ <section id="ContentAssistWithinTreeEditor">
+
+ <title>Content Assist within Tree ESB Editor</title>
+
+ <para>JBoss Developer Studio also provides Content Assist when working within the Tree ESB editor.
+ Just click <emphasis><property>Ctrl-Space</property>.</emphasis></para>
+ <figure>
+ <title>Content Assist in Tree ESB Editor</title>
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata
+ fileref="images/esb_file/09_editors_features.png" scale="85"/>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+ </figure>
+ </section> -->
+ </section>
+
+ <section id="FullControlOverSourceFiles-SynchronizedSourcAndVisualEditing">
+
+ <title>Synchronized Source and Visual Editing</title>
+
+ <para>ESB file can be edited in either source or extra visual modes at the same time.</para>
+
+ <para>JBoss Tools provide you two different editors to speed your development: a
+ graphical view (<property moreinfo="none">Tree</property>) and source (<property moreinfo="none">Source</property>).
+ At the same time, you always have full control over esb source file. Any changes you
+ make in the source view will immediately appear in the tree view. Both views are
+ synchronized, you can edit the file in any view.</para>
+
+ <figure float="0">
+ <title>Two Views are Synchronized</title>
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata fileref="images/esb_editor/10_esb_features.png" scale="70"></imagedata>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+ </figure>
+
+ <para>In summary, this reference supplies you with all necessary information on the
+ functionality that JBoss ESB Editor provides for work with JBoss ESB.</para>
+ </section>
+ </section>
+</chapter>
+
+
+</book>
Modified: trunk/hibernatetools/docs/reference/en/master_output.xml
===================================================================
--- trunk/hibernatetools/docs/reference/en/master_output.xml 2009-03-11 14:34:56 UTC (rev 14170)
+++ trunk/hibernatetools/docs/reference/en/master_output.xml 2009-03-11 16:04:53 UTC (rev 14171)
@@ -34,13 +34,13 @@
<pubdate>April 2008</pubdate>
<copyright>
<year>2007</year>
- <year>2009</year>
- <holder>JBoss, a division of Red Hat</holder>
+ <year><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="changed">2009</diffmk:wrapper></year>
+ <holder><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="changed">JBoss, a division of Red Hat</diffmk:wrapper></holder>
</copyright>
- <releaseinfo>
+ <releaseinfo><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="changed">
Version: 3.2.4.GA
- </releaseinfo>
+ </diffmk:wrapper></releaseinfo>
<mediaobject>
@@ -405,7 +405,7 @@
</chapter>
-<chapter id="plugins" xml:base="file:///home/ochikvina/WORK/for_compare/trunk/hibernatetools/docs/reference/en/modules/plugins.xml">
+<chapter id="plugins" role="updated" xml:base="file:///home/ochikvina/WORK/for_compare/trunk/hibernatetools/docs/reference/en/modules/plugins.xml">
<title>Eclipse Plugins</title>
<para>This chapter will introduce you to the functionality that <property moreinfo="none">Hibernate
@@ -1024,7 +1024,7 @@
</figure>
</section>
- <section id="refeng_codegen" >
+ <section id="refeng_codegen" role="updated">
<title>Reverse Engineering and Code Generation</title>
<para>A "click-and-generate" reverse engineering and code generation facility
@@ -1239,20 +1239,20 @@
</entry>
</row>
- <row>
- <entry>
- <para>Detect one-to-one associations</para>
+ <row diffmk:change="added">
+ <entry diffmk:change="added">
+ <para diffmk:change="added"><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added">Detect one-to-one associations</diffmk:wrapper></para>
</entry>
- <entry>
- <para>
+ <entry diffmk:change="added">
+ <para diffmk:change="added"><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added">
Reverse engineering detects one-to-one associations via primary key and both hbm.xml and annotation generation generates the proper code for it.
- </para>
- <para>
+ </diffmk:wrapper></para>
+ <para diffmk:change="added"><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added">
The detection is enabled by default (except for Seam 1.2 and Seam 2.0) reverse engineering.
For Hibernate Tools generation there is a checkbox to disable if not wanted.
- </para>
+ </diffmk:wrapper></para>
</entry>
</row>
@@ -2326,8 +2326,8 @@
<note>
<title>Note:</title>
- <para>Please note, if you choose Hibernate as a platform and leave the Target Runtime
- with <none>, the wizard does not require you to have a <link linkend="console_conf">Hibernate Console Configuration</link>. A Hibernate Console Configuration is created when the wizard finishes its work.</para>
+ <para><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="changed">Please note, if you choose Hibernate as a platform and leave the Target Runtime
+ with <none>, the wizard does not require you to have a </diffmk:wrapper><link linkend="console_conf">Hibernate Console Configuration</link><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="changed">. A Hibernate Console Configuration is created when the wizard finishes its work.</diffmk:wrapper></para>
</note>
</section>
</chapter>
Modified: trunk/jbpm/docs/reference/en/master_output.xml
===================================================================
--- trunk/jbpm/docs/reference/en/master_output.xml 2009-03-11 14:34:56 UTC (rev 14170)
+++ trunk/jbpm/docs/reference/en/master_output.xml 2009-03-11 16:04:53 UTC (rev 14171)
@@ -55,10 +55,10 @@
<pubdate>April 2008</pubdate>
<copyright>
<year>2007</year>
- <year>2009</year>
- <holder>JBoss, a division of Red Hat</holder>
+ <year><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="changed">2009</diffmk:wrapper></year>
+ <holder><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="changed">JBoss, a division of Red Hat</diffmk:wrapper></holder>
</copyright>
- <releaseinfo> Version: 3.1.5.GA</releaseinfo>
+ <releaseinfo><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="changed"> Version: 3.1.5.GA</diffmk:wrapper></releaseinfo>
<abstract>
<title></title>
@@ -487,10 +487,10 @@
<title>The views</title>
<para>Here, it will be explained how to work with views and editors provided by JBDS.</para>
- <para>The views are used for representation and navigation the resources you are working on at
+ <para><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="changed">The views are used for representation and navigation the resources you are working on at
the moment. One of the advantages of all the views is that all modifications made in the
current active file are immediately displayed in them. Let’s get acquainted more closely
- with those that the <property moreinfo="none">jPDL perspective</property> provides. </para>
+ with those that the </diffmk:wrapper><property moreinfo="none">jPDL perspective</property> provides. </para>
<figure float="0">
<title>The jPDL Perspective Views and Editors</title>
@@ -525,8 +525,8 @@
<section id="the_overview">
<?dbhtml filename="the_outline_view.html"?>
<title>The Overview</title>
- <para>The main advantage of this view is that it gives visual representation of the whole
- current developing process. Besides, the <emphasis>
+ <para><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="changed">The main advantage of this view is that it gives visual representation of the whole
+ current developing process. Besides, the </diffmk:wrapper><emphasis>
<property moreinfo="none">Overview</property>
</emphasis> comes as a scrollable thumbnail which enables a better navigation of the
process structure if it's too large.</para>
Modified: trunk/jsf/docs/jsf_tools_ref_guide/en/master_output.xml
===================================================================
--- trunk/jsf/docs/jsf_tools_ref_guide/en/master_output.xml 2009-03-11 14:34:56 UTC (rev 14170)
+++ trunk/jsf/docs/jsf_tools_ref_guide/en/master_output.xml 2009-03-11 16:04:53 UTC (rev 14171)
@@ -36,12 +36,12 @@
<pubdate>April 2008</pubdate>
<copyright>
<year>2007</year>
- <year>2009</year>
- <holder>JBoss, a division of Red Hat</holder>
+ <year><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="changed">2009</diffmk:wrapper></year>
+ <holder><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="changed">JBoss, a division of Red Hat</diffmk:wrapper></holder>
</copyright>
- <releaseinfo>
+ <releaseinfo><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="changed">
Version: 3.0.0.GA
- </releaseinfo>
+ </diffmk:wrapper></releaseinfo>
<abstract>
<title></title>
@@ -902,7 +902,7 @@
</section>
</chapter>
-<chapter id="jsf_config_file" xml:base="file:///home/ochikvina/WORK/for_compare/trunk/jsf/docs/jsf_tools_ref_guide/en/modules/jsf_config_file.xml">
+<chapter id="jsf_config_file" role="updated" xml:base="file:///home/ochikvina/WORK/for_compare/trunk/jsf/docs/jsf_tools_ref_guide/en/modules/jsf_config_file.xml">
<?dbhtml filename="jsf_config_file.html"?>
<chapterinfo>
<keywordset>
@@ -1020,7 +1020,7 @@
</mediaobject>
</figure>
</section>
- <section id="TreeView11123" >
+ <section id="TreeView11123" role="updated">
<title>Tree View</title>
Modified: trunk/jsf/docs/jsf_tools_tutorial/en/master_output.xml
===================================================================
--- trunk/jsf/docs/jsf_tools_tutorial/en/master_output.xml 2009-03-11 14:34:56 UTC (rev 14170)
+++ trunk/jsf/docs/jsf_tools_tutorial/en/master_output.xml 2009-03-11 16:04:53 UTC (rev 14171)
@@ -35,13 +35,13 @@
<pubdate>April 2008</pubdate>
<copyright>
<year>2007</year>
- <year>2009</year>
- <holder>JBoss, a division of Red Hat</holder>
+ <year><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="changed">2009</diffmk:wrapper></year>
+ <holder><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="changed">JBoss, a division of Red Hat</diffmk:wrapper></holder>
</copyright>
- <releaseinfo>
+ <releaseinfo><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="changed">
Version: 3.0.0.GA
- </releaseinfo>
+ </diffmk:wrapper></releaseinfo>
<abstract>
Modified: trunk/jsf/docs/userguide/en/master_output.xml
===================================================================
--- trunk/jsf/docs/userguide/en/master_output.xml 2009-03-11 14:34:56 UTC (rev 14170)
+++ trunk/jsf/docs/userguide/en/master_output.xml 2009-03-11 16:04:53 UTC (rev 14171)
@@ -31,12 +31,12 @@
<pubdate>April 2008</pubdate>
<copyright>
<year>2007</year>
- <year>2009</year>
- <holder>JBoss, a division of Red Hat</holder>
+ <year><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="changed">2009</diffmk:wrapper></year>
+ <holder><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="changed">JBoss, a division of Red Hat</diffmk:wrapper></holder>
</copyright>
- <releaseinfo>
+ <releaseinfo><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="changed">
Version: 2.0.0.GA
- </releaseinfo>
+ </diffmk:wrapper></releaseinfo>
<abstract>
<title></title>
<para>
@@ -185,7 +185,7 @@
components in any web application. Support for RichFaces and Ajax4jsf libraries in JBoss
Tools Palette. Rendering RichFaces components in Visual Page Editor.</entry>
<entry>
- <link linkend="RichFacesSupport"> RichFaces support</link>
+ <link linkend="RichFacesSupport">RichFaces support</link>
</entry>
</row>
</tbody>
@@ -230,7 +230,7 @@
</chapter>
-<chapter id="jbds_editors" xml:base="file:///home/ochikvina/WORK/for_compare/trunk/jsf/docs/userguide/en/modules/editors.xml" xreflabel="jbds_editors">
+<chapter id="jbds_editors" role="updated" xml:base="file:///home/ochikvina/WORK/for_compare/trunk/jsf/docs/userguide/en/modules/editors.xml" xreflabel="jbds_editors">
<?dbhtml filename="editors.html"?>
<chapterinfo>
<keywordset>
@@ -424,9 +424,9 @@
</listitem>
</itemizedlist>
- <para>Notice, that code completion for EL variables has icons illustrating what they are
+ <para><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="changed">Notice, that code completion for EL variables has icons illustrating what they are
from. Currently it's performed for resource bundles, JSF and Seam
- components.</para>
+ components.</diffmk:wrapper></para>
<figure float="0">
<title>JSF Content Assist</title>
@@ -446,8 +446,8 @@
</mediaobject>
</figure>
- <para>Also, as you can see, the ranking and sorting are available in EL code
- completions.</para>
+ <para><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="changed">Also, as you can see, the ranking and sorting are available in EL code
+ completions.</diffmk:wrapper></para>
<section id="JSFProjectFiles3087">
@@ -568,13 +568,13 @@
</mediaobject>
</figure>
- <para>Code Assist can also provide you with access to the beans located in jar archives.</para>
+ <para diffmk:change="added"><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added">Code Assist can also provide you with access to the beans located in jar archives.</diffmk:wrapper></para>
- <figure float="0">
- <title>Code Assist: accessing beans in jar archives</title>
- <mediaobject>
- <imageobject>
- <imagedata fileref="images/editors_features/editors_features_14_a.png"></imagedata>
+ <figure diffmk:change="added" float="0">
+ <title diffmk:change="added"><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added">Code Assist: accessing beans in jar archives</diffmk:wrapper></title>
+ <mediaobject diffmk:change="added">
+ <imageobject diffmk:change="added">
+ <imagedata diffmk:change="added" fileref="images/editors_features/editors_features_14_a.png"></imagedata>
</imageobject>
</mediaobject>
</figure>
@@ -798,7 +798,7 @@
</mediaobject>
</figure>
</section>
- </section>
+
<section id="AddingDynamicCodeAssistToCustomComponents8745">
@@ -954,14 +954,14 @@
<title>Visual Page Editor</title>
<para><property moreinfo="none">JBoss Developer Studio</property> comes with a powerful and customizable
- <property moreinfo="none">Visual Page Editor</property> (VPE). You can use the Visual Page Editor to
- develop an application using any technology: JSF, Struts, JSP, HTML and others. Double-click on the necessary file in the Package Explorer view to open it in the Visual Editor or just drag-and-drop it into perspective (the drag-and-drop feature can be also applied to JSP, XHTML or HTML files created locally).</para>
+ <property moreinfo="none">Visual Page Editor</property><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="changed"> (VPE). You can use the Visual Page Editor to
+ develop an application using any technology: JSF, Struts, JSP, HTML and others. Double-click on the necessary file in the Package Explorer view to open it in the Visual Editor or just drag-and-drop it into perspective (the drag-and-drop feature can be also applied to JSP, XHTML or HTML files created locally).</diffmk:wrapper></para>
<para>Current VPE version has three tabs: <property moreinfo="none">Visual/Source</property>,
<property moreinfo="none">Source</property> and <property moreinfo="none">Preview</property>. To switch between the
views you can use tabs at the bottom of the VPE or the shortcuts <emphasis>
<property moreinfo="none">Ctrl + PageUp/Ctrl + PageDown</property>
- </emphasis>.</para>
+ </emphasis><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added">.</diffmk:wrapper></para>
<figure float="0">
<title>Visual Page Editor</title>
@@ -1026,30 +1026,30 @@
</imageobject>
</mediaobject>
</figure>
- <para> You can insert a tag/component from the palette into either the Source or the
- Visual part by calling a context menu and selecting <property moreinfo="none">Insert
- around</property>, <property moreinfo="none">Insert before</property>, <property moreinfo="none">Insert
- after</property> or <property moreinfo="none">Replace With</property>, pointing to
- <property moreinfo="none">From Palette</property>, picking the type of the tag and finally
- choosing the tag you want to insert. </para>
+ <para diffmk:change="added"><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added"> You can insert a tag/component from the palette into either the Source or the
+ Visual part by calling a context menu and selecting </diffmk:wrapper><property diffmk:change="added" moreinfo="none"><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added">Insert
+ around</diffmk:wrapper></property><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added">, </diffmk:wrapper><property diffmk:change="added" moreinfo="none"><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added">Insert before</diffmk:wrapper></property><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added">, </diffmk:wrapper><property diffmk:change="added" moreinfo="none"><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added">Insert
+ after</diffmk:wrapper></property><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added"> or </diffmk:wrapper><property diffmk:change="added" moreinfo="none"><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added">Replace With</diffmk:wrapper></property><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added">, pointing to
+ </diffmk:wrapper><property diffmk:change="added" moreinfo="none"><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added">From Palette</diffmk:wrapper></property><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added">, picking the type of the tag and finally
+ choosing the tag you want to insert. </diffmk:wrapper></para>
- <para>The image below illustrates how you can insert a tag into the Source part.</para>
- <figure float="0">
- <title>Inserting a tag into the Source part </title>
- <mediaobject>
- <imageobject>
- <imagedata fileref="images/visual_page/visual_page_23a.png"></imagedata>
+ <para diffmk:change="added"><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added">The image below illustrates how you can insert a tag into the Source part.</diffmk:wrapper></para>
+ <figure diffmk:change="added" float="0">
+ <title diffmk:change="added"><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added">Inserting a tag into the Source part </diffmk:wrapper></title>
+ <mediaobject diffmk:change="added">
+ <imageobject diffmk:change="added">
+ <imagedata diffmk:change="added" fileref="images/visual_page/visual_page_23a.png"></imagedata>
</imageobject>
</mediaobject>
</figure>
- <para>And this is how a tag is inserted using a context menu in the Visual part.</para>
+ <para diffmk:change="added"><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added">And this is how a tag is inserted using a context menu in the Visual part.</diffmk:wrapper></para>
- <figure float="0">
- <title>Inserting a tag into the Visual part</title>
- <mediaobject>
- <imageobject>
- <imagedata fileref="images/visual_page/visual_page_23b.png"></imagedata>
+ <figure diffmk:change="added" float="0">
+ <title diffmk:change="added"><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added">Inserting a tag into the Visual part</diffmk:wrapper></title>
+ <mediaobject diffmk:change="added">
+ <imageobject diffmk:change="added">
+ <imagedata diffmk:change="added" fileref="images/visual_page/visual_page_23b.png"></imagedata>
</imageobject>
</mediaobject>
</figure>
@@ -1113,51 +1113,51 @@
</itemizedlist>
</section>
- <section id="codefolding">
- <title>Using Code Folding</title>
- <para>
- <property moreinfo="none">Visual Page Editor</property> lets you collapse (hide) and expand
- (show) sections of your code to make it easier to navigate and read. </para>
- <para>Code folding can be enabled by right-clicking on the left margin on the Source
- part of Visual Page Editor, selecting <property moreinfo="none">Folding</property> and checking
- the <property moreinfo="none">Enable Folding</property> checkbox or using the <emphasis>
- <property moreinfo="none">Ctrl+Numpad_Divide</property>
- </emphasis> shortcut.</para>
- <para>When the code folding is enabled a minus sing ( <inlinemediaobject>
- <imageobject>
- <imagedata fileref="images/visual_page/visual_page_23c.png"></imagedata>
+ <section diffmk:change="added" id="codefolding">
+ <title diffmk:change="added"><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added">Using Code Folding</diffmk:wrapper></title>
+ <para diffmk:change="added">
+ <property diffmk:change="added" moreinfo="none"><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added">Visual Page Editor</diffmk:wrapper></property><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added"> lets you collapse (hide) and expand
+ (show) sections of your code to make it easier to navigate and read. </diffmk:wrapper></para>
+ <para diffmk:change="added"><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added">Code folding can be enabled by right-clicking on the left margin on the Source
+ part of Visual Page Editor, selecting </diffmk:wrapper><property diffmk:change="added" moreinfo="none"><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added">Folding</diffmk:wrapper></property><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added"> and checking
+ the </diffmk:wrapper><property diffmk:change="added" moreinfo="none"><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added">Enable Folding</diffmk:wrapper></property><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added"> checkbox or using the </diffmk:wrapper><emphasis diffmk:change="added">
+ <property diffmk:change="added" moreinfo="none"><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added">Ctrl+Numpad_Divide</diffmk:wrapper></property>
+ </emphasis><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added"> shortcut.</diffmk:wrapper></para>
+ <para diffmk:change="added"><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added">When the code folding is enabled a minus sing ( </diffmk:wrapper><inlinemediaobject diffmk:change="added">
+ <imageobject diffmk:change="added">
+ <imagedata diffmk:change="added" fileref="images/visual_page/visual_page_23c.png"></imagedata>
</imageobject>
- </inlinemediaobject> ) will appear on the left margin of the editor next to each
- opening block tag. </para>
+ </inlinemediaobject><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added"> ) will appear on the left margin of the editor next to each
+ opening block tag. </diffmk:wrapper></para>
- <figure float="0">
- <title>Enabled Code Folding </title>
- <mediaobject>
- <imageobject>
- <imagedata fileref="images/visual_page/visual_page_24a.png"></imagedata>
+ <figure diffmk:change="added" float="0">
+ <title diffmk:change="added"><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added">Enabled Code Folding </diffmk:wrapper></title>
+ <mediaobject diffmk:change="added">
+ <imageobject diffmk:change="added">
+ <imagedata diffmk:change="added" fileref="images/visual_page/visual_page_24a.png"></imagedata>
</imageobject>
</mediaobject>
</figure>
- <para>Click the minus sign to collapse a block tag.</para>
+ <para diffmk:change="added"><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added">Click the minus sign to collapse a block tag.</diffmk:wrapper></para>
- <para>When the minus sing is clicked on the appropriate tag collapses and a plus
- sing ( <inlinemediaobject>
- <imageobject>
- <imagedata fileref="images/visual_page/visual_page_23d.png"></imagedata>
+ <para diffmk:change="added"><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added">When the minus sing is clicked on the appropriate tag collapses and a plus
+ sing ( </diffmk:wrapper><inlinemediaobject diffmk:change="added">
+ <imageobject diffmk:change="added">
+ <imagedata diffmk:change="added" fileref="images/visual_page/visual_page_23d.png"></imagedata>
</imageobject>
- </inlinemediaobject> ) is displayed on the left margin as well as a gray
- rectangle two dots ( <inlinemediaobject>
- <imageobject>
- <imagedata fileref="images/visual_page/visual_page_23e.png"></imagedata>
+ </inlinemediaobject><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added"> ) is displayed on the left margin as well as a gray
+ rectangle two dots ( </diffmk:wrapper><inlinemediaobject diffmk:change="added">
+ <imageobject diffmk:change="added">
+ <imagedata diffmk:change="added" fileref="images/visual_page/visual_page_23e.png"></imagedata>
</imageobject>
- </inlinemediaobject> ) appears after opening and closing tags. </para>
+ </inlinemediaobject><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added"> ) appears after opening and closing tags. </diffmk:wrapper></para>
- <figure float="0">
- <title>Collapsed Code</title>
- <mediaobject>
- <imageobject>
- <imagedata fileref="images/visual_page/visual_page_24b.png"></imagedata>
+ <figure diffmk:change="added" float="0">
+ <title diffmk:change="added"><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added">Collapsed Code</diffmk:wrapper></title>
+ <mediaobject diffmk:change="added">
+ <imageobject diffmk:change="added">
+ <imagedata diffmk:change="added" fileref="images/visual_page/visual_page_24b.png"></imagedata>
</imageobject>
</mediaobject>
</figure>
@@ -1175,9 +1175,9 @@
<title>Support for Taglib versions</title>
<para>VPE templates now support various versions of tag libraries. It means that the
- <property moreinfo="none">VPE</property> takes control over those components which have
+ <property moreinfo="none">VPE</property><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="changed"> takes control over those components which have
different parameters or preview according to the framework version (like seam
- 1.2 and seam 2.0, or JSF 1.1 and JSF 1.2).</para>
+ 1.2 and seam 2.0, or JSF 1.1 and JSF 1.2).</diffmk:wrapper></para>
<para>For example, <emphasis>
<property moreinfo="none"><s:decorate></property>
@@ -1247,8 +1247,8 @@
<para>The pages you are working with in <property moreinfo="none">VPE</property> can use external
stylesheets. <property moreinfo="none">VPE</property> allows you to create new style classes in
existing stylesheets and/or edit them as well. For these purposes <property moreinfo="none">CSS
- Style Class Dialog</property> is provided (hot keys - <emphasis>
- <property moreinfo="none">CTRL+SHIT+C</property>).</emphasis></para>
+ Style Class Dialog</property><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added"> is provided (hot keys - </diffmk:wrapper><emphasis diffmk:change="added">
+ <property diffmk:change="added" moreinfo="none"><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added">CTRL+SHIT+C</diffmk:wrapper></property><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added">).</diffmk:wrapper></emphasis></para>
<para>Select the element for which you need to create or edit style class and press
button next to <emphasis>
<property moreinfo="none">styleClass</property>
@@ -1273,8 +1273,8 @@
</imageobject>
</mediaobject>
</figure>
- <para>First, you should specify the CSS file where you are going to put your style
- class. Do this by pressing the button next to the <emphasis>
+ <para><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="changed">First, you should specify the CSS file where you are going to put your style
+ class. Do this by pressing the button next to the </diffmk:wrapper><emphasis>
<property moreinfo="none">CSS file</property>
</emphasis> field.</para>
<figure float="0">
@@ -1295,9 +1295,9 @@
<emphasis>
<property moreinfo="none">Boxes</property>, </emphasis>
<emphasis>
- <property moreinfo="none">Property Sheet</property>. </emphasis>The list of already exisiting classes with names begining with the symbols printed will be displayed on standard "Ctrl+Space" key combination. To add existing styling to
+ <property moreinfo="none">Property Sheet</property>. </emphasis><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added">The list of already exisiting classes with names begining with the symbols printed will be displayed on standard "Ctrl+Space" key combination. To add existing styling to
the chosen element just point to the
- necessary one. Each time you select any class it is displayed in the Preview tab. Click on the <emphasis><property moreinfo="none">Apply</property></emphasis> button will apply the changes without closing the window.</para>
+ necessary one. Each time you select any class it is displayed in the Preview tab. Click on the </diffmk:wrapper><emphasis diffmk:change="added"><property diffmk:change="added" moreinfo="none"><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added">Apply</diffmk:wrapper></property></emphasis><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added"> button will apply the changes without closing the window.</diffmk:wrapper></para>
<figure float="0">
<title>Style Class Selection</title>
@@ -1308,13 +1308,13 @@
</mediaobject>
</figure>
- <para>The <emphasis>
- <property moreinfo="none">Edited properties</property>
- </emphasis> tab gives a preview of the properties which are set for the existing
- style class. You can easily modify them with the help of this wizard.</para>
+ <para><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added">The </diffmk:wrapper><emphasis>
+ <property moreinfo="none"><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="changed">Edited properties</diffmk:wrapper></property>
+ </emphasis><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="changed"> tab gives a preview of the properties which are set for the existing
+ style class. You can easily modify them with the help of this wizard.</diffmk:wrapper></para>
<figure float="0">
- <title>Edited Properties</title>
+ <title><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="changed">Edited Properties</diffmk:wrapper></title>
<mediaobject>
<imageobject>
<imagedata fileref="images/visual_page/visual_page_21.png"></imagedata>
@@ -1322,39 +1322,39 @@
</mediaobject>
</figure>
- <para>If the style class isn't chosen, the tab doesn't show any properties.</para>
+ <para diffmk:change="added"><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added">If the style class isn't chosen, the tab doesn't show any properties.</diffmk:wrapper></para>
- <figure float="0">
- <title>Edited Properties</title>
- <mediaobject>
- <imageobject>
- <imagedata fileref="images/visual_page/edited_properties.png"></imagedata>
+ <figure diffmk:change="added" float="0">
+ <title diffmk:change="added"><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added">Edited Properties</diffmk:wrapper></title>
+ <mediaobject diffmk:change="added">
+ <imageobject diffmk:change="added">
+ <imagedata diffmk:change="added" fileref="images/visual_page/edited_properties.png"></imagedata>
</imageobject>
</mediaobject>
</figure>
- <para>The <emphasis>
- <property moreinfo="none">Preview tab</property>
- </emphasis> is for observing the content of the chosen CSS file. This tab is hidden if no CSS file is chosen.</para>
+ <para diffmk:change="added"><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added">The </diffmk:wrapper><emphasis diffmk:change="added">
+ <property diffmk:change="added" moreinfo="none"><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added">Preview tab</diffmk:wrapper></property>
+ </emphasis><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added"> is for observing the content of the chosen CSS file. This tab is hidden if no CSS file is chosen.</diffmk:wrapper></para>
- <figure float="0">
- <title>Preview Tab</title>
- <mediaobject>
- <imageobject>
- <imagedata fileref="images/visual_page/preview_tab.png"></imagedata>
+ <figure diffmk:change="added" float="0">
+ <title diffmk:change="added"><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added">Preview Tab</diffmk:wrapper></title>
+ <mediaobject diffmk:change="added">
+ <imageobject diffmk:change="added">
+ <imagedata diffmk:change="added" fileref="images/visual_page/preview_tab.png"></imagedata>
</imageobject>
</mediaobject>
</figure>
- <para>At the top of the <property moreinfo="none">CSS Style Class Dialog</property>
- you can see a preview box which visualizes the result. To edit the preview you should double click in the box. To leave the focus, use <emphasis>
- <property moreinfo="none">Ctrl + Tab</property>.</emphasis></para>
+ <para><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="changed">At the top of the </diffmk:wrapper><property moreinfo="none">CSS Style Class Dialog</property><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added">
+ you can see a preview box which visualizes the result. To edit the preview you should double click in the box. To leave the focus, use </diffmk:wrapper><emphasis diffmk:change="added">
+ <property diffmk:change="added" moreinfo="none"><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added">Ctrl + Tab</diffmk:wrapper></property><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added">.</diffmk:wrapper></emphasis></para>
- <figure float="0">
- <title>Editing the Preview</title>
- <mediaobject>
- <imageobject>
- <imagedata fileref="images/visual_page/preview_box.png"></imagedata>
+ <figure diffmk:change="added" float="0">
+ <title diffmk:change="added"><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added">Editing the Preview</diffmk:wrapper></title>
+ <mediaobject diffmk:change="added">
+ <imageobject diffmk:change="added">
+ <imagedata diffmk:change="added" fileref="images/visual_page/preview_box.png"></imagedata>
</imageobject>
</mediaobject>
</figure>
@@ -1444,38 +1444,38 @@
<title>Advanced Settings</title>
<para>In the left vertical pane of the Visual part there are three buttons: <emphasis>
- <property moreinfo="none">Preferences</property></emphasis>
+ <property moreinfo="none">Preferences</property></emphasis><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added">
(
- <inlinemediaobject>
- <imageobject>
- <imagedata fileref="images/visual_page/icon_1.png"></imagedata>
+ </diffmk:wrapper><inlinemediaobject diffmk:change="added">
+ <imageobject diffmk:change="added">
+ <imagedata diffmk:change="added" fileref="images/visual_page/icon_1.png"></imagedata>
</imageobject>
- </inlinemediaobject>
+ </inlinemediaobject><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added">
),
- <emphasis>
+ </diffmk:wrapper><emphasis>
<property moreinfo="none">Refresh</property>
- </emphasis>
+ </emphasis><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added">
(
- <inlinemediaobject>
- <imageobject>
- <imagedata fileref="images/visual_page/icon_2.png"></imagedata>
+ </diffmk:wrapper><inlinemediaobject diffmk:change="added">
+ <imageobject diffmk:change="added">
+ <imagedata diffmk:change="added" fileref="images/visual_page/icon_2.png"></imagedata>
</imageobject>
- </inlinemediaobject>
+ </inlinemediaobject><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added">
)
- and <emphasis>
- <property moreinfo="none">Page Design Options</property> </emphasis>(
- <inlinemediaobject>
- <imageobject>
- <imagedata fileref="images/visual_page/icon_3.png"></imagedata>
+ and </diffmk:wrapper><emphasis>
+ <property moreinfo="none">Page Design Options</property> </emphasis><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added">(
+ </diffmk:wrapper><inlinemediaobject diffmk:change="added">
+ <imageobject diffmk:change="added">
+ <imagedata diffmk:change="added" fileref="images/visual_page/icon_3.png"></imagedata>
</imageobject>
- </inlinemediaobject>
+ </inlinemediaobject><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added">
)
- .</para>
+ .</diffmk:wrapper></para>
<figure float="0">
<title>Buttons on the Visual Part of VPE</title>
@@ -1490,20 +1490,20 @@
<listitem id="vpe_preferences">
<para><emphasis>
<property moreinfo="none">Preferences</property>
- </emphasis> button
+ </emphasis><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added"> button
(
- <inlinemediaobject>
- <imageobject>
- <imagedata fileref="images/visual_page/icon_1.png"></imagedata>
+ </diffmk:wrapper><inlinemediaobject diffmk:change="added">
+ <imageobject diffmk:change="added">
+ <imagedata diffmk:change="added" fileref="images/visual_page/icon_1.png"></imagedata>
</imageobject>
- </inlinemediaobject>
+ </inlinemediaobject><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added">
)
- provides a quick access to <property moreinfo="none">Visual Page
+ provides a quick access to </diffmk:wrapper><property moreinfo="none">Visual Page
Editor</property> preferences.</para>
<figure float="0">
@@ -1519,15 +1519,15 @@
<listitem>
<para>Clicking on <emphasis>
<property moreinfo="none">Refresh</property>
- </emphasis> button
+ </emphasis><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added"> button
(
- <inlinemediaobject>
- <imageobject>
- <imagedata fileref="images/visual_page/icon_2.png"></imagedata>
+ </diffmk:wrapper><inlinemediaobject diffmk:change="added">
+ <imageobject diffmk:change="added">
+ <imagedata diffmk:change="added" fileref="images/visual_page/icon_2.png"></imagedata>
</imageobject>
- </inlinemediaobject>
+ </inlinemediaobject><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added">
)
@@ -1536,30 +1536,30 @@
- you refresh the displayed information.</para>
+ you refresh the displayed information.</diffmk:wrapper></para>
</listitem>
<listitem>
<para><emphasis>
<property moreinfo="none">Page Design Options</property>
- </emphasis> button
+ </emphasis><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added"> button
(
- <inlinemediaobject>
- <imageobject>
- <imagedata fileref="images/visual_page/icon_3.png"></imagedata>
+ </diffmk:wrapper><inlinemediaobject diffmk:change="added">
+ <imageobject diffmk:change="added">
+ <imagedata diffmk:change="added" fileref="images/visual_page/icon_3.png"></imagedata>
</imageobject>
- </inlinemediaobject>
+ </inlinemediaobject><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added">
)
leads to a window which helps you specify necessary
references of the resources. It is represented by a window with 4 tabs. The
- first one, <emphasis>
- <property moreinfo="none">Actual Run-Time folders</property>,
- </emphasis> is used to replace absolute and relative path values when
- generating a preview: </para>
+ first one, </diffmk:wrapper><emphasis diffmk:change="added">
+ <property diffmk:change="added" moreinfo="none"><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added">Actual Run-Time folders</diffmk:wrapper></property><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added">,
+ </diffmk:wrapper></emphasis><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="changed"> is used to replace absolute and relative path values when
+ generating a preview: </diffmk:wrapper></para>
<figure float="0">
- <title>Page Design Options: Actual Run-Time folders</title>
+ <title><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="changed">Page Design Options: Actual Run-Time folders</diffmk:wrapper></title>
<mediaobject>
<imageobject>
<imagedata fileref="images/visual_page/visual_page_10.png"></imagedata>
@@ -1568,16 +1568,16 @@
</figure>
- <para>The second tab, <emphasis>
- <property moreinfo="none">Included CSS files</property>
- </emphasis>, is used to add CSS files to be linked by Visual Page Editor
- when generating a preview:</para>
+ <para diffmk:change="added"><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added">The second tab, </diffmk:wrapper><emphasis diffmk:change="added">
+ <property diffmk:change="added" moreinfo="none"><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added">Included CSS files</diffmk:wrapper></property>
+ </emphasis><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added">, is used to add CSS files to be linked by Visual Page Editor
+ when generating a preview:</diffmk:wrapper></para>
- <figure float="0">
- <title>Page Design Options: Included CSS files</title>
- <mediaobject>
- <imageobject>
- <imagedata fileref="images/visual_page/visual_page_10_2.png"></imagedata>
+ <figure diffmk:change="added" float="0">
+ <title diffmk:change="added"><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added">Page Design Options: Included CSS files</diffmk:wrapper></title>
+ <mediaobject diffmk:change="added">
+ <imageobject diffmk:change="added">
+ <imagedata diffmk:change="added" fileref="images/visual_page/visual_page_10_2.png"></imagedata>
</imageobject>
</mediaobject>
</figure>
@@ -1585,36 +1585,36 @@
- <para>The third one, <emphasis>
- <property moreinfo="none">Included tag libs</property></emphasis>, can be used to add Taglibs that can be used by the editor for
- getting appropriate templates to generate a preview:</para>
+ <para diffmk:change="added"><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added">The third one, </diffmk:wrapper><emphasis diffmk:change="added">
+ <property diffmk:change="added" moreinfo="none"><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added">Included tag libs</diffmk:wrapper></property></emphasis><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added">, can be used to add Taglibs that can be used by the editor for
+ getting appropriate templates to generate a preview:</diffmk:wrapper></para>
- <figure float="0">
- <title>Page Design Options: Included tag libs</title>
- <mediaobject>
- <imageobject>
- <imagedata fileref="images/visual_page/visual_page_10_3.png"></imagedata>
+ <figure diffmk:change="added" float="0">
+ <title diffmk:change="added"><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added">Page Design Options: Included tag libs</diffmk:wrapper></title>
+ <mediaobject diffmk:change="added">
+ <imageobject diffmk:change="added">
+ <imagedata diffmk:change="added" fileref="images/visual_page/visual_page_10_3.png"></imagedata>
</imageobject>
</mediaobject>
</figure>
- <para>And finally, the <emphasis>
- <property moreinfo="none">Substituted El expressions</property>
- </emphasis> tab is used to add El expressions that will be substituted by
- the editor when generating a preview:</para>
+ <para><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added">And finally, the </diffmk:wrapper><emphasis diffmk:change="added">
+ <property diffmk:change="added" moreinfo="none"><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added">Substituted El expressions</diffmk:wrapper></property>
+ </emphasis><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added"> tab is used to add El expressions that will be substituted by
+ the editor when generating a preview:</diffmk:wrapper></para>
- <figure float="0">
- <title>Page Design Options: Substituted El expressions</title>
- <mediaobject>
- <imageobject>
- <imagedata fileref="images/visual_page/visual_page_10_4.png"></imagedata>
+ <figure diffmk:change="added" float="0">
+ <title diffmk:change="added"><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added">Page Design Options: Substituted El expressions</diffmk:wrapper></title>
+ <mediaobject diffmk:change="added">
+ <imageobject diffmk:change="added">
+ <imagedata diffmk:change="added" fileref="images/visual_page/visual_page_10_4.png"></imagedata>
</imageobject>
</mediaobject>
</figure>
- <para>The first two tabs of the window let you define actual runtime folders.
- The example below will help you understand how this can be done.</para>
+ <para><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="changed">The first two tabs of the window let you define actual runtime folders.
+ The example below will help you understand how this can be done.</diffmk:wrapper></para>
<para>Suppose you have the following project structure:</para>
@@ -1649,8 +1649,8 @@
pages'</emphasis> and you will see the image appeared.</para>
<para></para>
- <para>Let' consider an example for other tabs. For instance, the
- definition of your CSS on the page is the next:</para>
+ <para><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="changed">Let' consider an example for other tabs. For instance, the
+ definition of your CSS on the page is the next:</diffmk:wrapper></para>
<programlisting format="linespecific" role="XML"><![CDATA[<link rel="stylesheet" type="text/css"
href="#{facesContext.externalContext.requestContextPath}/style.css"/>
@@ -2278,9 +2278,11 @@
</section>
</section>
-</chapter>
+</section>
-
+
+
+</chapter>
<chapter id="palette" xml:base="file:///home/ochikvina/WORK/for_compare/trunk/jsf/docs/userguide/en/modules/palette.xml" xreflabel="palette">
<?dbhtml filename="palette.html"?>
<chapterinfo>
@@ -2843,101 +2845,100 @@
</chapter>
-<chapter id="richfaces_support" role="new" xml:base="file:///home/ochikvina/WORK/for_compare/trunk/jsf/docs/userguide/en/modules/richfaces_support.xml" xreflabel="richfaces_support">
- <?dbhtml filename="editors.html"?>
- <chapterinfo>
- <keywordset>
- <keyword>JBoss Developer Studio</keyword>
- <keyword>JBDS</keyword>
- <keyword>RichFaces</keyword>
+<chapter diffmk:change="added" id="richfaces_support" role="new" xml:base="file:///home/ochikvina/WORK/for_compare/trunk/jsf/docs/userguide/en/modules/richfaces_support.xml" xreflabel="richfaces_support">
+ <chapterinfo diffmk:change="added">
+ <keywordset diffmk:change="added">
+ <keyword diffmk:change="added"><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added">JBoss Developer Studio</diffmk:wrapper></keyword>
+ <keyword diffmk:change="added"><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added">JBDS</diffmk:wrapper></keyword>
+ <keyword diffmk:change="added"><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added">RichFaces</diffmk:wrapper></keyword>
</keywordset>
</chapterinfo>
<title>RichFaces Support</title>
- <para><property moreinfo="none">JBoss Developer Studio</property> comes with a tight integration with <ulink url="http://labs.jboss.com/jbossrichfaces/">RichFaces component framework</ulink>.</para>
+ <para><property moreinfo="none">JBoss Developer Studio</property> comes with a tight integration with <ulink url="http://labs.jboss.com/jbossrichfaces/">RichFaces component framework</ulink><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added">.</diffmk:wrapper></para>
- <note>
- <title>Note:</title>
- <para><ulink url="http://www.jboss.org/jbossrichfaces/downloads/">RichFaces
- 3.3</ulink> is fully supported in the current version of <property moreinfo="none">JBoss Developer Studio</property> (i. e. 2.0.0.GA) and <property moreinfo="none">JBoss Tools 3.0.0.GA</property>.</para>
+ <note diffmk:change="added">
+ <title diffmk:change="added"><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added">Note:</diffmk:wrapper></title>
+ <para diffmk:change="added"><ulink diffmk:change="added" url="http://www.jboss.org/jbossrichfaces/downloads/"><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added">RichFaces
+ 3.3</diffmk:wrapper></ulink><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added"> is fully supported in the current version of </diffmk:wrapper><property diffmk:change="added" moreinfo="none"><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added">JBoss Developer Studio</diffmk:wrapper></property><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added"> (i. e. 2.0.0.GA) and </diffmk:wrapper><property diffmk:change="added" moreinfo="none"><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added">JBoss Tools 3.0.0.GA</diffmk:wrapper></property><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added">.</diffmk:wrapper></para>
</note>
- <para>The following features are implemented and fully supported for the current version of the RichFaces components:</para>
+ <para diffmk:change="added"><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added">The following features are implemented and fully supported for the current version of the RichFaces components:</diffmk:wrapper></para>
- <itemizedlist>
- <listitem><para><link linkend="ContentAssistForRF">Content Assist</link></para></listitem>
- <listitem><para><link linkend="RF_openOn">OpenOn</link></para></listitem>
- <listitem><para><link linkend="RF_in_palette">Representing in JBoss Tools Palette</link></para></listitem>
+ <itemizedlist diffmk:change="added">
+ <listitem diffmk:change="added"><para diffmk:change="added"><link diffmk:change="added" linkend="ContentAssistForRF"><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added">Content Assist</diffmk:wrapper></link></para></listitem>
+ <listitem diffmk:change="added"><para diffmk:change="added"><link diffmk:change="added" linkend="RF_openOn"><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added">OpenOn</diffmk:wrapper></link></para></listitem>
+ <listitem diffmk:change="added"><para diffmk:change="added"><link diffmk:change="added" linkend="RF_in_palette"><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added">Representing in JBoss Tools Palette</diffmk:wrapper></link></para></listitem>
</itemizedlist>
- <para>All you have to do is to <ulink url="http://www.jboss.org/jbossrichfaces/downloads/">download</ulink> and install RichFaces libraries into your
- project, i. e. just put <emphasis>
- <property moreinfo="none">richfaces-*.jar</property>
- </emphasis> files into the <emphasis>
- <property moreinfo="none">/lib</property>
- </emphasis> project folder. Also how to get started with <property moreinfo="none">RichFaces</property> you can find in <ulink url="http://jboss.org/file-access/default/members/jbossrichfaces/freezone/docs...">RichFaces documentation</ulink>.</para>
+ <para diffmk:change="added"><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added">All you have to do is to </diffmk:wrapper><ulink diffmk:change="added" url="http://www.jboss.org/jbossrichfaces/downloads/"><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added">download</diffmk:wrapper></ulink><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added"> and install RichFaces libraries into your
+ project, i. e. just put </diffmk:wrapper><emphasis diffmk:change="added">
+ <property diffmk:change="added" moreinfo="none"><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added">richfaces-*.jar</diffmk:wrapper></property>
+ </emphasis><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added"> files into the </diffmk:wrapper><emphasis diffmk:change="added">
+ <property diffmk:change="added" moreinfo="none"><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added">/lib</diffmk:wrapper></property>
+ </emphasis><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added"> project folder. Also how to get started with </diffmk:wrapper><property diffmk:change="added" moreinfo="none"><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added">RichFaces</diffmk:wrapper></property><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added"> you can find in </diffmk:wrapper><ulink diffmk:change="added" url="http://jboss.org/file-access/default/members/jbossrichfaces/freezone/docs..."><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added">RichFaces documentation</diffmk:wrapper></ulink><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added">.</diffmk:wrapper></para>
- <section id="ContentAssistForRF">
- <title>Code Assist for RichFaces</title>
+ <section diffmk:change="added" id="ContentAssistForRF">
+ <title diffmk:change="added"><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added">Code Assist for RichFaces</diffmk:wrapper></title>
- <para><property moreinfo="none">JBDS/JBoss Tools</property> indeed provide code completion for <ulink url="http://www.jboss.org/jbossrichfaces">RichFaces</ulink> framework
- components.</para>
+ <para diffmk:change="added"><property diffmk:change="added" moreinfo="none"><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added">JBDS/JBoss Tools</diffmk:wrapper></property><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added"> indeed provide code completion for </diffmk:wrapper><ulink diffmk:change="added" url="http://www.jboss.org/jbossrichfaces"><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added">RichFaces</diffmk:wrapper></ulink><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added"> framework
+ components.</diffmk:wrapper></para>
- <tip>
- <title>Tip:</title>
+ <tip diffmk:change="added">
+ <title diffmk:change="added"><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added">Tip:</diffmk:wrapper></title>
- <para>RichFaces 3.3 is now fully supported in code completion.</para>
+ <para diffmk:change="added"><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added">RichFaces 3.3 is now fully supported in code completion.</diffmk:wrapper></para>
</tip>
- <figure float="0">
- <title>Content Assist for RichFaces Components</title>
- <mediaobject>
- <imageobject>
- <imagedata fileref="images/editors_features/editors_features_29.png" scale="65"></imagedata>
+ <figure diffmk:change="added" float="0">
+ <title diffmk:change="added"><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added">Content Assist for RichFaces Components</diffmk:wrapper></title>
+ <mediaobject diffmk:change="added">
+ <imageobject diffmk:change="added">
+ <imagedata diffmk:change="added" fileref="images/editors_features/editors_features_29.png" scale="65"></imagedata>
</imageobject>
</mediaobject>
</figure>
</section>
- <section id="RF_openOn">
- <title>OpenOn for RichFaces</title>
+ <section diffmk:change="added" id="RF_openOn">
+ <title diffmk:change="added"><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added">OpenOn for RichFaces</diffmk:wrapper></title>
- <para>Working with <emphasis>
- <property moreinfo="none">.jsp/.xhtml</property></emphasis> pages in <property moreinfo="none">VPE</property> you can also take the advantage of <emphasis>
- <property moreinfo="none">OpenOn</property></emphasis> feature for the <property moreinfo="none">RichFaces</property> components.</para>
+ <para diffmk:change="added"><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added">Working with </diffmk:wrapper><emphasis diffmk:change="added">
+ <property diffmk:change="added" moreinfo="none"><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added">.jsp/.xhtml</diffmk:wrapper></property></emphasis><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added"> pages in </diffmk:wrapper><property diffmk:change="added" moreinfo="none"><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added">VPE</diffmk:wrapper></property><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added"> you can also take the advantage of </diffmk:wrapper><emphasis diffmk:change="added">
+ <property diffmk:change="added" moreinfo="none"><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added">OpenOn</diffmk:wrapper></property></emphasis><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added"> feature for the </diffmk:wrapper><property diffmk:change="added" moreinfo="none"><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added">RichFaces</diffmk:wrapper></property><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added"> components.</diffmk:wrapper></para>
- <para>For example, <property moreinfo="none">Richfaces</property> tags <emphasis>
- <property moreinfo="none"><rich:insert></property>
- </emphasis> and <emphasis>
- <property moreinfo="none"><a4j:include></property>
- </emphasis> has <property moreinfo="none">OpenOn</property> support.</para>
+ <para diffmk:change="added"><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added">For example, </diffmk:wrapper><property diffmk:change="added" moreinfo="none"><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added">Richfaces</diffmk:wrapper></property><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added"> tags </diffmk:wrapper><emphasis diffmk:change="added">
+ <property diffmk:change="added" moreinfo="none"><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added"><rich:insert></diffmk:wrapper></property>
+ </emphasis><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added"> and </diffmk:wrapper><emphasis diffmk:change="added">
+ <property diffmk:change="added" moreinfo="none"><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added"><a4j:include></diffmk:wrapper></property>
+ </emphasis><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added"> has </diffmk:wrapper><property diffmk:change="added" moreinfo="none"><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added">OpenOn</diffmk:wrapper></property><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added"> support.</diffmk:wrapper></para>
- <figure float="0">
- <title>OpenOn With Richfaces Tag</title>
- <mediaobject>
- <imageobject>
- <imagedata fileref="images/editors_features/editors_features_8a.png"></imagedata>
+ <figure diffmk:change="added" float="0">
+ <title diffmk:change="added"><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added">OpenOn With Richfaces Tag</diffmk:wrapper></title>
+ <mediaobject diffmk:change="added">
+ <imageobject diffmk:change="added">
+ <imagedata diffmk:change="added" fileref="images/editors_features/editors_features_8a.png"></imagedata>
</imageobject>
</mediaobject>
</figure>
- <figure float="0">
- <title>OpenOn With A4j Tag</title>
- <mediaobject>
- <imageobject>
- <imagedata fileref="images/editors_features/editors_features_8b.png"></imagedata>
+ <figure diffmk:change="added" float="0">
+ <title diffmk:change="added"><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added">OpenOn With A4j Tag</diffmk:wrapper></title>
+ <mediaobject diffmk:change="added">
+ <imageobject diffmk:change="added">
+ <imagedata diffmk:change="added" fileref="images/editors_features/editors_features_8b.png"></imagedata>
</imageobject>
</mediaobject>
</figure>
</section>
- <section id="RF_in_palette">
- <title>RichFaces in the JBoss Tools Palette</title>
+ <section diffmk:change="added" id="RF_in_palette">
+ <title diffmk:change="added"><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added">RichFaces in the JBoss Tools Palette</diffmk:wrapper></title>
- <para>RichFaces and Ajax4jsf tag libraries always exist in <link linkend="palette">JBoss Tools
- Palette</link>.</para>
+ <para diffmk:change="added"><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added">RichFaces and Ajax4jsf tag libraries always exist in </diffmk:wrapper><link linkend="palette">JBoss Tools
+ Palette</link><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="changed">.</diffmk:wrapper></para>
<figure float="0">
<title>RichFaces Components</title>
@@ -2948,45 +2949,45 @@
</mediaobject>
</figure>
- <para>To insert a <property moreinfo="none">RichFaces</property> component on a page:</para>
- <itemizedlist>
- <listitem>
- <para>expand <emphasis>
- <property moreinfo="none">JBoss RichFaces</property>
- </emphasis> group on the palette</para>
+ <para><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="changed">To insert a </diffmk:wrapper><property moreinfo="none">RichFaces</property><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added"> component on a page:</diffmk:wrapper></para>
+ <itemizedlist diffmk:change="added">
+ <listitem diffmk:change="added">
+ <para diffmk:change="added"><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added">expand </diffmk:wrapper><emphasis diffmk:change="added">
+ <property moreinfo="none"><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="changed">JBoss RichFaces</diffmk:wrapper></property>
+ </emphasis><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added"> group on the palette</diffmk:wrapper></para>
</listitem>
- <listitem>
- <para>click on some component</para>
+ <listitem diffmk:change="added">
+ <para diffmk:change="added"><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added">click on some component</diffmk:wrapper></para>
</listitem>
- <listitem>
- <para>put the needed attributes in the <emphasis>
- <property moreinfo="none">Insert Tag</property>
- </emphasis> dialog and click <emphasis>
- <property moreinfo="none">Finish</property>
- </emphasis> button
- </para>
+ <listitem diffmk:change="added">
+ <para diffmk:change="added"><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added">put the needed attributes in the </diffmk:wrapper><emphasis diffmk:change="added">
+ <property moreinfo="none"><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="changed">Insert Tag</diffmk:wrapper></property>
+ </emphasis><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="changed"> dialog and click </diffmk:wrapper><emphasis>
+ <property moreinfo="none"><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="changed">Finish</diffmk:wrapper></property>
+ </emphasis><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="changed"> button
+ </diffmk:wrapper></para>
</listitem>
</itemizedlist>
- <figure float="0">
- <title>Inserting Tag</title>
- <mediaobject>
- <imageobject>
- <imagedata fileref="images/editors_features/editors_features_30.png" scale="75"></imagedata>
+ <figure diffmk:change="added" float="0">
+ <title><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="changed">Inserting Tag</diffmk:wrapper></title>
+ <mediaobject diffmk:change="added">
+ <imageobject diffmk:change="added">
+ <imagedata diffmk:change="added" fileref="images/editors_features/editors_features_30.png" scale="75"></imagedata>
</imageobject>
</mediaobject>
</figure>
- <para>The <property moreinfo="none">RichFaces</property> component will be inserted on your page and displayed in source and visual
- modes:</para>
+ <para><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="changed">The </diffmk:wrapper><property moreinfo="none"><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="changed">RichFaces</diffmk:wrapper></property><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added"> component will be inserted on your page and displayed in source and visual
+ modes:</diffmk:wrapper></para>
- <figure float="0">
- <title>RichFaces Component</title>
- <mediaobject>
- <imageobject>
- <imagedata fileref="images/editors_features/editors_features_31.png" scale="75"></imagedata>
+ <figure diffmk:change="added" float="0">
+ <title diffmk:change="added"><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added">RichFaces Component</diffmk:wrapper></title>
+ <mediaobject diffmk:change="added">
+ <imageobject diffmk:change="added">
+ <imagedata diffmk:change="added" fileref="images/editors_features/editors_features_31.png" scale="75"></imagedata>
</imageobject>
</mediaobject>
</figure>
@@ -2996,8 +2997,8 @@
<section>
<title>Relevant Resources Links</title>
- <para>To get more in-depth information on <property moreinfo="none">RichFaces</property> framework refer to <ulink url="http://jboss.org/file-access/default/members/jbossrichfaces/freezone/docs...">RichFaces Developer Guide</ulink>.</para>
- <para>It may be also helpful for you to look through the <ulink url="http://docs.jboss.org/tools/movies/">movies</ulink> where there are ones that demonstrate the usage of RichFaces components.</para>
+ <para><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added">To get more in-depth information on </diffmk:wrapper><property diffmk:change="added" moreinfo="none"><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added">RichFaces</diffmk:wrapper></property><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added"> framework refer to </diffmk:wrapper><ulink diffmk:change="added" url="http://jboss.org/file-access/default/members/jbossrichfaces/freezone/docs..."><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added">RichFaces Developer Guide</diffmk:wrapper></ulink><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added">.</diffmk:wrapper></para>
+ <para diffmk:change="added"><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added">It may be also helpful for you to look through the </diffmk:wrapper><ulink diffmk:change="added" url="http://docs.jboss.org/tools/movies/"><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added">movies</diffmk:wrapper></ulink><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added"> where there are ones that demonstrate the usage of RichFaces components.</diffmk:wrapper></para>
</section>
</chapter>
@@ -4471,6 +4472,4 @@
</figure>
</section>
-->
-</chapter>
-
-</book>
+</chapter></book>
Modified: trunk/seam/docs/reference/en/master_output.xml
===================================================================
--- trunk/seam/docs/reference/en/master_output.xml 2009-03-11 14:34:56 UTC (rev 14170)
+++ trunk/seam/docs/reference/en/master_output.xml 2009-03-11 16:04:53 UTC (rev 14171)
@@ -38,19 +38,19 @@
<title>Seam Dev Tools Reference Guide</title>
<author><firstname>Anatoly</firstname><surname>Fedosik</surname></author>
<author><firstname>Olga</firstname><surname>Chikvina</surname></author>
- <author><firstname>Michael</firstname><surname>Sorokin</surname></author>
+ <author diffmk:change="added"><firstname diffmk:change="added"><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added">Michael</diffmk:wrapper></firstname><surname diffmk:change="added"><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added">Sorokin</diffmk:wrapper></surname></author>
<author><firstname>Svetlana</firstname><surname>Mukhina</surname><email>smukhina(a)exadel.com</email></author>
<pubdate>April 2008</pubdate>
<copyright>
<year>2007</year>
- <year>2009</year>
- <holder>JBoss, a division of Red Hat</holder>
+ <year><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="changed">2009</diffmk:wrapper></year>
+ <holder><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="changed">JBoss, a division of Red Hat</diffmk:wrapper></holder>
</copyright>
- <releaseinfo>
+ <releaseinfo><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="changed">
Version: 3.0.0.GA
- </releaseinfo>
+ </diffmk:wrapper></releaseinfo>
<abstract>
<title></title>
@@ -111,7 +111,7 @@
</chapter>
-<chapter id="create_seam" xml:base="file:///home/ochikvina/WORK/for_compare/trunk/seam/docs/reference/en/modules/creating_new_seam.xml" xreflabel="create_seam">
+<chapter id="create_seam" role="updated" xml:base="file:///home/ochikvina/WORK/for_compare/trunk/seam/docs/reference/en/modules/creating_new_seam.xml" xreflabel="create_seam">
<?dbhtml filename="create_new_seam.html"?>
<chapterinfo>
<keywordset>
@@ -121,8 +121,8 @@
</keywordset>
</chapterinfo>
<title>Creating a New Seam Project via the New Seam Project wizard</title>
- <para>In this chapter we provide you with the necessary steps to start working with Seam
- Framework.</para>
+ <para><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="changed">In this chapter we provide you with the necessary steps to start working with Seam
+ Framework.</diffmk:wrapper></para>
<para>At first, we suggest setting the specific Seam perspective that combines a number of
different views and editors needed for work with resources concerned. For that select <emphasis>
@@ -130,7 +130,7 @@
</emphasis> or you can also access it through the button in the right top corner.</para>
<figure float="0">
- <title>Seam Perspective Icon</title>
+ <title><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="changed">Seam Perspective Icon</diffmk:wrapper></title>
<mediaobject>
<imageobject>
<imagedata fileref="images/create_new_seam/create_seam_0.png"></imagedata>
@@ -138,14 +138,14 @@
</mediaobject>
</figure>
- <para>Also the <emphasis>
- <property moreinfo="none">Open Web Browser</property></emphasis> action is directly available in the <property moreinfo="none">Seam perspective</property>.</para>
+ <para diffmk:change="added"><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added">Also the </diffmk:wrapper><emphasis diffmk:change="added">
+ <property diffmk:change="added" moreinfo="none"><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added">Open Web Browser</diffmk:wrapper></property></emphasis><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added"> action is directly available in the </diffmk:wrapper><property diffmk:change="added" moreinfo="none"><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added">Seam perspective</diffmk:wrapper></property><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added">.</diffmk:wrapper></para>
- <figure float="0">
- <title>Embedded Web Browser Button</title>
- <mediaobject>
- <imageobject>
- <imagedata fileref="images/create_new_seam/create_seam_01.png"></imagedata>
+ <figure diffmk:change="added" float="0">
+ <title diffmk:change="added"><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added">Embedded Web Browser Button</diffmk:wrapper></title>
+ <mediaobject diffmk:change="added">
+ <imageobject diffmk:change="added">
+ <imagedata diffmk:change="added" fileref="images/create_new_seam/create_seam_01.png"></imagedata>
</imageobject>
</mediaobject>
</figure>
@@ -174,14 +174,14 @@
</mediaobject>
</figure>
- <para>On the figure above you can see the runtime and the server already created.</para>
+ <para><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added">On the figure above you can see the runtime and the server already created.</diffmk:wrapper></para>
- <para>If you need to create a new runtime, click on the <emphasis>
+ <para diffmk:change="added"><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added">If you need to create a new runtime, click on the </diffmk:wrapper><emphasis>
<property moreinfo="none">New...</property>
- </emphasis> button in the <property moreinfo="none">Target Runtime</property> section. It brings up the
+ </emphasis> button in the <property moreinfo="none">Target Runtime</property><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="changed"> section. It brings up the
wizard where you can specify a new JBoss Server Runtime environment or the other type of
runtime appropriate for configuring your project. Let's create one more JBoss 4.2
- Runtime. Hence, after choosing it click on <emphasis>
+ Runtime. Hence, after choosing it click on </diffmk:wrapper><emphasis>
<property moreinfo="none">Next</property>
</emphasis> button.</para>
@@ -211,18 +211,18 @@
<para> Clicking on <emphasis>
<property moreinfo="none">Finish</property>
- </emphasis> returns you to the <link linkend="figure_create_seam1">New Seam Project
- wizard page</link>.</para>
+ </emphasis> returns you to the <link linkend="figure_create_seam1"><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="changed">New Seam Project
+ wizard page</diffmk:wrapper></link><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added">.</diffmk:wrapper></para>
- <para>The next step is to define a Server that you can do by clicking
- on <emphasis>
+ <para diffmk:change="added"><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added">The next step is to define a Server that you can do by clicking
+ on </diffmk:wrapper><emphasis>
<property moreinfo="none">New...</property>
- </emphasis> button in the <property moreinfo="none">Target Server</property> section. In appeared
- <property moreinfo="none">New Server dialog</property> the last server which matches the runtime
- will be selected.</para>
+ </emphasis> button in the <property moreinfo="none">Target Server</property><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="changed"> section. In appeared
+ </diffmk:wrapper><property moreinfo="none"><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="changed">New Server dialog</diffmk:wrapper></property><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="changed"> the last server which matches the runtime
+ will be selected.</diffmk:wrapper></para>
- <para>All declared runtimes are listed in the combo box under the servers view. Here, you
- can indicate a server runtime that you need. Click <emphasis>
+ <para><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="changed">All declared runtimes are listed in the combo box under the servers view. Here, you
+ can indicate a server runtime that you need. Click </diffmk:wrapper><emphasis>
<property moreinfo="none">Add</property>
</emphasis> if you want to add a new Server Runtime.</para>
@@ -235,8 +235,8 @@
</mediaobject>
</figure>
- <para>Next page allows you to verify the information for chosen server. Leave everything as
- it is and click on <emphasis>
+ <para><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="changed">Next page allows you to verify the information for chosen server. Leave everything as
+ it is and click on </diffmk:wrapper><emphasis>
<property moreinfo="none">Next</property>
</emphasis>.</para>
@@ -249,8 +249,8 @@
</mediaobject>
</figure>
- <para>On the last wizard step you can modify your projects to configure them on the
- Server.</para>
+ <para><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="changed">On the last wizard step you can modify your projects to configure them on the
+ Server.</diffmk:wrapper></para>
<figure float="0">
<title>Project Modification for Configuring on the Server</title>
@@ -282,10 +282,10 @@
</mediaobject>
</figure>
- <para>The last section on this wizard step is <property moreinfo="none">Configuration</property>. Here, you
+ <para>The last section on this wizard step is <property moreinfo="none">Configuration</property><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="changed">. Here, you
can select one of the pre-defined project configurations either associated with Seam
1.2, Seam 2.0 or with Seam 2.1. Furthermore, you can create your own configuration by
- pressing the <emphasis>
+ pressing the </diffmk:wrapper><emphasis>
<property moreinfo="none">Modify...</property>
</emphasis> button. It will open the dialog which allows to configure your own set of
facets for adding extra functionality to your project.</para>
@@ -625,8 +625,8 @@
tests via <emphasis><property moreinfo="none">Run As > TestNG Test</property>.</emphasis></para>
<para>In order to deploy WAR project on server, right-click on the project and select <emphasis>
<property moreinfo="none">Run As > Run on Server</property>.</emphasis> Studio will deploy
- WAR project into one web application on server to <property moreinfo="none">deploy</property>
- folder.</para>
+ WAR project into one web application on server to <property moreinfo="none">deploy</property><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="changed">
+ folder.</diffmk:wrapper></para>
</section>
@@ -653,84 +653,84 @@
and <property moreinfo="none">war</property> modules of the EAR project.</para>
</section>
- <section id="seam_version_changing">
+ <section diffmk:change="added" id="seam_version_changing">
- <title>Changing the Seam Version</title>
+ <title diffmk:change="added"><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added">Changing the Seam Version</diffmk:wrapper></title>
- <para>To upgrade or downgrade your projects Seam version use the facet preferences. You
- should right-click your project and choose <emphasis>
- <property moreinfo="none">Project Facets</property>
- </emphasis> category. Next select <emphasis>
- <property moreinfo="none">Seam</property>
- </emphasis> and change its version to needed one.</para>
+ <para diffmk:change="added"><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added">To upgrade or downgrade your projects Seam version use the facet preferences. You
+ should right-click your project and choose </diffmk:wrapper><emphasis diffmk:change="added">
+ <property diffmk:change="added" moreinfo="none"><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added">Project Facets</diffmk:wrapper></property>
+ </emphasis><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added"> category. Next select </diffmk:wrapper><emphasis diffmk:change="added">
+ <property diffmk:change="added" moreinfo="none"><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added">Seam</diffmk:wrapper></property>
+ </emphasis><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added"> and change its version to needed one.</diffmk:wrapper></para>
- <figure float="0">
- <title>Changing the Seam Facet Version</title>
- <mediaobject>
- <imageobject>
- <imagedata fileref="images/directory_structure/directory_structure_3.png" scale="75"></imagedata>
+ <figure diffmk:change="added" float="0">
+ <title diffmk:change="added"><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added">Changing the Seam Facet Version</diffmk:wrapper></title>
+ <mediaobject diffmk:change="added">
+ <imageobject diffmk:change="added">
+ <imagedata diffmk:change="added" fileref="images/directory_structure/directory_structure_3.png" scale="75"></imagedata>
</imageobject>
</mediaobject>
</figure>
- <para>After pressing <emphasis>
- <property moreinfo="none">Apply</property>
- </emphasis> the wizard for adjusting new Seam runtime settings appears.</para>
+ <para diffmk:change="added"><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added">After pressing </diffmk:wrapper><emphasis diffmk:change="added">
+ <property diffmk:change="added" moreinfo="none"><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added">Apply</diffmk:wrapper></property>
+ </emphasis><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added"> the wizard for adjusting new Seam runtime settings appears.</diffmk:wrapper></para>
- <figure float="0">
- <title>Changing the Seam Facet Version</title>
- <mediaobject>
- <imageobject>
- <imagedata fileref="images/directory_structure/directory_structure_4.png" scale="75"></imagedata>
+ <figure diffmk:change="added" float="0">
+ <title diffmk:change="added"><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added">Changing the Seam Facet Version</diffmk:wrapper></title>
+ <mediaobject diffmk:change="added">
+ <imageobject diffmk:change="added">
+ <imagedata diffmk:change="added" fileref="images/directory_structure/directory_structure_4.png" scale="75"></imagedata>
</imageobject>
</mediaobject>
</figure>
- <para>If you need to update the libraries for you project, check the <emphasis>
- <property moreinfo="none">Update libraries</property>
- </emphasis> option. All libraries you checked will be removed and the libraries from the
- new Seam distribution will be added after clicking <emphasis>
- <property moreinfo="none">Ok</property>.</emphasis></para>
+ <para diffmk:change="added"><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added">If you need to update the libraries for you project, check the </diffmk:wrapper><emphasis diffmk:change="added">
+ <property diffmk:change="added" moreinfo="none"><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added">Update libraries</diffmk:wrapper></property>
+ </emphasis><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added"> option. All libraries you checked will be removed and the libraries from the
+ new Seam distribution will be added after clicking </diffmk:wrapper><emphasis diffmk:change="added">
+ <property diffmk:change="added" moreinfo="none"><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added">Ok</diffmk:wrapper></property><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added">.</diffmk:wrapper></emphasis></para>
- <figure float="0">
- <title>Changing the Seam Facet Version</title>
- <mediaobject>
- <imageobject>
- <imagedata fileref="images/directory_structure/directory_structure_5.png" scale="75"></imagedata>
+ <figure diffmk:change="added" float="0">
+ <title diffmk:change="added"><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added">Changing the Seam Facet Version</diffmk:wrapper></title>
+ <mediaobject diffmk:change="added">
+ <imageobject diffmk:change="added">
+ <imagedata diffmk:change="added" fileref="images/directory_structure/directory_structure_5.png" scale="75"></imagedata>
</imageobject>
</mediaobject>
</figure>
- <note>
- <title>Note:</title>
+ <note diffmk:change="added">
+ <title diffmk:change="added"><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added">Note:</diffmk:wrapper></title>
- <para>The note "Seam configuration files and their XSDs won't be changed" is
+ <para diffmk:change="added"><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added">The note "Seam configuration files and their XSDs won't be changed" is
meant that the libraries, Seam facet and runtime version will be changed, but
configuration files that refer to the old version will have to be manually
- updated.</para>
+ updated.</diffmk:wrapper></para>
</note>
</section>
- <section id="changing_seam_parent_project">
- <title>Changing Seam Parent Project</title>
+ <section diffmk:change="added" id="changing_seam_parent_project">
+ <title diffmk:change="added"><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added">Changing Seam Parent Project</diffmk:wrapper></title>
- <para>Starting from the 2.0.0.CR2 version of <property moreinfo="none">JBoss Tools</property> it is possible
+ <para diffmk:change="added"><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added">Starting from the 2.0.0.CR2 version of </diffmk:wrapper><property diffmk:change="added" moreinfo="none"><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added">JBoss Tools</diffmk:wrapper></property><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added"> it is possible
to change the Seam parent project. In earlier versions this was only controllable at a
- project creation time, now it can be changed for existing projects too.</para>
+ project creation time, now it can be changed for existing projects too.</diffmk:wrapper></para>
- <para>Go to your project preferences and select <emphasis>
- <property moreinfo="none">Seam Settings</property>
- </emphasis> category on the left. Press the <emphasis>
- <property moreinfo="none">Browse</property>
- </emphasis> button next to the <emphasis>
- <property moreinfo="none">Main Seam Project</property>
- </emphasis> section to select the other Seam parent project.</para>
+ <para diffmk:change="added"><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added">Go to your project preferences and select </diffmk:wrapper><emphasis diffmk:change="added">
+ <property diffmk:change="added" moreinfo="none"><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added">Seam Settings</diffmk:wrapper></property>
+ </emphasis><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added"> category on the left. Press the </diffmk:wrapper><emphasis diffmk:change="added">
+ <property diffmk:change="added" moreinfo="none"><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added">Browse</diffmk:wrapper></property>
+ </emphasis><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added"> button next to the </diffmk:wrapper><emphasis diffmk:change="added">
+ <property diffmk:change="added" moreinfo="none"><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added">Main Seam Project</diffmk:wrapper></property>
+ </emphasis><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added"> section to select the other Seam parent project.</diffmk:wrapper></para>
- <figure float="0">
- <title>Changing Seam Parent Project</title>
- <mediaobject>
- <imageobject>
- <imagedata fileref="images/directory_structure/directory_structure_6.png" scale="75"></imagedata>
+ <figure diffmk:change="added" float="0">
+ <title diffmk:change="added"><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added">Changing Seam Parent Project</diffmk:wrapper></title>
+ <mediaobject diffmk:change="added">
+ <imageobject diffmk:change="added">
+ <imagedata diffmk:change="added" fileref="images/directory_structure/directory_structure_6.png" scale="75"></imagedata>
</imageobject>
</mediaobject>
</figure>
@@ -759,10 +759,10 @@
<property moreinfo="none">Refactor > Move...</property>
</emphasis> (or <emphasis>
<property moreinfo="none">Shift + Alt + V</property>
- </emphasis>), if you need to move
- <emphasis><project_name>/WebContent</emphasis> folder,
- <emphasis><project_name>/ejbModule</emphasis> folder or
- <emphasis><project_name>/test-src</emphasis> folder in the other place
+ </emphasis><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="changed">), if you need to move
+ </diffmk:wrapper><emphasis><project_name>/WebContent</emphasis><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="changed"> folder,
+ </diffmk:wrapper><emphasis><project_name>/ejbModule</emphasis><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="changed"> folder or
+ </diffmk:wrapper><emphasis><project_name>/test-src</emphasis> folder in the other place
within the Project structure.</para>
</section>
</chapter>
@@ -1143,8 +1143,8 @@
<title>Seam Wizards</title>
<para>This chapter introduces you with Seam Components.</para>
- <para>All the Seam component generations options known from Seam-gen are available as wizards
- (with sensible auto-defaulting) for creating various common Seam components:</para>
+ <para><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="changed">All the Seam component generations options known from Seam-gen are available as wizards
+ (with sensible auto-defaulting) for creating various common Seam components:</diffmk:wrapper></para>
<itemizedlist>
<listitem>
@@ -1182,8 +1182,8 @@
</mediaobject>
</figure>
- <para>The wizards create multiple resources and place it in the appropriate folders depending on
- your project structure (WAR or EAR).</para>
+ <para><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="changed">The wizards create multiple resources and place it in the appropriate folders depending on
+ your project structure (WAR or EAR).</diffmk:wrapper></para>
<para>Let's create a WAR project using the New Seam Project wizard.</para>
<figure float="0">
@@ -1203,10 +1203,10 @@
<title>New Seam Action</title>
<para>In this and following sections you can see example creating Seam Components.</para>
- <para>To create a New Seam Action you should select a necessary project, type a name for
- <property moreinfo="none">Seam component</property>, <property moreinfo="none">POJO class</property>,
- <property moreinfo="none">Method</property>, <property moreinfo="none">Page</property> and select a
- <property moreinfo="none">Package</property> using the <emphasis>
+ <para><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="changed">To create a New Seam Action you should select a necessary project, type a name for
+ </diffmk:wrapper><property moreinfo="none">Seam component</property>, <property moreinfo="none">POJO class</property><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="changed">,
+ </diffmk:wrapper><property moreinfo="none">Method</property>, <property moreinfo="none">Page</property><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="changed"> and select a
+ </diffmk:wrapper><property moreinfo="none">Package</property><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="changed"> using the </diffmk:wrapper><emphasis>
<property moreinfo="none">Browse</property>
</emphasis> button.</para>
@@ -1219,19 +1219,19 @@
</mediaobject>
</figure>
- <para>If you specify a class which already exists, the wizard will warn you about it.</para>
+ <para><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added">If you specify a class which already exists, the wizard will warn you about it.</diffmk:wrapper></para>
- <figure float="0">
- <title>Wizard Warning against Existing File</title>
- <mediaobject>
- <imageobject>
- <imagedata fileref="images/seam_wizards/action_warning.png"></imagedata>
+ <figure diffmk:change="added" float="0">
+ <title diffmk:change="added"><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added">Wizard Warning against Existing File</diffmk:wrapper></title>
+ <mediaobject diffmk:change="added">
+ <imageobject diffmk:change="added">
+ <imagedata diffmk:change="added" fileref="images/seam_wizards/action_warning.png"></imagedata>
</imageobject>
</mediaobject>
</figure>
- <para>You can see the action page in <property moreinfo="none">WebContent</property> folder. Click on it to
- open in JBoss Tools HTML Editor.</para>
+ <para diffmk:change="added">You can see the action page in <property moreinfo="none">WebContent</property><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="changed"> folder. Click on it to
+ open in JBoss Tools HTML Editor.</diffmk:wrapper></para>
<figure float="0">
<title>Action Page in JBoss Tools HTML Editor.</title>
@@ -1245,13 +1245,13 @@
<note>
<title>Note:</title>
- <para>You don't need to restart the server to see how the action component works. Just
- use context menu <emphasis><property moreinfo="none">Run As > Run On
- Server</property>.</emphasis></para>
+ <para><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="changed">You don't need to restart the server to see how the action component works. Just
+ use context menu </diffmk:wrapper><emphasis><property moreinfo="none"><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="changed">Run As > Run On
+ Server</diffmk:wrapper></property>.</emphasis></para>
</note>
- <para>Action component was hot-deployed. Forms and Conversations will work the same
- way.</para>
+ <para><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="changed">Action component was hot-deployed. Forms and Conversations will work the same
+ way.</diffmk:wrapper></para>
<figure float="0">
<title>Action Component</title>
@@ -1268,12 +1268,12 @@
<section id="seam_form">
<title>New Seam Form</title>
- <para>Click on <property moreinfo="none">actionMethod</property> in the internal browser and add a form in
- your project using the New Seam Form wizard <emphasis><property moreinfo="none">File > New > Seam
- Form</property>.</emphasis></para>
- <para>Select a necessary project, type a name for <property moreinfo="none">Seam component</property>,
- <property moreinfo="none">POJO class</property>, <property moreinfo="none">Method</property>,
- <property moreinfo="none">Page</property> and select a <property moreinfo="none">Package</property> using <emphasis>
+ <para>Click on <property moreinfo="none">actionMethod</property><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="changed"> in the internal browser and add a form in
+ your project using the New Seam Form wizard </diffmk:wrapper><emphasis><property moreinfo="none"><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="changed">File > New > Seam
+ Form</diffmk:wrapper></property>.</emphasis></para>
+ <para>Select a necessary project, type a name for <property moreinfo="none">Seam component</property><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="changed">,
+ </diffmk:wrapper><property moreinfo="none">POJO class</property><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="changed">, </diffmk:wrapper><property moreinfo="none">Method</property><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="changed">,
+ </diffmk:wrapper><property moreinfo="none">Page</property> and select a <property moreinfo="none">Package</property> using <emphasis>
<property moreinfo="none">Browse</property>
</emphasis> button.</para>
@@ -1286,18 +1286,18 @@
</mediaobject>
</figure>
- <para>If you specify a class which already exists, the wizard will warn you about it.</para>
+ <para><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added">If you specify a class which already exists, the wizard will warn you about it.</diffmk:wrapper></para>
- <figure float="0">
- <title>Wizard Warning against Existing File</title>
- <mediaobject>
- <imageobject>
- <imagedata fileref="images/seam_wizards/form_warning.png"></imagedata>
+ <figure diffmk:change="added" float="0">
+ <title diffmk:change="added"><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added">Wizard Warning against Existing File</diffmk:wrapper></title>
+ <mediaobject diffmk:change="added">
+ <imageobject diffmk:change="added">
+ <imagedata diffmk:change="added" fileref="images/seam_wizards/form_warning.png"></imagedata>
</imageobject>
</mediaobject>
</figure>
- <para>The Form Page was created in <property moreinfo="none">WebContent</property> folder.</para>
+ <para diffmk:change="added">The Form Page was created in <property moreinfo="none">WebContent</property> folder.</para>
<figure float="0">
<title>Form Page in JBoss Tools HTML Editor.</title>
@@ -1308,8 +1308,8 @@
</mediaobject>
</figure>
- <para>Deploy the form on server. Right click on Form Page, select <emphasis><property moreinfo="none">Run As
- > Run On Server</property>.</emphasis></para>
+ <para>Deploy the form on server. Right click on Form Page, select <emphasis><property moreinfo="none"><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="changed">Run As
+ > Run On Server</diffmk:wrapper></property>.</emphasis></para>
<figure float="0">
<title>Form Component</title>
@@ -1327,13 +1327,13 @@
<section id="seam_conversation">
<title>New Seam Conversation</title>
- <para>Enter some value in the text field (e.g. <property moreinfo="none">value1</property>) and click on
- <property moreinfo="none">formMethod</property>.</para>
- <para>Add a conversation using the New Seam Conversation wizard <emphasis><property moreinfo="none">File >
- New > Seam Form</property>.</emphasis></para>
- <para>You should select a necessary project, type a name for <property moreinfo="none">Seam
- component</property>, <property moreinfo="none">POJO class</property>, <property moreinfo="none">Method</property>,
- <property moreinfo="none">Page</property> and select a <property moreinfo="none">Package</property> using <emphasis>
+ <para>Enter some value in the text field (e.g. <property moreinfo="none">value1</property><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="changed">) and click on
+ </diffmk:wrapper><property moreinfo="none">formMethod</property>.</para>
+ <para><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="changed">Add a conversation using the New Seam Conversation wizard </diffmk:wrapper><emphasis><property moreinfo="none"><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="changed">File >
+ New > Seam Form</diffmk:wrapper></property>.</emphasis></para>
+ <para>You should select a necessary project, type a name for <property moreinfo="none"><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="changed">Seam
+ component</diffmk:wrapper></property>, <property moreinfo="none">POJO class</property><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="changed">, </diffmk:wrapper><property moreinfo="none">Method</property><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="changed">,
+ </diffmk:wrapper><property moreinfo="none">Page</property> and select a <property moreinfo="none">Package</property> using <emphasis>
<property moreinfo="none">Browse</property>
</emphasis> button.</para>
@@ -1347,18 +1347,18 @@
</mediaobject>
</figure>
- <para>If you specify a class which already exists, the wizard will warn you about it.</para>
+ <para><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added">If you specify a class which already exists, the wizard will warn you about it.</diffmk:wrapper></para>
- <figure float="0">
- <title>Wizard Warning against Existing File</title>
- <mediaobject>
- <imageobject>
- <imagedata fileref="images/seam_wizards/conversation_warning.png"></imagedata>
+ <figure diffmk:change="added" float="0">
+ <title diffmk:change="added"><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added">Wizard Warning against Existing File</diffmk:wrapper></title>
+ <mediaobject diffmk:change="added">
+ <imageobject diffmk:change="added">
+ <imagedata diffmk:change="added" fileref="images/seam_wizards/conversation_warning.png"></imagedata>
</imageobject>
</mediaobject>
</figure>
- <para>Conversation page was created in <property moreinfo="none">WebContent</property> folder.</para>
+ <para diffmk:change="added">Conversation page was created in <property moreinfo="none">WebContent</property> folder.</para>
<figure float="0">
<title>Conversation Page in JBoss Tools HTML Editor.</title>
@@ -1369,8 +1369,8 @@
</mediaobject>
</figure>
- <para>Right click on Conversation page, select <emphasis><property moreinfo="none">Run As > Run On
- Server</property>.</emphasis></para>
+ <para>Right click on Conversation page, select <emphasis><property moreinfo="none"><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="changed">Run As > Run On
+ Server</diffmk:wrapper></property>.</emphasis></para>
<figure float="0">
<title>Conversation Component</title>
@@ -1382,8 +1382,8 @@
</figure>
<para>Conversation component was hot-deployed.</para>
- <para>Click on <property moreinfo="none">Begin</property> and <property moreinfo="none">Increment</property> buttons to
- check the conversation functionality.</para>
+ <para>Click on <property moreinfo="none">Begin</property> and <property moreinfo="none">Increment</property><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="changed"> buttons to
+ check the conversation functionality.</diffmk:wrapper></para>
</section>
@@ -1392,15 +1392,15 @@
<title>New Seam Entity</title>
<para>Entities cannot be hot-deployed, so we need to stop the server.</para>
- <para>Create an Entity using the New Entity wizard <emphasis><property moreinfo="none">File > New > Seam
- Entity</property>.</emphasis>
+ <para>Create an Entity using the New Entity wizard <emphasis><property moreinfo="none"><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="changed">File > New > Seam
+ Entity</diffmk:wrapper></property>.</emphasis>
</para>
- <para>You should select a necessary project, type a name for <property moreinfo="none">Entity
- class</property>, select a <property moreinfo="none">Package</property> using <emphasis>
+ <para>You should select a necessary project, type a name for <property moreinfo="none"><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="changed">Entity
+ class</diffmk:wrapper></property><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="changed">, select a </diffmk:wrapper><property moreinfo="none">Package</property> using <emphasis>
<property moreinfo="none">Browse</property>
- </emphasis> button, type a name for <property moreinfo="none">Master Page</property> and
- <property moreinfo="none">Page</property>.</para>
+ </emphasis> button, type a name for <property moreinfo="none">Master Page</property><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="changed"> and
+ </diffmk:wrapper><property moreinfo="none">Page</property>.</para>
<figure float="0">
<title>New Seam Entity Wizard</title>
@@ -1411,19 +1411,19 @@
</mediaobject>
</figure>
- <para>If you specify a class which already exists, the wizard will warn you about it.</para>
+ <para diffmk:change="added"><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added">If you specify a class which already exists, the wizard will warn you about it.</diffmk:wrapper></para>
- <figure float="0">
- <title>Wizard Warning against Existing File</title>
- <mediaobject>
- <imageobject>
- <imagedata fileref="images/seam_wizards/entity_warning.png"></imagedata>
+ <figure diffmk:change="added" float="0">
+ <title diffmk:change="added"><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added">Wizard Warning against Existing File</diffmk:wrapper></title>
+ <mediaobject diffmk:change="added">
+ <imageobject diffmk:change="added">
+ <imagedata diffmk:change="added" fileref="images/seam_wizards/entity_warning.png"></imagedata>
</imageobject>
</mediaobject>
</figure>
- <para>The Master Page and the Entity were created in <property moreinfo="none">WebContent</property>
- folder.</para>
+ <para>The Master Page and the Entity were created in <property moreinfo="none">WebContent</property><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="changed">
+ folder.</diffmk:wrapper></para>
<figure float="0">
<title>Master Page in JBoss Tools HTML Editor.</title>
@@ -1455,10 +1455,10 @@
</imageobject>
</mediaobject>
</figure>
- <para>Let's create two customers <property moreinfo="none">c1</property> and <property moreinfo="none">c2</property>. Enter
- the name in the text field and press the <property moreinfo="none">Save</property> button. Customer
- should be successfully created. Press <property moreinfo="none">Done</property>. Do the same for
- <property moreinfo="none">c2</property> customer. The result should be:</para>
+ <para>Let's create two customers <property moreinfo="none">c1</property> and <property moreinfo="none">c2</property><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="changed">. Enter
+ the name in the text field and press the </diffmk:wrapper><property moreinfo="none">Save</property><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="changed"> button. Customer
+ should be successfully created. Press </diffmk:wrapper><property moreinfo="none">Done</property><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="changed">. Do the same for
+ </diffmk:wrapper><property moreinfo="none">c2</property> customer. The result should be:</para>
<figure float="0">
<title>Two Customers Are Created</title>
@@ -1533,15 +1533,359 @@
</keywordset>
</chapterinfo>
- <title>Seam Editors Features</title>
+ <title><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="changed">Seam Editors</diffmk:wrapper></title>
+
+
+ <para diffmk:change="added"><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added">This chapter tells about Seam Editors and their features.</diffmk:wrapper></para>
+
+ <section diffmk:change="added">
+ <title diffmk:change="added"><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added">Visual Page Editor</diffmk:wrapper></title>
+ <para diffmk:change="added"><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added">Visual Page Editor fits perfectly for authoring view Seam pages. The major features of VPE are listed in </diffmk:wrapper><link diffmk:change="added" linkend="SeamEditors"><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added">Main Features of Seam Editors</diffmk:wrapper></link> </para>
+ <para diffmk:change="added"><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added">You can also read more about Visual Page Editor in </diffmk:wrapper><ulink diffmk:change="added" url="http://download.jboss.org/jbosstools/nightly-docs/en/jsf/html/editors.htm..."><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added">Visual Page Editor</diffmk:wrapper></ulink><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added"> chapter of "Visual Web Tools Reference Guide".</diffmk:wrapper></para>
+ </section>
+
+
+
+
+ <section diffmk:change="added">
+ <title diffmk:change="added"><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added">Seam Pages Editor</diffmk:wrapper></title>
+
+
+ <para diffmk:change="added">
+ <property diffmk:change="added" moreinfo="none"><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added">Seam Pages Editor</diffmk:wrapper></property><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added"> provides a handy way to edit the </diffmk:wrapper><property diffmk:change="added" moreinfo="none"><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added">pages.xml</diffmk:wrapper></property><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added"> file.
+
+ </diffmk:wrapper></para>
+
+ <para diffmk:change="added"><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added">
+ You can edit the pages.xml file in three modes: Graphical, Tree and Source.
+
+ </diffmk:wrapper></para>
+
+ <section diffmk:change="added">
+ <title diffmk:change="added"><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added">Graphical Mode</diffmk:wrapper></title>
+
+
+ <para diffmk:change="added"><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added">Graphical mode provides you with a set of visual tools to organize your project pageflow, exception handling etc.</diffmk:wrapper></para>
+ <figure diffmk:change="added" float="0">
+ <title diffmk:change="added"><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added">Seam Pages Editor: Graphical View</diffmk:wrapper></title>
+ <mediaobject diffmk:change="added">
+ <imageobject diffmk:change="added">
+ <imagedata diffmk:change="added" fileref="images/seam_editors/seam_editors_7.png"></imagedata>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+ </figure>
+
+ <para diffmk:change="added"><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added">The Graphical part of the editor has some visual elements. The table below shows graphical representation of the elements and explains their meanings. </diffmk:wrapper></para>
+<table diffmk:change="added">
+ <title diffmk:change="added"><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added">Pages Editor: Graphical View. Visual elements</diffmk:wrapper></title>
+ <tgroup cols="2" diffmk:change="added">
+ <thead diffmk:change="added">
+ <row diffmk:change="added">
+ <entry diffmk:change="added"><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added">Element</diffmk:wrapper></entry>
+
+ <entry diffmk:change="added"><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added">Description</diffmk:wrapper></entry>
+ </row>
+ </thead>
+ <tbody diffmk:change="added">
+ <row diffmk:change="added">
+ <entry diffmk:change="added">
+ <mediaobject diffmk:change="added">
+ <imageobject diffmk:change="added">
+ <imagedata diffmk:change="added" fileref="images/seam_editors/element_page.png"></imagedata>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+ </entry>
+ <entry diffmk:change="added"><para diffmk:change="added"><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added">A yellow box with a solid border represents a </diffmk:wrapper><emphasis diffmk:change="added">
+ <property diffmk:change="added" moreinfo="none"><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added"><page></diffmk:wrapper></property>
+ </emphasis><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added"> element.
+ </diffmk:wrapper></para></entry>
+ </row>
+ <row diffmk:change="added">
+ <entry diffmk:change="added">
+ <mediaobject diffmk:change="added">
+ <imageobject diffmk:change="added">
+ <imagedata diffmk:change="added" fileref="images/seam_editors/element_param.png"></imagedata>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject></entry>
+ <entry diffmk:change="added">
+ <para diffmk:change="added"><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added">Pressing on the plus icon (</diffmk:wrapper><inlinemediaobject diffmk:change="added">
+ <imageobject diffmk:change="added">
+ <imagedata diffmk:change="added" fileref="images/seam_editors/icon_plus.png"></imagedata>
+ </imageobject>
+ </inlinemediaobject><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added">)
+
+
+ on the </diffmk:wrapper><emphasis diffmk:change="added">
+ <property diffmk:change="added" moreinfo="none"><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added"><page></diffmk:wrapper></property>
+ </emphasis><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added"> element reveals a box that lists the parameters for the page.</diffmk:wrapper></para>
+ </entry>
+
+ </row>
+
+ <row diffmk:change="added">
+ <entry diffmk:change="added"> <mediaobject diffmk:change="added">
+ <imageobject diffmk:change="added">
+ <imagedata diffmk:change="added" fileref="images/seam_editors/element_page2.png"></imagedata>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject></entry>
+ <entry diffmk:change="added">
+ <para diffmk:change="added"><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added">A red cross in the upper left corner of the page box indicates that the view-id is not found in the project.</diffmk:wrapper></para>
+ </entry>
+ </row>
+
+ <row diffmk:change="added">
+ <entry diffmk:change="added"><mediaobject diffmk:change="added">
+ <imageobject diffmk:change="added">
+ <imagedata diffmk:change="added" fileref="images/seam_editors/element_page1.png"></imagedata>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject></entry>
+ <entry diffmk:change="added"> <para diffmk:change="added"><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added">
+ A gray box with a dashed border represents a page that has navigation
+ (navigation rule) to but the page is not defined in the page.xml file.
+ </diffmk:wrapper></para></entry>
+ </row>
+
+
+ <row diffmk:change="added">
+ <entry diffmk:change="added"> <mediaobject diffmk:change="added">
+ <imageobject diffmk:change="added">
+ <imagedata diffmk:change="added" fileref="images/seam_editors/element_exception.png"></imagedata>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject></entry>
+ <entry diffmk:change="added"> <para diffmk:change="added"><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added">An <exception> is represented by a blue box with a orange diamond.</diffmk:wrapper></para></entry>
+ </row>
+
+
+
+
+
+ </tbody>
+ </tgroup>
+</table>
+
+
+ <para diffmk:change="added"><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added">Pageflow relations are shown with gray arrows, when you select a relationship the arrow is changed to orange. </diffmk:wrapper></para>
+
+
+
+ <para diffmk:change="added"><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added">On the lefthand side of the Graphical view of </diffmk:wrapper><property diffmk:change="added" moreinfo="none"><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added">Seam Page Editor</diffmk:wrapper></property><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added"> you can find a toolbar with a set of icons for the most frequently used commands. </diffmk:wrapper></para>
+
+ <table diffmk:change="added">
+ <title diffmk:change="added"><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added">Pages Editor: Graphical View. Commands Icons</diffmk:wrapper></title>
+ <tgroup cols="2" diffmk:change="added">
+ <thead diffmk:change="added">
+ <row diffmk:change="added">
+ <entry diffmk:change="added"><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added">Icon Image</diffmk:wrapper></entry>
+
+ <entry diffmk:change="added"><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added">Command</diffmk:wrapper></entry>
+ </row>
+ </thead>
+ <tbody diffmk:change="added">
+ <row diffmk:change="added">
+ <entry diffmk:change="added">
+ <inlinemediaobject diffmk:change="added">
+ <imageobject diffmk:change="added">
+ <imagedata diffmk:change="added" fileref="images/seam_editors/icon_select.png"></imagedata>
+ </imageobject>
+ </inlinemediaobject>
+
+ </entry>
+ <entry diffmk:change="added"><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added">Select a page element</diffmk:wrapper></entry>
+
+ </row>
+
+ <row diffmk:change="added">
+ <entry diffmk:change="added"><inlinemediaobject diffmk:change="added">
+ <imageobject diffmk:change="added">
+ <imagedata diffmk:change="added" fileref="images/seam_editors/icon_marquee.png"></imagedata>
+ </imageobject>
+ </inlinemediaobject></entry>
+ <entry diffmk:change="added"><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added">Marquee a page item</diffmk:wrapper></entry>
+ </row>
+
+
+ <row diffmk:change="added">
+ <entry diffmk:change="added">
+ <inlinemediaobject diffmk:change="added">
+ <imageobject diffmk:change="added">
+ <imagedata diffmk:change="added" fileref="images/seam_editors/icon_new_link.png"></imagedata>
+ </imageobject>
+ </inlinemediaobject>
+
+ </entry>
+ <entry diffmk:change="added"><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added">Add a page relationship</diffmk:wrapper></entry>
+ </row>
+
+
+ <row diffmk:change="added">
+ <entry diffmk:change="added">
+ <inlinemediaobject diffmk:change="added">
+ <imageobject diffmk:change="added">
+ <imagedata diffmk:change="added" fileref="images/seam_editors/icon_exception.png"></imagedata>
+ </imageobject>
+ </inlinemediaobject>
+
+ </entry>
+ <entry diffmk:change="added"><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added">Add an exception rule</diffmk:wrapper></entry>
+ </row>
+
+ </tbody>
+ </tgroup>
+ </table>
+
+ <para diffmk:change="added"><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added">Context menus are also available when you click either on an item or a blank space.</diffmk:wrapper></para>
+
+
+ <para diffmk:change="added"><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added">A context menu called on a blank space of the diagram provides the following options:</diffmk:wrapper></para>
+ <itemizedlist diffmk:change="added">
+ <listitem diffmk:change="added"><para diffmk:change="added"><emphasis diffmk:change="added" role="bold"><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added">Page</diffmk:wrapper></emphasis><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added"> creates a new page element on the diagram</diffmk:wrapper></para></listitem>
+ <listitem diffmk:change="added"><para diffmk:change="added"><emphasis diffmk:change="added" role="bold"><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added">Exception</diffmk:wrapper></emphasis><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added"> creates a new exception element on the diagram</diffmk:wrapper></para></listitem>
+ <listitem diffmk:change="added"><para diffmk:change="added"><emphasis diffmk:change="added" role="bold"><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added">Auto Layout</diffmk:wrapper></emphasis><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added"> formats the layout of the diagram automatically</diffmk:wrapper></para></listitem>
+ <listitem diffmk:change="added"><para diffmk:change="added"><emphasis diffmk:change="added" role="bold"><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added">Select Element</diffmk:wrapper></emphasis><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added"> calls the </diffmk:wrapper><property diffmk:change="added" moreinfo="none"><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added">Select Element Wizard</diffmk:wrapper></property><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added"> with a filter to perform a quick search through the </diffmk:wrapper><property diffmk:change="added" moreinfo="none"><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added">pages</diffmk:wrapper></property><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added"> file </diffmk:wrapper></para></listitem>
+ </itemizedlist>
+ <para diffmk:change="added"><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added">Rightclicking on a </diffmk:wrapper><emphasis diffmk:change="added">
+ <property diffmk:change="added" moreinfo="none"><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added"><page></diffmk:wrapper></property>
+ </emphasis><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added"> element calls a context menu where you can choose the following options if you click on the </diffmk:wrapper><emphasis diffmk:change="added" role="bold"><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added">New</diffmk:wrapper></emphasis><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added"> menu item: </diffmk:wrapper></para>
+
+
+
+ <itemizedlist diffmk:change="added">
+ <listitem diffmk:change="added"><para diffmk:change="added"><emphasis diffmk:change="added" role="bold"><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added">Rule</diffmk:wrapper></emphasis><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added"> defines a new navigation rule for the element </diffmk:wrapper></para></listitem>
+ <listitem diffmk:change="added"><para diffmk:change="added"><emphasis diffmk:change="added" role="bold"><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added">Param</diffmk:wrapper></emphasis><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added"> adds a </diffmk:wrapper><emphasis diffmk:change="added">
+ <property diffmk:change="added" moreinfo="none"><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added"><param></diffmk:wrapper></property><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added"> tag
+ </diffmk:wrapper></emphasis><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added"> to the </diffmk:wrapper><emphasis diffmk:change="added">
+ <property diffmk:change="added" moreinfo="none"><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added"><page></diffmk:wrapper></property>
+ </emphasis><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added"> element</diffmk:wrapper></para></listitem>
+ </itemizedlist>
+ </section>
+
+
+ <section diffmk:change="added">
+ <title diffmk:change="added"><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added">Tree Mode</diffmk:wrapper></title>
+
+ <para diffmk:change="added"><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added">Tree Mode provides a wider range of options and way to edit and modify the pages.xml file.</diffmk:wrapper></para>
+
+
+
+ <figure diffmk:change="added" float="0">
+ <title diffmk:change="added"><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added">Seam Pages Editor: Tree View</diffmk:wrapper></title>
+ <mediaobject diffmk:change="added">
+ <imageobject diffmk:change="added">
+ <imagedata diffmk:change="added" fileref="images/seam_editors/seam_editors_8.png"></imagedata>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+ </figure>
+
+ <para diffmk:change="added"><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added">
+ In this mode all elements and attributes of the page.xml
+ file can be viewed and edited in a visual, user friendly way.
+ </diffmk:wrapper></para>
+
+ </section>
+
+
+ <section diffmk:change="added">
+ <title diffmk:change="added"><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added">Outline Support for Seam Pages Editor</diffmk:wrapper></title>
+
+
+ <para diffmk:change="added"><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added">Seam Pages Editor provides </diffmk:wrapper><property diffmk:change="added" moreinfo="none"><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added">Outline</diffmk:wrapper></property><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added"> view support.
+ You can explore the pages.xml using Outline view in two modes: </diffmk:wrapper><property diffmk:change="added" moreinfo="none"><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added">Tree</diffmk:wrapper></property><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added"> ( </diffmk:wrapper><inlinemediaobject diffmk:change="added">
+ <imageobject diffmk:change="added">
+ <imagedata diffmk:change="added" fileref="images/seam_editors/outline_tree.png"></imagedata>
+ </imageobject>
+ </inlinemediaobject><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added"> ) and </diffmk:wrapper><property diffmk:change="added" moreinfo="none"><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added">Diagram Navigation</diffmk:wrapper></property><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added"> ( </diffmk:wrapper><inlinemediaobject diffmk:change="added">
+ <imageobject diffmk:change="added">
+ <imagedata diffmk:change="added" fileref="images/seam_editors/outline_navigation.png"></imagedata>
+ </imageobject>
+ </inlinemediaobject><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added"> ).</diffmk:wrapper></para>
+
+ <para diffmk:change="added"><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added">
+ The Diagram Navigation mode of Outline view gives a birds-view of the layout to allow quick navigation for large-scale applications.
+ </diffmk:wrapper></para>
+
+ <figure diffmk:change="added" float="0">
+ <title diffmk:change="added"><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added">Outline view: Diagram Navigation mode</diffmk:wrapper></title>
+ <mediaobject diffmk:change="added">
+ <imageobject diffmk:change="added">
+ <imagedata diffmk:change="added" fileref="images/seam_editors/seam_editors_9.png"></imagedata>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+ </figure>
+
+
+ <para diffmk:change="added"><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added">The Tree mode shows a tree for every element in the pages.xml file. You can get a quick overview of the whole file and selecting an element the related element is highlighted in the Graphical, Tree or Source page of Seam Pages Editor.</diffmk:wrapper></para>
+
+
+
+ <figure diffmk:change="added" float="0">
+ <title diffmk:change="added"><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added">Outline view: Tree mode</diffmk:wrapper></title>
+ <mediaobject diffmk:change="added">
+ <imageobject diffmk:change="added">
+ <imagedata diffmk:change="added" fileref="images/seam_editors/seam_editors_10.png"></imagedata>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+ </figure>
+
+
+
+
+ </section>
+
+
+ </section>
+
+
+ <section diffmk:change="added">
+
+
+ <title diffmk:change="added"><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added">Seam Components Editor</diffmk:wrapper></title>
+
+ <para diffmk:change="added"><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added">When editing </diffmk:wrapper><property diffmk:change="added" moreinfo="none"><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added">components.xml</diffmk:wrapper></property><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added"> a structured tree editor is available
+ in addition to pure source editing. It has a graphical view (Tree tab) and source
+ (Source tab).</diffmk:wrapper></para>
+
+ <figure diffmk:change="added" float="0">
+ <title diffmk:change="added"><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added">component.xml Editor</diffmk:wrapper></title>
+ <mediaobject diffmk:change="added">
+ <imageobject diffmk:change="added">
+ <imagedata diffmk:change="added" fileref="images/seam_editors/seam_editors_4.png"></imagedata>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+ </figure>
+
+ <note diffmk:change="added">
+ <title diffmk:change="added"><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added">Note:</diffmk:wrapper></title>
+
+ <para diffmk:change="added"><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added">You can view and edit </diffmk:wrapper><property diffmk:change="added" moreinfo="none"><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added">components.xml</diffmk:wrapper></property><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added"> and other xml files
+ directly in the Project Explorer and Properties sheet without opening the
+ components.xml editor.</diffmk:wrapper></para>
+ </note>
+ <figure diffmk:change="added" float="0">
+ <title diffmk:change="added"><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added">component.xml Editor</diffmk:wrapper></title>
+ <mediaobject diffmk:change="added">
+ <imageobject diffmk:change="added">
+ <imagedata diffmk:change="added" fileref="images/seam_editors/seam_editors_5.png"></imagedata>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+ </figure>
+
+ </section>
+
+
+
+ <section diffmk:change="added" id="SeamEditors">
+ <title diffmk:change="added"><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added">Main Features of Seam Editors</diffmk:wrapper></title>
+
+
+
<para>In this chapter you will know what Seam Editors features are and how to work with them. </para>
<section id="ContentAssist">
<title>Content Assist</title>
- <para><property moreinfo="none">Content Assist</property> (Ctrl + Space) is available when using EL variables in the following file formats:</para>
+ <para><property moreinfo="none">Content Assist</property><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="changed"> (Ctrl + Space) is available when using EL expressions in the following file formats:</diffmk:wrapper></para>
<itemizedlist>
<listitem>
<para>JSP</para>
@@ -1623,13 +1967,13 @@
</mediaobject>
</figure>
- <para>OpenOn is also supported in Page Descriptors(page.xml). You can <property moreinfo="none">Ctrl + left click</property> on the bean to open navigate to the bean you clicked on. </para>
+ <para diffmk:change="added"><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added">OpenOn is also supported in Page Descriptors(page.xml). You can </diffmk:wrapper><property diffmk:change="added" moreinfo="none"><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added">Ctrl + left click</diffmk:wrapper></property><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added"> on the bean to open navigate to the bean you clicked on. </diffmk:wrapper></para>
- <figure float="0">
- <title>OpenOn in page.xml file</title>
- <mediaobject>
- <imageobject>
- <imagedata fileref="images/seam_editors/seam_editors_2a.png"></imagedata>
+ <figure diffmk:change="added" float="0">
+ <title diffmk:change="added"><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added">OpenOn in page.xml file</diffmk:wrapper></title>
+ <mediaobject diffmk:change="added">
+ <imageobject diffmk:change="added">
+ <imagedata diffmk:change="added" fileref="images/seam_editors/seam_editors_2a.png"></imagedata>
</imageobject>
</mediaobject>
</figure>
@@ -1644,7 +1988,7 @@
<para>Validation of various possible problematic definitions is implemented for Seam
applications.</para>
- <para>If an issue is found it will be shown in the standard <property moreinfo="none">Problems
+ <para><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="changed">If an issue is found it will be shown in the standard </diffmk:wrapper><property moreinfo="none">Problems
View</property>.</para>
<figure float="0">
@@ -1672,48 +2016,15 @@
</mediaobject>
</figure>
- <para>On WTP projects validation are enabled by default and thus executed automatically, but
+ <para><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="changed">On WTP projects validation are enabled by default and thus executed automatically, but
on normal Java projects you will have to go and add the Validation builder of your
project . It is available in the properties of your project under
- <property moreinfo="none">Validation</property>. The validations can be run manually by clicking
+ </diffmk:wrapper><property moreinfo="none">Validation</property>. The validations can be run manually by clicking
<property moreinfo="none">Validate</property> via the context menu on your project which will
execute all the active WTP validations.</para>
</section>
- <section id="ComponentsEditor">
- <title>Structured components.xml Editor</title>
-
- <para>When editing <property moreinfo="none">components.xml</property> a structured tree editor is available
- in addition to pure source editing. It has a graphical view (Tree tab) and source
- (Source tab).</para>
-
- <figure float="0">
- <title>component.xml Editor</title>
- <mediaobject>
- <imageobject>
- <imagedata fileref="images/seam_editors/seam_editors_4.png"></imagedata>
- </imageobject>
- </mediaobject>
- </figure>
-
- <note>
- <title>Note:</title>
-
- <para>You can view and edit <property moreinfo="none">components.xml</property> and other xml files
- directly in the Project Explorer and Properties sheet without opening the
- components.xml editor.</para>
- </note>
- <figure float="0">
- <title>component.xml Editor</title>
- <mediaobject>
- <imageobject>
- <imagedata fileref="images/seam_editors/seam_editors_5.png"></imagedata>
- </imageobject>
- </mediaobject>
- </figure>
-
- </section>
-
+</section>
</chapter>
@@ -1917,22 +2228,22 @@
</mediaobject>
</figure>
- <para>Notice, that in the <emphasis>
- <property moreinfo="none">Expression language</property>
- </emphasis> section there is now a preference for setting severity of EL
- Syntax. You can select whether the Seam validator displays an error, a warning or just ignore the EL Syntax error.</para>
+ <para><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added">Notice, that in the </diffmk:wrapper><emphasis diffmk:change="added">
+ <property diffmk:change="added" moreinfo="none"><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added">Expression language</diffmk:wrapper></property>
+ </emphasis><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added"> section there is now a preference for setting severity of EL
+ Syntax. You can select whether the Seam validator displays an error, a warning or just ignore the EL Syntax error.</diffmk:wrapper></para>
- <figure float="0">
- <title>Severity Preference for EL Syntax</title>
- <mediaobject>
- <imageobject>
- <imagedata fileref="images/seam_preferences/el_syntax_error.png"></imagedata>
+ <figure diffmk:change="added" float="0">
+ <title diffmk:change="added"><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added">Severity Preference for EL Syntax</diffmk:wrapper></title>
+ <mediaobject diffmk:change="added">
+ <imageobject diffmk:change="added">
+ <imagedata diffmk:change="added" fileref="images/seam_preferences/el_syntax_error.png"></imagedata>
</imageobject>
</mediaobject>
</figure>
- <para>In the upper right corner of the page there is a <property moreinfo="none">Configure Project
- Specific Settings</property> link. Clicking on it you get the form where you can choose a
+ <para diffmk:change="added">In the upper right corner of the page there is a <property moreinfo="none"><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="changed">Configure Project
+ Specific Settings</diffmk:wrapper></property> link. Clicking on it you get the form where you can choose a
project for specific setting. Project specific configuration allows you to have
different validator settings for each project. Check the <property moreinfo="none">Show only
projects with project specific settings</property> if you want to see the
@@ -1999,10 +2310,10 @@
Folders</link>.</para>
</tip>
- <para>Also notice, you are not required to use the <property moreinfo="none">New Seam Project
- wizard</property> to benefit from Seam artifact wizards. You can just enable Seam on
- your existing project by checking <property moreinfo="none">Seam Support</property> and targeting to
- Seam Runtime, and then configure the folders as you want.</para>
+ <para>Also notice, you are not required to use the <property moreinfo="none"><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="changed">New Seam Project
+ wizard</diffmk:wrapper></property><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="changed"> to benefit from Seam artifact wizards. You can just enable Seam on
+ your existing project by checking </diffmk:wrapper><property moreinfo="none">Seam Support</property><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="changed"> and targeting to
+ Seam Runtime, and then configure the folders as you want.</diffmk:wrapper></para>
<figure float="0">
<title>Properties for Seam Project</title>
Modified: trunk/struts/docs/struts_tools_ref_guide/en/master_output.xml
===================================================================
--- trunk/struts/docs/struts_tools_ref_guide/en/master_output.xml 2009-03-11 14:34:56 UTC (rev 14170)
+++ trunk/struts/docs/struts_tools_ref_guide/en/master_output.xml 2009-03-11 16:04:53 UTC (rev 14171)
@@ -37,12 +37,12 @@
<pubdate>April 2008</pubdate>
<copyright>
<year>2007</year>
- <year>2009</year>
- <holder>JBoss, a division of Red Hat</holder>
+ <year><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="changed">2009</diffmk:wrapper></year>
+ <holder><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="changed">JBoss, a division of Red Hat</diffmk:wrapper></holder>
</copyright>
- <releaseinfo>
+ <releaseinfo><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="changed">
Version: 3.0.0.GA
- </releaseinfo>
+ </diffmk:wrapper></releaseinfo>
<abstract>
<title></title>
Modified: trunk/struts/docs/struts_tools_tutorial/en/master_output.xml
===================================================================
--- trunk/struts/docs/struts_tools_tutorial/en/master_output.xml 2009-03-11 14:34:56 UTC (rev 14170)
+++ trunk/struts/docs/struts_tools_tutorial/en/master_output.xml 2009-03-11 16:04:53 UTC (rev 14171)
@@ -34,12 +34,12 @@
<pubdate>April 2008</pubdate>
<copyright>
<year>2007</year>
- <year>2009</year>
- <holder>JBoss, a division of Red Hat</holder>
+ <year><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="changed">2009</diffmk:wrapper></year>
+ <holder><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="changed">JBoss, a division of Red Hat</diffmk:wrapper></holder>
</copyright>
- <releaseinfo>
+ <releaseinfo><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="changed">
Version: 3.0.0.GA
- </releaseinfo>
+ </diffmk:wrapper></releaseinfo>
<abstract>
<title></title>
Modified: trunk/ws/docs/reference/en/master_output.xml
===================================================================
--- trunk/ws/docs/reference/en/master_output.xml 2009-03-11 14:34:56 UTC (rev 14170)
+++ trunk/ws/docs/reference/en/master_output.xml 2009-03-11 16:04:53 UTC (rev 14171)
@@ -16,12 +16,12 @@
<pubdate>July 2008</pubdate>
<copyright>
<year>2008</year>
- <year>2009</year>
- <holder>JBoss, a division of Red Hat</holder>
+ <year diffmk:change="added"><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added">2009</diffmk:wrapper></year>
+ <holder><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="changed">JBoss, a division of Red Hat</diffmk:wrapper></holder>
</copyright>
- <releaseinfo>
- Version: 3.0.0.GA
- </releaseinfo>
+ <releaseinfo><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="changed">
+ Version: 1.0.0.GA
+ </diffmk:wrapper></releaseinfo>
<abstract>
<title></title>
<para>
@@ -237,7 +237,7 @@
</section>
- <section id="bottomupws">
+ <section id="bottomupws" role="updated">
<title>Creating a Web service from a Java bean using JBossWS runtime</title>
<para>The Web Service wizard assists you in creating a new Web service, configuring it for
deployment, and then deploying it to the server.</para>
@@ -326,7 +326,7 @@
<listitem>
<para>Select your server: the default server is displayed. If you want to deploy
your service to a different server click the link to specify a different server.
- </para>
+ </para>
</listitem>
<listitem>
<para>Select your runtime: ensure the JBoss WS runtime is selected.</para>
@@ -423,7 +423,7 @@
</chapter>
-<chapter id="client" xml:base="file:///home/ochikvina/WORK/for_compare/trunk/ws/docs/reference/en/modules/client.xml">
+<chapter id="client" revisionflag="added" xml:base="file:///home/ochikvina/WORK/for_compare/trunk/ws/docs/reference/en/modules/client.xml">
<title>Creating a Web Service Client from a WSDL Document using JBoss WS</title>
<para>To create a Web Service Client from a WSDL Document using JBoss WS:</para>
<para>Setup <link linkend="preference">JBoss WS and development environment</link>.</para>
@@ -496,7 +496,7 @@
</chapter>
-<chapter id="preference" >
+<chapter id="preference" revisionflag="added" xml:base="file:///home/ochikvina/WORK/for_compare/trunk/ws/docs/reference/en/modules/preference.xml">
<title>JBoss WS and development environment</title>
<section id="jbosswspreference">
<title>JBossWS Preferences</title>
@@ -505,8 +505,8 @@
development process.</para>
<para>JBossWS preferences can be set on the JBossWS preference page. Click on
- <emphasis> <property moreinfo="none">Window > Preferences > JBoss Tools > Web > JBossWS
- Preferences</property></emphasis>.</para>
+ <emphasis><property moreinfo="none">Window > Preferences > JBoss Tools > Web > JBossWS
+ Preferences</property>.</emphasis></para>
<para>On this page you can manage the JBossWS Runtime. Use the appropriate buttons to
<property moreinfo="none">Add</property> more runtimes or to <property moreinfo="none">Remove</property> those that
@@ -538,8 +538,40 @@
</imageobject>
</mediaobject>
</figure>
+
+
+
+
+ <para diffmk:change="added"><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added">WS container allows Source and JavaDoc locations to be set via the Properties dialog on each contained .jar: right-click on any .jar file in the Project Explorer view, select </diffmk:wrapper><emphasis diffmk:change="added"><property diffmk:change="added" moreinfo="none"><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added">Properties</diffmk:wrapper></property></emphasis><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added">. Choose </diffmk:wrapper><emphasis diffmk:change="added"><property diffmk:change="added" moreinfo="none"><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added">Java Source Attachment</diffmk:wrapper></property></emphasis><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added"> and select location (folder, JAR or zip) containing new source for the chosen .jar using one of the suggested options (workspace, external folder or file) or enter the path manually:</diffmk:wrapper></para>
+
+ <figure diffmk:change="added" float="0">
+ <title diffmk:change="added"><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added">Classpath Container: Java Source Attachment</diffmk:wrapper></title>
+ <mediaobject diffmk:change="added">
+ <imageobject diffmk:change="added">
+ <imagedata diffmk:change="added" fileref="images/jbossws_container1.png"></imagedata>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+ </figure>
+ <para diffmk:change="added"><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added">Click on </diffmk:wrapper><emphasis diffmk:change="added"><property diffmk:change="added" moreinfo="none"><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added">Apply</diffmk:wrapper></property></emphasis><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added"> and then on </diffmk:wrapper><emphasis diffmk:change="added"><property diffmk:change="added" moreinfo="none"><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added">Ok</diffmk:wrapper></property></emphasis><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added">.</diffmk:wrapper></para>
+ <para diffmk:change="added"><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added">To change Javadoc Location choose </diffmk:wrapper><emphasis diffmk:change="added"><property diffmk:change="added" moreinfo="none"><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added">Javadoc Location</diffmk:wrapper></property></emphasis><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added"> and specify URL to the documentation generated by Javadoc. The Javadoc location will contain a file called </diffmk:wrapper><emphasis diffmk:change="added"><property diffmk:change="added" moreinfo="none"><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added">package-list</diffmk:wrapper></property></emphasis><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added">:</diffmk:wrapper></para>
+
+ <figure diffmk:change="added" float="0">
+ <title diffmk:change="added"><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added">Classpath Container: Javadoc Location</diffmk:wrapper></title>
+ <mediaobject diffmk:change="added">
+ <imageobject diffmk:change="added">
+ <imagedata diffmk:change="added" fileref="images/jbossws_container2.png"></imagedata>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+ </figure>
+ <para diffmk:change="added"><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added">Click on </diffmk:wrapper><emphasis diffmk:change="added"><property diffmk:change="added" moreinfo="none"><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added">Apply</diffmk:wrapper></property></emphasis><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added"> and then on </diffmk:wrapper><emphasis diffmk:change="added"><property diffmk:change="added" moreinfo="none"><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added">Ok</diffmk:wrapper></property></emphasis><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added">.</diffmk:wrapper></para>
+
+
+
+
+
+
</section>
- <section id="serverruntime">
+ <section id="serverruntime">
<title>Default Server and Runtime</title>
<para>Open <emphasis>
<property moreinfo="none">Window > Preferences > Web Services > Server and Runtime</property>
@@ -556,12 +588,13 @@
</mediaobject>
</figure>
- <para >On the whole, this guide covers the fundamental concepts of work with tooling for
- <property moreinfo="none">JBossWS</property>. It describes how to easily create a Web Service and a Web Service Client using
+ <para>On the whole, this guide covers the fundamental concepts of work with tooling for
+ <property moreinfo="none">JBossWS</property>. It describes how to easily create a Web Service and a Web Service Client using
JBossWS Runtime and adjust JBossWS and development environment as well.</para>
- <para >If the information on JBossWS tools in this guide isn't enough for you, ask
- questions on our <ulink url="http://www.jboss.com/index.html?module=bb&op=viewforum&f=201">forum</ulink>. Your comments and suggestions are also welcome.</para>
+ <para>If the information on JBossWS tools in this guide isn't enough for you, ask
+ questions on our <ulink url="http://www.jboss.com/index.html?module=bb&op=viewforum&f=201">forum</ulink>. Your comments and suggestions are also welcome.</para>
</section>
- </chapter>
+</chapter>
+
</book>
15 years, 3 months
- 1
- 0